[R26BK01782304] 화학제주입시스템 제작

===== 1. 공고문 (화학제주입시스템 제작 2026-7836)_제한경쟁.hwp =====

한국원자력연구원 입찰공고번호 : 2026-7836

제조 전자입찰 공고

※ 본 계약은 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률」 제5조의2에 따른 청렴계약제가 적용 되며, 입찰참가자는 ‘청렴계약 이행서약서 및 청렴계약 이행각서’에 관한 내용을 숙지하여 입찰에 참가하여야 하고 본 공고의 낙찰자는 계약체결 시 청렴계약 이행각서를 제출하여야 합니다. 동 내용을 위반한 경우 발주기관의 조치에 대하여 어떠한 이의도 제기 할 수 없습니다.

1. 입 찰 명 : 화학제주입시스템 제작

* 사업예산 : 221,000,000원(VAT포함)

2. 계약기간 : 계약후 455일 이내

3. 입찰일시 : 마감일시까지 가격입찰(나라장터 투찰) 및 입찰서류 접수(접수방법 반드시 확인)가 모두 완료되어야 유효한 입찰로 인정함

구
분

일
시

장
소

사전규격공개 2026.10.14. ~ 2026.10.19 나라장터 가격입찰 및 기술제안서 접수

2026.10.20. ~ 2026.10.28. 11:00

나라장터 및 구매팀(가격입찰 및 기술제안서·구비서류 제출)

기술제안서 평가 ~2026.11.02. 18:00 우리 연구원 개찰 2026.11.03. 11:00

(개찰일시는 제안서 평가 진행 상황에 따라 변경될 수 있습니다.)

입찰담당관 PC

※ 무응찰, 단독응찰, 평가일정 등에 따라 개찰일시는 변경될 수 있음

4. 입찰·낙찰·계약방법 : 전자입찰, 규격·가격 동시입찰, 제한경쟁(총액계약)

5. 입찰참가 자격

가. 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령｣ 제12조 및 동법 시행규칙 제14조에 의한 자격요건을 구비한 업체

나. 입찰공고일 현재 은행 또는 법정관리, 화의개시 중에 있지 않고, 정부기관에 의한 부정당업체로 제재 중에 있지 않은 업체

다. 「중소기업제품 구매촉진 및 판로지원에 관한 법률」 제9조 및 같은 법 시행령 제10조에 의한 직접생산확인증명서[세부품명:①용수처리및공급장비 4710996001 약품투입기 또는 ②수처리및공급장비 4710150501 염소투입기 또는 ③탱크및원통형저장소 2411180501 약품탱크]를 소지한 자

라. 「중소기업기본법｣ 제2조 제2항에 따른 중·소기업 또는 「소상공인 보호 및 지원에 관한 법률｣ 제2조에 따른 소상공인으로서 「중소기업 범위 및 확인에 관한 규정｣에 따라 발급된 중·소기업 또는 소상공인확인서를 소지한 업체

* 중소기업·소상공인확인서는 ‘중소기업제품 공공구매 종합정보망(http://www.smpp.go.kr)’에서 확인이 안 될 경우 입찰 참가자격이 없습니다.(특별법인은 특별법인임을 확인할 수 있는 서류를 제출하여야 함)

* 전자입찰서 제출 마감일 전일까지 발급된 것으로 유효기간 내에 있어야 합니다.

마. 조달청 나라장터에 입찰참가자격등록을 한 자이어야 합니다. 입찰참가자격을 등록하지 않은 자는 「국가종합전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정｣에 따라 기술제안서 접수 마감일 전일18:00까지 입찰참가자격등록을 하여야 합니다.

바. 나라장터 전자입찰 이용자 등록을 한 자이어야 합니다. 전자입찰 이용자등록을 하지 않은 자는 지정 공인인증기관의 인증서를 교부 받은 후 「국가종합전자조달시스템 이용약관｣에 동의한 다음 나라장터에 이용자등록을 하여야 합니다.

6. 입찰보증금 및 귀속

가. 입찰보증금의 납부는 입찰보증금액의 납부확약 내용이 명시된 조달청 나라장터 전자입찰서의 납부이행 지급각서로 갈음합니다.

나. 국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령 제37조 및 제38조의 규정에 의거 입찰보증금의 국고귀속사유가 발생한 경우에는 입찰금액의 100분의 5에 해당하는 금액을 지체없이 납부하여야 합니다.

7. 기술제안서 및 구비서류 제출 가. 접수기간 : 위의 3. 입찰일시 참고

나. 제출방법 (hard-copy와 전자파일 모두 제출을 완료하여야 함)

1) hard-copy 제출 : 한국원자력연구원 본관동 1층 구매팀(대전광역시 유성구 대덕대로 989번길 111, 042-868-8734)

※ 제출자는 자료제출 후 제출장소에 비치된 기술입찰서(기술제안서) 접수대장 작성

※ 제출을 위한 방문 전날 16시까지 원자력연 E-biz(https://ebiz.kaeri.re.kr)에서 담당자(민상기) 앞으로 사전 방문신청 필수

2) 전자파일 제출 : 국가종합전자조달시스템 나라장터(https://www.g2b.go.kr)의 해당 입찰공고 페이지

※ 입찰자는 반드시 기술입찰서의 정상송신 여부를 확인하여야 하며, 미확인으로 발생되는 모든 책임은 입찰참가자에 있음

※ 필요할 경우 기술입찰 관련 문의를 위해 담당자 정보 입력 요망(이름, 메일, 연락처 등)

다. 입찰등록 및 계약 구비서류 (직접 제출대상인 hard-copy 기준이며, 해당자료 각 1부를 나라장터를 통해서도 제출)

1) A4 규격의 기술(규격)입찰서 (제안서 및 요약서 등) 6부(원본1, 사본5) hard-copy 제출

기술입찰서는 분량제한없으나 요약서의 경우는 PDF 25페이지 이내

세부 작성요령 : 첨부의 제안요청서 파일 참조 (제출서류 확인)

2) 사업자등록증(사본), 인감증명원, 사용인감계(필요시), 법인등기부등본(법인에 한함), 거래은행통장사본 각 1부

* 우리 연구원 등록업체는 위의 서류를 “거래업체등록필증”으로 갈음할 수 있음

3) 공고 게시일 이후 나라장터에서 등록 또는 갱신하여 출력한 경쟁입찰참가자격등록증 전체페이지 1부

4) 중·소기업 또는 소상공인확인서 1부

※ 참가자격 확인을 위하여 필요시에는 관계기관이 발행한 증빙서류를 참가자에게 요구할 수 있음

5) 직접생산확인증명서 [①용수처리및공급장비 4710996001 약품투입기 또는 ②수처리및공급장비 4710150501 염소투입기 또는 ③탱크및원통형저장소 2411180501 약품탱크]] 1부

6) (입찰안내서 등에서 별도로 요청할 경우) 기타 평가에 필요한 자료 각 1부

8. 가격입찰서 제출

가. 본 입찰은 전자입찰 입찰자 신원확인제도가 적용됨에 따라 개인인증서를 보유한 대표자 또는 사전에 등록된 입찰대리인만이 입찰서 제출이 가능합니다.

나. 전자입찰서는 지정된 기간 내에 조달청국가종합전자시스템을 통하여 송신되어야 합니다.

다. 입찰자가 면세사업자인 경우 입찰금액은 반드시 부가가치세를 포함한 가격으로 투찰해야 하며, 입찰결과 낙찰자가 면세사업자인 경우 계약금액은 낙찰금액에서 부가가치세 상당액을 차감한 금액으로 합니다.

라. 본 입찰의 예정가격 작성방식은 단일예가 방식이며, 사업예산은 다음과 같습니다.

* 사업예산 : 221,000,000원(VAT포함)

9. 낙찰자 결정방법 : 기술(규격)입찰서 적격자 중 예정가격 이하 최저투찰자

가. 기술(규격)제안서 평가 결과 적정점수 이상의 점수를 획득한 업체에 한해 적격자로 판정하며, 적격자를 대상으로 가격입찰서를 개찰하여 예정가격 이하의 최저가 입찰자를 낙찰자로 선정합니다.(동일가격으로 입찰한 최저가 입찰자가 2인 이상인 경우에는 제안서 평가 점수가 고득점인 자를 낙찰자로 결정, 제안서 평가 점수 또한 동점인 경우 추첨을 통해 결정)

나. 기술(규격)적격자가 2인 이상인 경우로서 가격개찰 결과, 예정가격 이하로 입찰한 자가 없을 때에는 당해 기술(규격)적격자를 대상으로 다시 가격입찰을 실시할 수 있습니다.

* 낙찰자는 낙찰 후 10일 이내에 계약을 체결하여야 하며, 정당한 사유 없이 계약을 체결하지 않을 경우 부정당업자 제재 등 불이익을 받을 수 있습니다.

10. 무효입찰

가. 우리 연구원 계약업무요령 제23조의 규정(입찰참가자격이 없는 자가 행한 입찰 등), 국가계약법시행령 제39조 3항, 동법 시행규칙 제44조에 해당하는 경우에는 그 입찰을 무효로 합니다.

나. 입찰참가자격등록상의 상호 및 대표자(수인대표인 경우 대표자 전원의 성명을 모두 등재, 각자 대표도 해당)가 법인등기부등본상의 상호, 대표자와 다른 경우에는 입찰 참가자격등록증을 변경등록하고 입찰에 참여하여야 하며, 변경등록하지 않고 참여한 입찰은 무효입찰임을 알려드리오니 주의하시기 바랍니다.

다. 입찰참가자격의 판단기준일은 입찰참가자격등록일 마감일(기준일이 정해져 있는 경우에는 해당일)이며 마감일(일시가 정해져 있는 경우에는 해당 일시)까지 참가자격을 갖추지 않은 경우 무효입찰을 알려드리오니 주의하시기 바랍니다.

라. 국가계약법 시행규칙 제44조 및 제조입찰유의서 제12조에 정한 입찰무효 해당여부 확인을 위하여 등록정보 확인을 위한 서류(법인등기부등본, 입찰대리인임을 확인할 수 있는 서류, 관련되는 면허 등을 증명하는 서류 등)를 요청하는 경우, 낙찰대상자는 관계서류를 수요기관으로 제출하여야 합니다.

11. 청렴계약 이행준수

본 입찰에 참가하고자 하는 자는 청렴계약이행을 위한 조달청 청렴계약 입찰특별 유의서 및 청렴계약 특수조건을 숙지하고 입찰에 참가하여야 하며 낙찰자는 계약 시 소정의 청렴계약이행각서를 첨부하여야 합니다.

12. 기 타

가. 본 입찰과 관련한 사업내용 및 제안서 내용, 평가 등은 붙임문서를 참조하시기 바랍니다.

나. 입찰공고내용이 붙임문서와 상이한 경우에는 본 공고서 내용이 우선하며, 공고서에 없는 사항은 붙임문서에 의합니다.

다. 입찰자는 입찰공고, 법령 및 계약예규, 국가종합전자조달시스템 전자입찰특별유의서, 국가종합전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정, 입찰유의서, 계약조건 등 본 입찰에 관련한 제반사항을 완전히 숙지하고 입찰에 응하여야 하며, 이를 숙지하지 못한 책임은 입찰자에게 있습니다.

* 법령 및 계약예규 : 국가법령정보센터(http://www.law.go.kr)

* 조달청 고시 등 : 조달청 홈페이지(http://pps.go.kr) → 정보제공 → 업무별 자료

라. 전자입찰 참가희망업체의 전산장비 등의 사유로 인하여 전자입찰등록 및 투찰이 곤란한 경우에는 나라장터 Call Center(1588-0800)에 문의하여 주시기 바라며, 위와 같은 문제로 발생되는 모든 책임은 입찰참가자에게 있습니다.

마. 법령(국세징수법 등)에 따라 4대 사회보험료, 국세 및 지방세 미납 낙찰업체에게는 (세액 납부 완료 시까지)일체의 대금 지급이 불가하오니, 입찰 시 참고하시기 바랍니다.(대금지급 전 4대 보험료 및 국세/지방세 납부 완납 증명서 제출하여야 함)

바. 낙찰자는 낙찰통지를 받은 후 3일 이내에 물품 제조원가계산서(산출내역서)를 제출하여야 하며, 10일 이내에 계약을 체결하여야 합니다. 낙찰자가 계약을 체결하지 않을 때에는 국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 제9조 제3항 및 동법 시행령 제38조의 규정에 의하여 입찰보증금이 국고로 귀속됩니다.

사. 직접생산을 요구하는 계약에서 계약상대자가 직접생산 확인기준을 위반한 사실이 확인된 경우 계약해지, 계약보증금 국고 귀속, 입찰참가자격제한 등의 조치가 가해질 수 있습니다. 다만, 해당 계약물품을 직접생산 확인기준을 위반하여 제조･납품한 사실이 없는 경우에는 입찰참가자격제한 조치는 제외할 수 있습니다.

아. 이 입찰 공고 건은 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령」 제73조와 「(계약예규) 정부 입찰․계약집행기준」 제19장에 따라 기성대가 및 준공대가 지급 시 국민건강보험료 등을 사후 정산하게 됩니다. 입찰참가자는 입찰금액 산정 시 예정가격에 반영된 아래의 국민건강보험료 등의 금액(부가가치세 제외)을 조정 없이 반영하여야 합니다.

자. 계약자는 계약체결 이후 「중대재해 처벌 등에 관한 법률 」 제4조 및 제5조에 규정된 안전·보건에 관한 의무를 준수하여야 하며, 입찰자는 현장여건, 과업내용 등을 미리 확인하여 이와 관련된 제반비용을 입찰가격에 반영하여야 합니다. 수요기관은 「중대재해 처벌 등에 관한 법률 시행령」 제4조 제9호에 따라 계약자가 동 법 제4조 및 제5조에 규정된 안전·보건에 관한 의무를 준수하는지 평가·점검할 수 있으며, 계약자는 수요기관이 평가·점검을 실시하는 경우 이에 협조하여야 합니다.

차. 아래 관련규정은 입찰 공고일 기준 현행 규정을 적용합니다.

(조달청 고시) 국가종합전자조달시스템 전자입찰특별유의서

(조달청 고시) 국가종합전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정

- (계약예규) 물품구매(제조) 입찰유의서 - (계약예규) 정부 입찰·계약 집행기준 - (계약예규) 물품구매(제조)계약 일반조건

(조달청 지침) 물품구매(제조)계약 특수조건

(조달청 지침) 시운전조건부계약 추가특수조건

(조달청 지침) 물품구매계약 품질관리 특수조건

(조달청 고시) 조달 물자의 하자처리 등 사후관리에 관한 규정

카. 본 입찰과 관련한 기술적인 사항, 평가 및 낙찰 이후의 제작 협의는 발주부서 담당자(T. 010-5228-7464,
[email protected])로, 기타 계약관련 사항은 구매팀(T.042-868-8734, [email protected])으로 문의하여 주시기 바랍니다.

위와 같이 공고함 2026. 10. 한 국 원 자 력 연 구 원 장

===== 1. 공고문 (화학제주입시스템 제작 2026-7836)_제한경쟁.pdf =====
한국원자력연구원 입찰공고번호 : 2026-7836

제조 전자입찰 공고
※ 본 계약은 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률」 제5조의2에 따른 청렴계약제가 적용
되며, 입찰참가자는 ‘청렴계약 이행서약서 및 청렴계약 이행각서’에 관한 내용을 숙지하여 입찰에 참
가하여야 하고 본 공고의 낙찰자는 계약체결 시 청렴계약 이행각서를 제출하여야 합니다. 동 내용을
위반한 경우 발주기관의 조치에 대하여 어떠한 이의도 제기 할 수 없습니다.

1. 입 찰 명 : 화학제주입시스템 제작
* 사업예산 : 221,000,000원(VAT포함)

2. 계약기간 : 계약후 455일 이내
3. 입찰일시 : 마감일시까지 가격입찰(나라장터 투찰) 및 입찰서류 접수(접수방법 반드시 확인)가
모두 완료되어야 유효한 입찰로 인정함
구

분 일 사전규격공개 시 장 소 2026.10.14. ~ 2026.10.19 나라장터

가격입찰 및
기술제안서 접수

2026.10.20. ~ 2026.10.28. 11:00

나라장터 및
구매팀(가격입찰 및
기술제안서·구비서류 제출)

기술제안서 평가 ~2026.11.02. 18:00 우리 연구원 2026.11.03. 11:00 입찰담당관 PC 개찰

(개찰일시는 제안서 평가 진행 상황에 따라 변경될 수 있습니다.)

※ 무응찰, 단독응찰, 평가일정 등에 따라 개찰일시는 변경될 수 있음

4. 입찰·낙찰·계약방법 : 전자입찰, 규격·가격 동시입찰, 제한경쟁(총액계약)

5. 입찰참가 자격
가. 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령｣ 제12조 및 동법 시행규칙 제14조에 의한 자격
요건을 구비한 업체
나. 입찰공고일 현재 은행 또는 법정관리, 화의개시 중에 있지 않고, 정부기관에 의한 부정당업체로
제재 중에 있지 않은 업체
다. 「중소기업제품 구매촉진 및 판로지원에 관한 법률」 제9조 및 같은 법 시행령 제10조에 의한 직접
생산확인증명서[세부품명:①용수처리및공급장비 4710996001 약품투입기 또는 ②수처리및공급
장비 4710150501 염소투입기 또는 ③탱크및원통형저장소 2411180501 약품탱크]를 소지한 자

라. 「중소기업기본법｣ 제2조 제2항에 따른 중·소기업 또는 「소상공인 보호 및 지원에 관한 법률｣
제2조에 따른 소상공인으로서 「중소기업 범위 및 확인에 관한 규정｣에 따라 발급된 중·소기업
또는 소상공인확인서를 소지한 업체
* 중소기업·소상공인확인서는 ‘중소기업제품 공공구매 종합정보망(http://www.smpp.go.kr)’에서
확인이 안 될 경우 입찰 참가자격이 없습니다.(특별법인은 특별법인임을 확인할 수 있는
서류를 제출하여야 함)
* 전자입찰서 제출 마감일 전일까지 발급된 것으로 유효기간 내에 있어야 합니다.
마. 조달청 나라장터에 입찰참가자격등록을 한 자이어야 합니다. 입찰참가자격을 등록하지 않은
자는 「국가종합전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정｣에 따라 기술제안서 접수 마감일 전일
18:00까지 입찰참가자격등록을 하여야 합니다.
바. 나라장터 전자입찰 이용자 등록을 한 자이어야 합니다. 전자입찰 이용자등록을 하지 않은 자는
지정 공인인증기관의 인증서를 교부 받은 후 「국가종합전자조달시스템 이용약관｣에 동의한
다음 나라장터에 이용자등록을 하여야 합니다.

6. 입찰보증금 및 귀속
가. 입찰보증금의 납부는 입찰보증금액의 납부확약 내용이 명시된 조달청 나라장터 전자입찰서의
납부이행 지급각서로 갈음합니다.
나. 국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령 제37조 및 제38조의 규정에 의거 입찰보증금의
국고귀속사유가 발생한 경우에는 입찰금액의 100분의 5에 해당하는 금액을 지체없이 납부하여야 합니다.

7. 기술제안서 및 구비서류 제출
가. 접수기간 : 위의 3. 입찰일시 참고
나. 제출방법 (hard-copy와 전자파일 모두 제출을 완료하여야 함)
1) hard-copy 제출 : 한국원자력연구원 본관동 1층 구매팀(대전광역시 유성구 대덕대로 989번길 111, 042-868-8734)
※ 제출자는 자료제출 후 제출장소에 비치된 기술입찰서(기술제안서) 접수대장 작성
※ 제출을 위한 방문 전날 16시까지 원자력연 E-biz(https://ebiz.kaeri.re.kr)에서 담당자(민상기)
앞으로 사전 방문신청 필수
2) 전자파일 제출 : 국가종합전자조달시스템 나라장터(https://www.g2b.go.kr)의 해당 입찰공고 페이지
※ 입찰자는 반드시 기술입찰서의 정상송신 여부를 확인하여야 하며, 미확인으로 발생되는 모든
책임은 입찰참가자에 있음
※ 필요할 경우 기술입찰 관련 문의를 위해 담당자 정보 입력 요망(이름, 메일, 연락처 등)
다. 입찰등록 및 계약 구비서류 (직접 제출대상인 hard-copy 기준이며, 해당자료 각 1부를 나라장터를
통해서도 제출)
1) A4 규격의 기술(규격)입찰서 (제안서 및 요약서 등) 6부(원본1, 사본5) hard-copy 제출

기술입찰서는 분량제한없으나 요약서의 경우는 PDF 25페이지 이내
세부 작성요령 : 첨부의 제안요청서 파일 참조 (제출서류 확인)

2) 사업자등록증(사본), 인감증명원, 사용인감계(필요시), 법인등기부등본(법인에 한함), 거래은행

통장사본 각 1부
* 우리 연구원 등록업체는 위의 서류를 “거래업체등록필증”으로 갈음할 수 있음
3) 공고 게시일 이후 나라장터에서 등록 또는 갱신하여 출력한 경쟁입찰참가자격등록증 전체페이지 1부
4) 중·소기업 또는 소상공인확인서 1부
※ 참가자격 확인을 위하여 필요시에는 관계기관이 발행한 증빙서류를 참가자에게 요구할 수 있음
5) 직접생산확인증명서 [①용수처리및공급장비 4710996001 약품투입기 또는 ②수처리및공급장비
4710150501 염소투입기 또는 ③탱크및원통형저장소 2411180501 약품탱크]] 1부
6) (입찰안내서 등에서 별도로 요청할 경우) 기타 평가에 필요한 자료 각 1부

8. 가격입찰서 제출
가. 본 입찰은 전자입찰 입찰자 신원확인제도가 적용됨에 따라 개인인증서를 보유한 대표자 또는
사전에 등록된 입찰대리인만이 입찰서 제출이 가능합니다.
나. 전자입찰서는 지정된 기간 내에 조달청국가종합전자시스템을 통하여 송신되어야 합니다.
다. 입찰자가 면세사업자인 경우 입찰금액은 반드시 부가가치세를 포함한 가격으로 투찰해야
하며, 입찰결과 낙찰자가 면세사업자인 경우 계약금액은 낙찰금액에서 부가가치세 상당액을
차감한 금액으로 합니다.
라. 본 입찰의 예정가격 작성방식은 단일예가 방식이며, 사업예산은 다음과 같습니다.
* 사업예산 : 221,000,000원(VAT포함)

9. 낙찰자 결정방법 : 기술(규격)입찰서 적격자 중 예정가격 이하 최저투찰자
가. 기술(규격)제안서 평가 결과 적정점수 이상의 점수를 획득한 업체에 한해 적격자로 판정하며,
적격자를 대상으로 가격입찰서를 개찰하여 예정가격 이하의 최저가 입찰자를 낙찰자로 선정
합니다.(동일가격으로 입찰한 최저가 입찰자가 2인 이상인 경우에는 제안서 평가 점수가 고득점인
자를 낙찰자로 결정, 제안서 평가 점수 또한 동점인 경우 추첨을 통해 결정)
나. 기술(규격)적격자가 2인 이상인 경우로서 가격개찰 결과, 예정가격 이하로 입찰한 자가 없을
때에는 당해 기술(규격)적격자를 대상으로 다시 가격입찰을 실시할 수 있습니다.
* 낙찰자는 낙찰 후 10일 이내에 계약을 체결하여야 하며, 정당한 사유 없이 계약을 체결하지
않을 경우 부정당업자 제재 등 불이익을 받을 수 있습니다.

10. 무효입찰
가. 우리 연구원 계약업무요령 제23조의 규정(입찰참가자격이 없는 자가 행한 입찰 등), 국가계약법
시행령 제39조 3항, 동법 시행규칙 제44조에 해당하는 경우에는 그 입찰을 무효로 합니다.
나. 입찰참가자격등록상의 상호 및 대표자(수인대표인 경우 대표자 전원의 성명을 모두 등재,
각자 대표도 해당)가 법인등기부등본상의 상호, 대표자와 다른 경우에는 입찰 참가자격등록증을
변경등록하고 입찰에 참여하여야 하며, 변경등록하지 않고 참여한 입찰은 무효입찰임을 알려
드리오니 주의하시기 바랍니다.
다. 입찰참가자격의 판단기준일은 입찰참가자격등록일 마감일(기준일이 정해져 있는 경우에는

해당일)이며 마감일(일시가 정해져 있는 경우에는 해당 일시)까지 참가자격을 갖추지 않은
경우 무효입찰을 알려드리오니 주의하시기 바랍니다.
라. 국가계약법 시행규칙 제44조 및 제조입찰유의서 제12조에 정한 입찰무효 해당여부 확인을
위하여 등록정보 확인을 위한 서류(법인등기부등본, 입찰대리인임을 확인할 수 있는 서류,
관련되는 면허 등을 증명하는 서류 등)를 요청하는 경우, 낙찰대상자는 관계서류를 수요기관
으로 제출하여야 합니다.

11. 청렴계약 이행준수
본 입찰에 참가하고자 하는 자는 청렴계약이행을 위한 조달청 청렴계약 입찰특별 유의서 및
청렴계약 특수조건을 숙지하고 입찰에 참가하여야 하며 낙찰자는 계약 시 소정의 청렴계약이행
각서를 첨부하여야 합니다.

12. 기 타
가. 본 입찰과 관련한 사업내용 및 제안서 내용, 평가 등은 붙임문서를 참조하시기 바랍니다.
나. 입찰공고내용이 붙임문서와 상이한 경우에는 본 공고서 내용이 우선하며, 공고서에 없는
사항은 붙임문서에 의합니다.
다. 입찰자는 입찰공고, 법령 및 계약예규, 국가종합전자조달시스템 전자입찰특별유의서, 국가종합
전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정, 입찰유의서, 계약조건 등 본 입찰에 관련한 제반사항을
완전히 숙지하고 입찰에 응하여야 하며, 이를 숙지하지 못한 책임은 입찰자에게 있습니다.
* 법령 및 계약예규 : 국가법령정보센터(http://www.law.go.kr)
* 조달청 고시 등 : 조달청 홈페이지(http://pps.go.kr) → 정보제공 → 업무별 자료
라. 전자입찰 참가희망업체의 전산장비 등의 사유로 인하여 전자입찰등록 및 투찰이 곤란한 경우
에는 나라장터 Call Center(1588-0800)에 문의하여 주시기 바라며, 위와 같은 문제로 발생되는
모든 책임은 입찰참가자에게 있습니다.
마. 법령(국세징수법 등)에 따라 4대 사회보험료, 국세 및 지방세 미납 낙찰업체에게는 (세액 납부
완료 시까지)일체의 대금 지급이 불가하오니, 입찰 시 참고하시기 바랍니다.(대금지급 전 4대
보험료 및 국세/지방세 납부 완납 증명서 제출하여야 함)
바. 낙찰자는 낙찰통지를 받은 후 3일 이내에 물품 제조원가계산서(산출내역서)를 제출하여야
하며, 10일 이내에 계약을 체결하여야 합니다. 낙찰자가 계약을 체결하지 않을 때에는 국가를
당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 제9조 제3항 및 동법 시행령 제38조의 규정에 의하여 입찰
보증금이 국고로 귀속됩니다.
사. 직접생산을 요구하는 계약에서 계약상대자가 직접생산 확인기준을 위반한 사실이 확인된 경우
계약해지, 계약보증금 국고 귀속, 입찰참가자격제한 등의 조치가 가해질 수 있습니다. 다만,
해당 계약물품을 직접생산 확인기준을 위반하여 제조･납품한 사실이 없는 경우에는 입찰참
가자격제한 조치는 제외할 수 있습니다.
아. 이 입찰 공고 건은 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령」 제73조와 「(계약예규)

정부 입찰․계약집행기준」 제19장에 따라 기성대가 및 준공대가 지급 시 국민건강보험료 등을
사후 정산하게 됩니다. 입찰참가자는 입찰금액 산정 시 예정가격에 반영된 아래의 국민건강보험료
등의 금액(부가가치세 제외)을 조정 없이 반영하여야 합니다.
자. 계약자는 계약체결 이후 「중대재해 처벌 등에 관한 법률 」 제4조 및 제5조에 규정된 안전·
보건에 관한 의무를 준수하여야 하며, 입찰자는 현장여건, 과업내용 등을 미리 확인하여 이와
관련된 제반비용을 입찰가격에 반영하여야 합니다. 수요기관은 「중대재해 처벌 등에 관한
법률 시행령」

제4조 제9호에 따라 계약자가 동 법 제4조 및 제5조에 규정된 안전·보건에

관한 의무를 준수하는지 평가·점검할 수 있으며, 계약자는 수요기관이 평가·점검을 실시하는
경우 이에 협조하여야 합니다.
차. 아래 관련규정은 입찰 공고일 기준 현행 규정을 적용합니다.

(조달청 고시) 국가종합전자조달시스템 전자입찰특별유의서
(조달청 고시) 국가종합전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정
(계약예규) 물품구매(제조) 입찰유의서
(계약예규) 정부 입찰·계약 집행기준
(계약예규) 물품구매(제조)계약 일반조건
(조달청 지침) 물품구매(제조)계약 특수조건
(조달청 지침) 시운전조건부계약 추가특수조건
(조달청 지침) 물품구매계약 품질관리 특수조건
(조달청 고시) 조달 물자의 하자처리 등 사후관리에 관한 규정

위와 같이 공고함
2026. 10.

한 국 원 자 력 연 구 원 장

===== 붙임1. KJ-712-KG-427-001_R2_화학제주입시스템_상세설계_제조_구매_과업지시서(260921).pdf =====
PROPRIETARY

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
수출용신형연구로 화학제주입시스템 상세설계 제조 구매 과업지시서
Doc. No. :

KJ-712-KG-427-001 Rev. No. : 2

SHIN SUNG KEE
Prepared by :

Construction
Management

2026-09-21
Signature

최민호
Reviewed by :

2026-09-21

공사관리팀 Group
Manager

Signature

ChansikCho
Reviewed by :

시공기술팀 Group
Manager

Construction Management
Site Manager(SM)

Signature

Kijang Research Reactor Design &
Construction Agency Manager(PM)

Date
2026-09-21

Signature

Min-Hwan Kim
Approved by :

Date
2026-09-21

HA SUNG WOOK
Reviewed by :

Date

Date
2026-09-21

Signature Date

This document is the property of the Korea Atomic Energy Research Institute (KAERI) and is to be
used only for the purpose of the agreement with KAERI pursuant to which it is furnished.

1/2

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

Revision History
Document Title :

수출용신형연구로 화학제주입시스템 상세설계 제조 구매 과업지시서

Document No. : KJ-712-KG-427-001

Rev.
No.

Section or Page Date

Description of Revision
(Including the Revision Reason)

Rev. No. : 2

Prepared
by

Approved
by

SHIN SUNG Min-Hwan
KEE
Kim

0 2025-01-04 Full Revision 1

1.2.2.(2)공급 대상
기자재 목록
Foundation Size 2100x2750에 각각 SKID 설치가 SHIN SUNG Min-Hwan
2025-07-09
Foundation Size 능해야하며 후시공 Anchor공급포함 추가
KEE
Kim
제한 추가

2 2026-09-21

Section or page
including TBD

Initial issue

1.2.3.(3), 1.2.4.(1), 시운전조건부계약 명시, 과업기간 수정, 계약일반 SHIN SUNG Min-Hwan
2.1.(4)
KEE
Kim
조건 최신본 적용

N/A 2/2

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

목 차 1.0

과업(구매) 일반사항 --------------------------------

2 1.1

사업개요 ----------------------------------------

2 1.2

과업역무 범위 -----------------------------------

2 1.3

과업 일반사항 -----------------------------------

과업 특수사항 ------------------------------------

10 2.1

지식 재산권의 침해 -----------------------------

10 2.2

품질보증 ---------------------------------------

10 2.3

표준 및 공정관리 -------------------------------

13 2.4

포장, 납품 및 검사 -----------------------------

14 2.5

대가지급 ---------------------------------------

18 2.6

하자보수보증 -----------------------------------

18 2.0

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

1/18

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

1.0 과업(구매) 일반사항
1.1

사업 개요

한국원자력연구원(이하 “발주자”)은 부산시 기장군에 수출용신형연구로 (이하
“기장로”)라고 명칭한 15MW 연구용원자로 1기를 건설 예정이다. 이 기장로는
부산광역시 기장군 장안읍 동남권 의과학산업단지 내에 있다.
1.2

과업 역무범위 1.2.1 과업명 및 공급 기기

본 과업지시서는 “수출용신형연구로 화학제 주입 시스템 (Chemical Injection System)”
공급에 적용한다.
화학제 주입 시스템 (Chemical Injection System)의 공급 업무는 아래와 같은 기기
품목들을 포함하고, 기술규격 요건과 설계도서에 따른 해석 및 설계, 자재 및
부품구매, 제작, 공장 성능시험, 운송, 설치 지원, 성능시험, 시운전 및 지원업무
등을

포함하며 상세한 사항은 설계시방서 (KJ-712-DM-416-001 Design

Specification for Chemical Injection System) 내용을 따른다.
기기 설계 단계에서 계통 내 기기(필요시 계측기 포함)의 사양은 발주자의 승인
후 변동될 수 있다. 설치에 필요한 모든 부품과 설치, 운전 및 유지보수에 필요한
모든 부품 및 전용 공구는 공급자가 준비하는 것을 원칙으로 하되, 필요시 협의
할 수 있다.
1.2.2

품목별 적용 설계, 기술규격 및 역무범위

(1) 품목별 적용 설계 및 기술규격

KJ-712-DM-416-001 : Design Specification for Chemical Injection System

(2) 공급 대상기자재 목록

화학제 주입 시스템 (Chemical Injection System)

NO
1

품 명
Corrosion & Scale Inhibitor Tank
[KJ-712-TK-001]

Slime Inhibitor Tank
[KJ-712-TK-002]

규 격※주1) 수 량

Quality
Class

1 SET S 1 SET S

Vertical Cylindrical type,
1 m3 , FRP
FDN size 2100x2750※주2)
Vertical Cylindrical type,
1 m3 , FRP
FDN size 2100x2750※주2)

- 2 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

2/18

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

NO
3

품 명
Corrosion & Scale Inhibitor Metering Pumps
[KJ-712-PP-004/005]

규 격※주1)
Solenoid driven diaphragm

Slime Inhibitor metering Pumps

Solenoid driven diaphragm,

[KJ-712-PP-006/007] auto degassing type 수 량

Quality
Class

2 SET S 2 SET S 1 SET S 1 SET S

Local Control Panel
5

for Corrosion & Scale Inhibitor Metering
Pump
[KJ-712-LP-001]
Local Control Panel

for Slime Inhibitor Metering Pump
[KJ-712-LP-002]

※주 1) KJ-712-DM-416-001 Design Specification 및 Annex1. Data Sheet 참조
2) Foundation Size : 2100x2750 에 각각 SKID로 설치가능해야함 (후시공 Anchor공급포함)

설계시방서 (KJ-712-DM-416-001 Design Specification for Chemical Injection System)

의 역무범위

초기충전 화학제 및 소모품 (Initial filling of Chemical and consumption)
2년 동안의 정상작동중에 사용할 예비 부품과 화학제 및 소모품

(3) 상세역무범위

화학제 주입 시스템 (Chemical Injection System)의 기기 설계, 제작, 도장, 검사,

공장성능시험, 청결유지, 포장, 운송, 현장성능시험(SAT)은 공급자 역무에
포함하는 것을 원칙으로 하나, 불필요함이 명확하다고 판단되는 경우 발주자
의 승인을 득한 후 제외 할 수 있다.

화학제 주입 시스템 (Chemical Injection System)을 포함한 모든 시운전시 기술지원

업무도 포함하는 것을 원칙으로 하나, 과업에 미치는 영향을 고려하여 발주자와
협의할 수 있다.

설계도면(Engineering drawing)에 따른 제작 도면(shop detail drawing)은

발주자의 승인을 득한 후에 제작에 착수하여야 한다.

적용 Codes & Standards를 변경할 시 발주자와 협의 및 승인을 득한 후

수행한다.

공급자는 필요시 설비의 작동성 확인을 위해 목업(mock-up) 시험을 수행

해야 하며, 모든 시험 결과는 보고서의 형태로 제출해야 한다. 이는 가급
적 요구되나 불필요 하다고 판단되는 경우 발주자의 승인을 득한 후 제외
할 수 있다.

- 3 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

3/18

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

1.2.3 공급 요건 및 특기 사항

(1) 공급자는 품목별 기술규격서에서 요구하는 재료/부품 구매, 설계, 제작,
성능시험 또는 성능검증을 만족시켜야 하고, 과업지시서 및 설계시방서,
기술규격서에서 요구하는 제출문서 들을 모두 제출하여야 한다.
(2) 관련 역무 범위는 본 과업지시서에 기술된 역무 범위와 설계시방서
(KJ-712-DM-416-001 Design Specification for Chemical Injection System)
내용에 따르며, 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서의 요건에 따라 공급자의 설계
및 해석 업무, 공장성능시험 및 성능 검증 업무를 포함하는 것을 원칙으로
하나, 인허가 등에 문제가 없고 명확히 불필요하다고 판단되는 경우 발주자
의 승인을 득한 후 일부 제외 할 수 있다. 또한 현장 설치에 필요한 모든
물품은 공급자가 준비하여야 한다.
(3) 공급자는 납품시 시운전조건부계약 추가특수조건(조달청지침 제7356호,
'26.01.01.)에 따라 납품 검사 완료일로부터 시운전 종료일까지의『시운전
성능이행 보증』을 하여야 하며, 시운전을 통해 성능을 확인한 후 제2.6
항에 의한 하자보수보증을 하여야 한다.
(4) 발주자는 시운전시 성능시험을 수행하여 납품한 물품의 성능 요건을 검
사하며, 공급자는 성능 불만족 시 설계시방서 및 기술규격서의 요건 대
로 성능을 구현하기 위한 조치를 취하는 등 시운전 지원 업무를 수행하
여야 한다.
(5) 기술규격에 맞지 않는 제품은 계약 후 SDDR 등을 제출하여 변경 승인을
득한 후 제작하여야 한다.
1.2.4 과업기간 및 납품 특기사항
(1) 과업기간은 계약일로부터 16개월 이내로 한다.

화학제 주입 시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 물품납품 일정은 계약후 6개월

이내로 한다.

화학제 주입 시스템 (Chemical Injection System)의 성능검증시험과 시운전 및 지원은

계약후 16개월 이내로 한다.
(2) 납품은 가능한 현장설치 일정에 따라 납품이 가능하도록 제작일정을 관리
하여야 하고, 계약 후 발주자와 협의된 일정에 맞추어 제작 착수 시점과 납품
시점을 조정하여야 한다. 현장설치 일정변경으로 인해 납품시점이 지연
될 경우 공급자 책임하에 제품 품질에 문제가 발생하지 않도록 적절히 보관
되어야 한다.
(3) 납품조건: 부산광역시 기장군 장안읍 동남권 의과학산업단지 내 현장 / 납품
장소 차상도 조건.

- 4 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

4/18

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

1.3 과업 일반사항

1.3.1 수행계획서
(1) 공급자는 계약체결 후 30일 이내에 아래 내용을 포함하는 과업수행계획서를
제출하여야 한다. 발주자가 승인한 과업 수행계획서 내용 개정은 발주자의
재 승인을 받아야 한다.

과업수행 체계 : 조직 및 인력 투입계획
과업수행 계획 : 기기설계(응력해석 포함), 제작(구매 포함), 납품(운송 포함)

계획 등

품질관리 계획 : 품질보증 및 품질관리계획, 제출문서 목록 및 문서관리 계획
공장 성능시험, 현장설치 후 시험계획 및 절차 : 공장 성능시험, 현장 성

능시험 등

기술지원 계획 : 시운전 성능시험 등
기타 : 하도급을 포함하는 경우 하도급 업무 및 일정 관리 계획

※ 아래 도서는 각각의 파일로 제출되어야 한다.
a. 서류목록 (List of Documents and Drawings)
b. 서류제출 일정 (Document Submital Schedule)
c. 품질증빙서류 (Quality Verification Documents ; QVD)
(2) 과업수행계획서에는 1.2 항의 과업 역무 범위(품목, 수량, 납품일정, 특기
사항 등)에 따라 세부 일정이 아래와 같이 구분되어 작성되어야 한다.

과업 착수 ~ 제작 시행 이전

a. 해석 및 설계
b. 제작도면
c. 자재구매
d. 성능검증계획

제작 착수 ~ 제작 종료

a. 수행 절차 및 소요 일정

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

5/18

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

b. 기기 제작 (시험용 목업 포함) (필요시)
c. 공장성능시험

제작 종료 ~ 납품

a. 성능시험 및 성능검증
b. 도장 및 검사
c. 저장보관 및 유지관리, 포장, 운반, 납품
d. 설치 지원
(3) 과업수행계획서 제출 및 승인 이후 일지라도, 건설공사 일정의 단축 또는
지연으로 인하여 발주자가 기기 공급 일정(납품 일정) 조정을 요청하는
경우, 공급자는 발주자의 요청에 따른 납품 일정 변경에 최대한 협조하여야
하고 쌍방의 협의 하에 조치 되어야 한다.
1.3.2 기성관리절차서
(1) 공급자는 계약체결 후 30일 이내에 아래 내용을 포함하는 기성관리절차서를 제출
하여야 한다. 기성관리절차서는 1.3.1 항의 과업수행계획서와 연동되어야
한다. 발주자가 승인한 기성관리절차서 내용 개정은 발주자의 재 승인을 받
아야 한다.

기성관리 일반사항 : 목적, 기성율 산정 기준 정의, 기성 신청 기본 사항
기성고 신청 및 검사 절차
예정기성율 산정 : 월별 예정 기성을, 기성 신청 계획, 예정 누계 기성율,

예정기성율 기준 공정표 등
(2) 건설공사 일정의 단축 또는 지연으로 발주자가 기기 공급 일정(납품 일정)
조정을 요청하여 쌍방 협의하여 조치 된 경우, 기성관리 절차서내용 개정 후
발주자의 재 승인을 받아야 한다.
1.3.3 수행지침
(1) 문서관리 및 교신

공급자가 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서에 따라 발행하는 모든 설계도서

(기자재 설계 및 제작 관련 도서, 절차서, 성능시험 및 성능검증보고서,
품질보증 문서 등)는 추후 발주자가 제공하는 수출용신형연구로 사업
관리절차서(이하“사업관리절차서”)에 따라 생산되어야 한다. 이는 공

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

6/18

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

급자의 하도급자가 발행하는 모든 설계도서에도 공통으로 적용되어야
한다.

계약 쌍방의 계약서에 따른 의사전달(계약상 모든 통지, 요청, 청구, 승

인)은 사업관리절차서에 따라야 한다.

공급자(하도급자 포함)는 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서에 명시된 제출문

서와 관련된 제반 기술적 자료 이외에 과업수행(공장성능시험, 기기검
증 등) 과정에서 이용 또는 취득하는 back-up data 및 기타 특기사항
자료(응용프로그램 등)를 관리하고, 발주자 요청 시에 제공할 수 있어
야 한다.

공급자(하도급자 포함)의 모든 문서 관리는 사업관리절차서에 따라야

하고, 공급자의 모든 설계도서 및 제출문서들은 사업관리절차서에 따라
문서 번호가 부여되어야 한다.
(2) 공급자 정보(시공 연계 사항)

공급자가 기기 설계 이전 제공한 기기 정보(기기 크기, 기기 기초, 기기

앵커 등)들이 공급자 기기 제작 설계, 응력해석, 성능시험 결과에 따라
수정 조치가 필요한 경우, 공급자는 해결방안을 제시하고 건설공사 일
정에 영향이 없는 조치가 가능하여야 한다.

공급자 공급 부품의 시공연계사항 반영 조치 결함 등으로 인하여 사후

조치가 필요한 경우, 변경내용 사후조치를 위한 추가 자재 및 보수 비
용 등은 공급자의 책임사항이 된다.
(3) 제작 설계 및 설계변경

공급자는 기기 설치 위치, 크기 및 계통과 연계된 부품들의 설계도서

(기기배치도, 기초도면 등)에 대한 검토 의무를 갖는다. 제작 설계는 기
기배치도 및 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서의 요건 등을 만족시킬 수 있
어야 하고, 공급자가 제공하는 기기 및 기기 기초의 정보에 대한 책임
을 가져야 한다.

공급자는 기기설계, 제작 도면, 제작 기술사양서 등을 발주자에게 제출

하여 사전 기술검토회의 과정을 거친 후 제작에 착수해야 한다.

공급자가 제출하는 설계 도서는 해당 기기 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서

에서 요구하는 설계, 제작, 설치, 시험 등의 요건에 부합하여야 한다.

발주자의 요구에 따라 상당 부분의 설계변경(계약 당시 기준으로 기기 품목

수량 증가, 자재등급 변경 또는 상당한 물량 증감)이 불가피하다고 쌍방
이 인정되는 경우를 제외하고, 제작도서 제출/승인 이후라 할지라도 공
급자 도서의 부분적인 경미한 수정 또는 변경 조치에 의한 변경 내역들은
모두 계약금액에 포함된 것으로 본다.

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

7/18

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

(4) 구매 및 하도급

설계시방서 또는 기술규격서의 요건이 하도급자에게도 공통으로 적용될

수 있도록 구매 시방을 작성하여야 한다.

계약상의 주요 업무에 대하여 공급자가 직접 수행하여야 한다. 다만 공

급 기자재 구성품목의 일부 부품 가공 및 구매, 공장성능시험 및 기기
검증, 비파괴검사 등의 특수 업무에 대해서 발주자 승인 후 하도급자에
게 위임할 수 있다.

하도급자에게 위임하고자 하는 업무가 발주자의 사전 승인 업무에 해당

하는지 여부가 불명확한 경우, 공급자는 발주자에게 요청하여 명확한 해
석을 받아야 한다.

공급자는 하도급자 선정 이전, 하도급자의 정보(부품공급이력, 재정상태)

및 하도급에 대한 공급자 평가 결과를 발주자에게 제출, 승인 후에 계
약하여야 한다. 발주자는 기자재의 성능요건을 만족시킬 수 없다고 판단
되는 하도급에 대해서는 거절할 수 있는 권한을 갖는다.

공급자의 역무 일부를 하도급으로 하는 경우, 본 과업의 계약에 따른

공급자의 의무는 면제되지 않는다. 또한 공급자는 하도급자의 모든 결
과물에 대한 최종책임을 갖는다.
(5) 기술지원 및 하자관리

공급자는 납품하는 기기의 성능요건을 만족시키기 위해 수행하는 성능시

험 동안 기술지원을 제공하여야 한다.

공급자 기기의 성능시험 기술지원 일정은 발주자와의 과업수행일정 조정회

의 결과에 따른다.

공급자는 포장, 운송 및 현장취급 과정에서 발생할 수 있는 파손 및 기능

손상 방지를 위한 보호 장치를 해야만 하고, 현장납품 시에 공급기기 및
부품들의 취급 절차 및 주의사항 등을 제공하여야 한다.

공급자의 기술지원은 공급기기의 성능시험 이외에 추가로 기기납품 및

계약종료 이후 시운전 기간 동안 발생할 수 있는 성능개선 요구사항에
대한 해결방안 조치 등의 지원업무를 포함한다.

발주자의 시운전 기간 동안 공급기기의 성능요건 미달인 경우로 판정되

는 경우 공급자는 하자보수 또는 성능 달성을 위한 조치에 대한 책임을
진다.
(6) 인허가 관리

공급자는 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서에서 요구하는 제출문서 이외에 발주

자의 인허가 취득과 관련하여 허가기관이 추가로 요구하는 자료 등의 제

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

8/18

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

출 요구에 적극 협조하여야 한다.

운영허가 획득을 위해 수행되는 발주자 수검과 관련하여 공급자는 검사

자의 업무 [1)서류검토 및 보고서 작성 업무, 2)품질/성능 확인을 위한
자료제공 및 답변, 3)성능검증 또는 성능시험 결과에 대한 자료제공 및
답변] 등을 지원할 수 있도록 협력하여야 한다.
(7) 제출문서 및 책임

공급자가 발행하는 문서, 결과물로 공급하는 기기 및 부품(예비품 포함)의

성능 및 하자에 대한 책임이 있다. 이는 하도급자가 제공하는 모든 제출
문서 및 부품에 대해서도 동일하게 적용한다.

공급자(하도급자 포함)가 제출하는 자재의 CMTR or MTR(Material Test

Report; 재료시험보고서), 해석 및 설계도서, 제작도서, 성능시험 보고서
및 기기 설치/시운전 매뉴얼 등에 대한 기술지원 책임이 있다. 발주자의
승인 문서라 할지라도 설계시방서 및 기술규격서 제반 요건을 만족하지
못하는 결과물의 수정/변경 사항에 대해서는 재 승인을 받아야 한다.

설계시방서 및 기술규격서에서 요구하는 제출문서 이외에 인허가, 성능

검증, 운전, 유지보수 등에 필요한 상세 기술 데이터(기술특기사항, 사
용 절차, 보수 절차, 성능시험 데이터)의 추가 제출 요청에 협력하여야
한다.

(필요시) 구조해석 입력 파일, 3차원 설계 파일 (STEP, IGES 등), 운전제

어 로직 파일을 제출해야 한다.

품질증빙서류 (Quality Verification Documents) 일체
과업기간 중 제출되는 자료는 출력물 및 파일(전자문서) 형태로 제출하

며, 제출 내용중 기일 내에 미제출 또는 불성실한 내용으로 인한 납기
지체에 대한 책임은 공급자에게 있다. (발주자의 필요에 따라 전자문서
로만 제출할 수 있다.)
(8) 포장, 운송, 인수, 저장 및 취급

공급 기기의 포장, 운송, 인수, 저장 및 취급은 ASME NQA-1 (KEPIC

QAP-2, II.2)에 따른다

공급 품목의 등급(Level)은 아래 표에 따른다.

Item

Level

Chemical Injection System

C - 9 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

9/18

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

2.0 과업 특수사항

2.1 지식 재산권의 침해
(1) 공급자는 계약에 의한 역무 및 공급한 결과물로 인하여 발주자가 제3자
로부터 일체의 특허권, 실용신안권, 디자인권, 프로그램, 상표권, 저작권,
지식재산권 및 기타 법령 또는 조항에 따라 보호되는 독점적 권리(이하
“지식재산권 등”)에 대한 침해를 이유로 소송 또는 손해배상청구 등을
받지 않도록 해야 한다. 발주자가 지식재산권 등의 침해와 관련한 소송이 제
기된 사실을 공급자에게 서면으로 통보하면, 공급자는 자기 부담으로 소송
을 수행해야 하며, 발주자에게 부과된 배상금·소송비용 등 그와 관련
된 손실을 전액 보상해야 한다.
(2) 공급자는 (1)항의 소송 등으로 인하여 용역 결과물을 발주자가 사용하지
못하는 경우 신속한 조치를 취하여 발주자의 사업에 영향을 미치지 않
도록 해야 한다. 또한 본 지식재산권의 침해 보증은 계약의 해지 또는
만료에 관계없이 유효한 것으로 본다.
(3) 발주자를 상대로 손해배상 청구소송이 제기되면 계약자는 피해자 측에 합
의 배상하고 발주자를 상대로 민·형사상 청구권을 포기하겠다는 합의서
를 제출해야 하며, 동 합의서 제출 시까지 과업 대가의 지급을 보류한다.
(4)『물품구매(제조)계약일반조건(재정경제부계약예규 제146호, 시행2026.04.30.)』
제29조의 2(계약목적물의 지식재산권 귀속 등)에도 불구하고 계약목적물
에 대한 지식재산권 및 계약의 이행과정에서 발생한 무형적 결과물은 발
주기관의 소유로 한다. 다만, 이의가 있을 경우 위의 『물품구매(제조)계
약 일반조건』제31조(분쟁의 해결)에 의해 해결한다.
2.2 품질보증
2.2.1 일반사항
(1) 본 조항은 품질등급 T 품목에 적용한다. 품질등급 S 품목은 본 조항의
적용이 요구되지 않으나, 공급자는 설계 및 제작에 요구되는 품질 수준
을 만족할 수 있도록 본 조항을 참조하여 적절한 품질 활동을 수행하여
야 한다.
(2) 공급자는 본 조항과 기장연구로 사업 품질보증구매시방서(QPS-KJ-001)에
기술된 요건에 따라 품질보증 활동을 수행하여야 한다.
2.2.2 품질보증계획
(1) 공급자는 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서 등의 적용 서류와 기장연구로 사
업 품질보증구매시방서에 규정된 품질보증 기준에 따라 품질보증계획을
수립하여 이행할 책임이 있다.

10 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

10/18

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

(2) 공급자는 수립된 품질보증계획서를 발주자에게 제출하여 승인 받아야
한다
(3) 공급자가 업무의 일부를 다른 기관에 하도급하거나 구매하는 경우, 본
품질보증 요건이 하도급자에게 적용되도록 요구하고 관리하여야 한다.
2.2.3 품질보증감사, 품질감독 및 품질검사
(1) 발주자(대리인 포함) 또는 정부 규제기관(이하 발주자)은 품질보증감사,
품질감독 또는 품질검사 등을 위해 별도의 비용 지불 없이 공급자(하도
급업체 포함)의 해당 시설을 출입하거나, 서류, 기록을 열람하거나, 검사
장비를 사용하는 등의 활동을 수행할 수 있으며, 공급자는 이에 적극
협조하여야 한다.
(2) 품질검사가 요구되는 업무를 수행하는 공급자는 해당 업무(하도급 업무
포함)에 대한 시험, 검사 및 서류검토 공정을 상세하게 기술하는 품질검
사계획(Quality Plan 또는 Inspection & Test Plan)을 작성 및 제출하여
해당 업무 착수 2주 이전까지 발주자의 승인을 받아야 한다. 또한 입회
점(Witness Point) 및 필수확인점(Hold Point)으로 선정된 공정에 대해 공
급자는 발주자와 검사일자를 협의한 후 입회검사 요청을 해야 한다.
(3) 발주자는 중대한 품질 문제에 대하여 해결될 때까지 해당 작업 중지를
요청할 권한을 가지며, 공급자는 작업을 중지하고 필요한 조치를 취한
후 그 결과를 발주자에게 제출하여야 한다. 이러한 경우 작업 중지에
따른 제반 책임은 공급자에게 있다.
(4) 발주자에 의한 품질보증감사, 품질감독 및 품질검사가 품질보증계획 이
행에 대한 공급자의 책임을 면제하는 것은 아니다.
(5) 본 과업지시서의 지정된 작업에 대해 다음 품질 등급을 적용한다.

2.2.4 Item ID Quality class

Chemical Injection System

S 불일치 사항의 관리

(1) 공급자는 업무 또는 시험 및 검사과정에서 불일치사항이 발견되면 즉시
해당 작업을 중지하고 품질보증 요건에 따라 처리하여야 한다.
(2) 불일치품목을 현상태사용(Use-as-is) 또는 수리(Repair)로 처리하고자 하
는 경우에는 기술적 타당성과 처리방안을 문서화하며 발주자의 승인을
받아야 한다.
2.2.5

서류제출

(1) 공급자는 수출형신형연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, 설계시방서 또는 기술규
격서 등 계약에 적용되는 문서에서 요구되는 각종 서류를 발주자에게 제

11 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

11/18

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

출하여야 한다.
(2) 공급자가 제출하는 모든 서류에는 자체 품질보증계획서에 따라 작성, 검
토, 승인되어야 하며 서명자의 소속, 직책, 성명, 서명 및 일자가 포함되
어야 한다.
2.2.6

품질보증기록

(1) 공급자는 품질보증기록이 명확하게 추적 관리되도록 사전에 관리체계를
수립하여 이행하여야 한다.
(2) 공급자는 발주자에게 제출하지 않은 품질보증기록에 대하여 품질보증기록
관리 요건에 따라 보존기간을 설정하고 관리하여야 한다. 기록 보관
중 공급자의 불가피한 사정으로 자체 보관이 어려운 경우에는 공급자 비
용으로 발주자에게 해당 품질보증기록을 인계하여야 한다.
2.2.7 일반규격품 대체사용
(1) Q등급 조립품(Assembly) 제작 시 안전기능을 수행하는 부품을 일반규격
품으로 사용하고자 하는 경우, 공급자는 일반규격품 품질검증(CGID:
Commercial Grade Item Dedication)을 수행하고, 일반규격품 품질검증프
로그램(CGID Program), 일반규격품 품질검증계획(CGID Plan) 및 일반규
격품 품질검증보고서(CGID Report)를 제출하여 발주자의 승인을 받아야
한다.
(2) (1)항에도 불구하고 설계문서 또는 발주자에 의해 CGID가 요구되는 경
우, 품질등급 T 품목에 대해서도 일반규격품 대체사용 지침을 적용할
수 있다.
2.2.8 위·모조품 및 의혹자재(CFSI) 사용방지
(1) 공급자는 계약이행과 관련하여 발주자에게 제출하는 품목 및 관련 서류
를 위조 또는 모조하여 납품(제출)하거나 그 밖의 방법으로 허위 제출해
서는 안된다. 만약 이러한 사실이 확인된 경우 발주자는 고발, 부정당업
자(업체) 제재조치, 공급자 등록 취소 및 일정 기간 재등록 금지, 손해배
상 등의 조치를 취할 수 있다.
(2) 공급자는 위․모조품 및 의혹자재가 제작 시 사용되거나, 공급되는 것을
방지하기 위한 관리 요건 및 절차를 문서화하고 이행해야 한다.

2.2.9 원자력안전법의 준수
(1) 원자력안전법 제15조의2의 이행을 위해, 공급자는 안전관련설비의 설계,
제작, 성능검증 하도급 계약을 체결한 경우, 계약체결일로부터 7일 이내
에 계약신고를 위한 서류를 발주자에게 제출하여야 한다.
(2) 원자력안전법 제15조의3의 이행을 위해, 공급자(성능검증기관, 일반규격

12 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

12/18

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

품 품질검증(CGID)수행기관 포함)가 안전관련설비를 발주자에게 정상적
으로 납품 후에 불일치를 발견하여 ‘원자력안전위원회고시 부적합사항
의 보고에 관한 규정’ 제6조에 따라 평가한 결과가 ‘원자력안전법’
제11조 및 제21조의 허가기준(제30조 및 제30조2에서 준용하는 경우 포
함)을 위배를 초래할 가능성이 있을 경우, 원자력안전위원회에 부적합사
항을 보고하여야 한다. 이 경우, 공급자는 즉시 발주자에게 해당 내용을
알려야 한다.
(3) 불일치 사항을 발견한 공급자가 스스로 평가할 능력이 없다고 판단할
경우, 그렇게 판단한 시점으로부터 근무일 기준 2일 이내에 발주자에게
해당 불일치 사항에 대한 평가를 요청하여야 한다.
(4) 성능검증 대상 품목의 공급자는 원자력안전법 제15조의4에 따라 성능검
증 관리기관으로부터 인증된 성능검증기관에서 성능검증을 수행하여야
한다.
(5) 공급자의 상기 규정 위반으로 인해 발주자가 과태료/과징금 처분을 받았
을 경우, 발주자는 공급자의 책임에 상당하는 금액을 청구할 수 있다.
2.3

표준 및 공정관리 2.3.1 코드·표준

(1) 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서에 달리 명시되어 있지 않은 한, 해당법규 및
계약발효일 현재 관할권을 갖는 법정기관의 법령 규정, 코드와 표준상의 요
건에 적합하여야 한다. 공급자는 필요한 경우 그러한 요건 적합성에 대
한 증명서를 획득하여야 한다.
(2) 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서에 달리 명시되어 있지 않은 한, 공급자는 도면,
자료, 운전 설명서 등에 국제단위계(SI system)를 사용하여야 하며, 계측기의 눈
금과 범위 및 물품의 명판에도 미터법을 사용하여야 한다. 그러나, 필요한 때
에는 피트-파운드법을 사용할 수 있다.
(3) 공급자가 계약에 따라 제공하여야 하는 모든 설계, 엔지니어링, 인허가
및 제작은 설계 시방서 또는 기술규격서에 규정된 모든 요건을 충족하여야
한다. 또한 계약 이후 새로 공표되거나 개정된 코드 및 표준이 공급자
판단에 의거 발주자에게 유익할 경우 공급자는 이를 제안하여야 하며,
발주자 사전승인 하에 새로운 코드 및 표준을 사용할 수 있다.
(4) 공급자가 계약 이후 새로 공표되거나 개정된 코드 및 표준에 따라 공급된
제품에 대한 설계변경 또는 공급제품의 성능 향상을 위해 설계변경을 시행
하고자 하는 경우에도 발주자의 검토, 승인 없이 설계변경을 수행할 수 없다.
2.3.2 공정관리
(1) 발주자는 공급자 또는 하도급 업체의 공장, 기타 시설물에 업무의 이행을

13 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

13/18

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

점검할 권한을 가진다. 공급자는 별도의 비용부담 없이 공급자 및 협력
업체의 공장이나 설비, 현장, 서류 등을 자유롭게 검토, 열람, 확인할 수
있도록 협조하여야 하고, 필요한 설비(사무실, 전화 등)를 제공하여야 한
다.
(2) 계약체결 후 발주자에게 제출, 합의된 예정공정표에 따라, 공급자의 계약
이행 진도를 실제적으로 파악할 수 있도록 상세한 내용의 월별 또는 분기별
진도보고서를 제출하여야 한다. 진도보고서에는 하도급자의 작업진도가 포
함되어야 한다.
(3) 물품의 납품은 계약문서에 규정된 조건에 따라 시험 및 검사에 합격한
물품을 “기장로” 부지 지정된 장소에서 공급자로부터 발주자(설치자 입회)
가 수령한 때에 완료된다.
(4) 계약서상 설치 및 현장 성능시험 등의 조건이 공급자 공급범위에 포함되어
있는 경우에는 이를 공급자가 완전히 수행하여 발주자가 확인, 인수한 때
에 완료된다.
2.4 포장, 납품 및 검사
2.4.1 공통 일반사항
(1) 본 과업지시서는 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서를 보완하는 사항이며, 이
계약에 의거 공급되는 물품의 포장, 보존, 표시 및 납품에 적용하되, 설
계시방서 또는 기술규격서에 규정하고 있는 요건을 우선 적용한다. (단,
본 과업지시서는 하도급자에게도 동일하게 적용한다)
(2) 모든 기자재 및 포장단위는 기계적으로 조작할 수 있는 특성을 가져야
하며, 필요할 경우 걸쇠, U링크 등이 물품에 장착되거나 활재(skid)를
갖추어야 한다.
(3) 기자재는 가능한 한 최대단위로 조립되어 납품되어야 한다. 납품여건상
분해되어 납품될 경우에는 각 부품에 연계 표시가 있어야 하며, 성능보증에
어떠한 영향도 미치지 않아야 한다. 모든 물품 및 그 용기는 계약번호
품목번호 등이 표시되어야 하고, 식별번호가 표시된 꼬리표를 최소 두 군
데 이상 각 물품에 부착하여야 한다.
(4) 공급자는 물품의 현장저장, 보관, 사용 및 취급상의 주의사항 및 요령을
제공하여야 한다. 공급자는 공급하는 물품에 대하여 공급자의 부주의 또는
부적절한 조치로 인하여 발생된 손상 또는 망실에 대하여 책임을 져야 한다.
2.4.2 보존처리
(1) 모든 패널은 주변 온도와 습도가 높은 환경에서 배송 및 장기간 보관할
수 있도록 포장해야 하며, 배송 중 및 창고 보관 중 먼지유입, 손상이나

14 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

14/18

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

열화로부터 보호하는 데 필요한 모든 보호 덮개, 포장박스, 버팀대, 건조
제, 곰팡이 억제 및 보존을 위한 조치(Space heater 등)를 준비하고 제공
해야 한다.
2.4.3 포장
(1) 공급자는 산업 및 국제표준에 따라 모든 물품을 자신의 비용으로 수송과 현
장에서의 취급 및 일시적인 저장에 적합하고, 습기, 강우, 이상 저온·고
온, 먼지, 마찰 및 충격 등에 의한 손상을 방지하며, 수송 또는 저장 중
자연재해와 도난, 조작 상의 손상·파괴를 피할 수 있도록 포장하여야
한다.
(2) 예비품과 특수공구는 관련 계약번호 및 기호 등을 명기한 꼬리표를 부
착하고, 별도로 포장하며 포장의 외부에 ‘예비품’ 또는 ‘특수공구’
라고 명기하여야 한다.
(3) 스풀(Spool)이나 조립용 부품(Fittings), 볼트와 너트 등의 부속품과 분해된
부품은 관련 계약번호 및 기호 등을 명기한 꼬리표를 붙여 별도로 포장
하며, 포장 외부에 ‘부속품’과‘분해된 부품’이라고 명기하여야 한다.
(4) 공급자는 납품시 포장 내용물에 관하여 상세히 기재한 포장명세서를 제
출하여야 한다. 포장명세서에는 포장번호, 포장수, 포장품명, 수량, 순무게,
부피 등을 기명하여야 한다. 또한, 포장에는 포장명세서 1통을 첨부하여
야 한다. 다만, 드럼 등 명세서를 첨부하기 어려운 것에는 용기에 기명
하여야 한다.
2.4.4 표시
(1) 납품되는 물품에는 제작자명 또는 상표, 모델번호, 크기, 계약번호, 품목번호
등을 표시한 표지를 부착하여야 하며, 표지는 그 물품의 내용 년 수와
같아야 하고, 물품의 형태 또는 성질에 따라 인쇄, 금속판 접착, 꼬리표
또는 기타 방법에 의하여야 한다.
(2) 포장의 외부표지는 2인치 이상 크기의 글자로 읽을 수 있고 지워지지 않
도록 각 포장 단위의 양쪽 면이나 묶음(bundle)의 양단에 견고하게 묶인
꼬리표에 페인트나 스텐실(stencil)로 다음 기재사항(공급자 성명 및 주소
포함)을 표시하여야 한다.
(3) 납품물품의 특성에 따라
1) “취급주의”.
2) “깨지는 물건 떨어뜨리지 마시오”.
3) “바로 세우시오”,
4) “이 면을 위로”,
5) “무게중심”, “이곳을 매달 것 (화살표와 함께 표시)”

15 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

15/18

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

6) “갈고리 사용금지”
등과 같은 특별표시를 포장단위의 표면에 표시하여야 한다.
(4) 하자품 교체 또는 수량 부족분 보충자재일 경우에는 포장단위 표면에
"조사보고서 번호‘000'에 의거한 대체품 또는 누락품”임을 명시하여야
한다.
2.4.5 납품
(1) 공급자는 납품 시 발주자의 검수 절차에 따라 납품 검사를 수행한다.
(2) 납품한 모든 물품의 규격은 계약상 명시된 규격명세서, 규격번호 및 발
주자가 제시한 견품의 규격을 충족하여야 하며, 구매 목적에 맞는 신품이
어야 한다. 계약상 규격이 명시되어 있지 않은 경우에는, 상거래 관습과
기술적 타당성 및 구매규격 등에 부합하는 물품이어야 한다. (예비부속품
으로서 기계·기구를 완성하는데 필요한 조립비는 물품 가격에 포함되어
있는 것으로 간주한다)
(3) 발주자가 필요에 따라 분할납품을 요구하거나, 계약상 분할납품이 허용된
경우를 제외하고는 분할납품을 할 수 없다. 분할납품이 허용된 경우에도
납품 횟수는 발주자와 협의된 횟수 범위 내에 한한다. 위반시 대가 지급
을 연기할 수 있다.
(4) 공급자는 납품예정일로부터 최소한 14일 이전에 상차장소, 납품품목 명세,
총중량 및 용적, 가장 큰 화물의 중량과 치수, 송장금액, 예정납품일, 검수
입회자 인적사항, 기타 발주자가 검수에 필요한 정보를 발주자에게 이메일,
유선 및 팩스전송 등으로 통보하여야 한다.
(5) 공급자는 본 계약에서 정한 납품기일까지 해당물품(검사에 필요한 서류 등
포함)을 발주자가 지정한 장소에 납품하여야 하며, 납품된 물품을 검사·
수령 하기까지 발주자의 책임 없는 사유로 인하여 발생된 물품의 망실·파
손 등은 계약상대자의 부담으로 한다.
(6) 공급자는 사용 및 취급상의 주의가 필요한 경우 그 물품의 사용, 보관, 수리
등의 요령과 주의사항을 명기한 주의서를 제출하여야 한다.
(7) 공급자는 납품 시에 다음 각 호의 서류를 물품과 함께 발주자에게 제
출하여야 한다. 납품서류를 물품과 같이 포장하는 경우에는 포장 겉면에
이를 표시하여야 하며, 포장단위가 여러 개일 경우에는 일련번호 1번의
포장단위에 이를 위치하도록 한다.

납품서 5부, 상세 포장명세서 5부
기타 발주자가 요청하는 서류

2.4.6 납품검사
(1) 공급자는 계약서 또는 납품요청서상에 규정된 납품 기일까지 물품 반입을

16 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

16/18

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

완료한 후 또는 설치 및 현장 성능시험조건 등이 포함된 경우에는 이를
완료한 후 서면(현장내부절차서“자재관리절차서”에 따른 인수검사요청서
등)으로 검사요청을 하여야 한다. 기납 부분에 대하여 완납 이전에 대가의
전부 또는 일부를 지급받고자 할 때에도 또한 같다.
(2) 발주자가 서면에 의한 검사요청을 받은 때, 14일 이내에 공급자 입회 하에
이행을 확인하기 위한 검사를 하며, 천재지변 등 불가항력적인 사유로
인하여 검사를 완료하지 못한 경우에는 해당 사유가 존속되는 기간과 해당
사유가 소멸된 날로부터 3일까지 연장할 수 있다.

공급자가 검사를 받기 위하여 발주자가 지정하는 장소에 물품을 반입

하였을 때, 발주자에게 즉시 반입통지를 하여야 하며, 발주자는 품질,
규격, 수량, 포장, 표기 상태, 포장명세서 등에 관하여 검사 완료시점
을 납품으로 본다. (물품의 성질상 제조과정이 중요한 품질, 규격 등의
경우에는 제조과정 및 공장에서 검사를 할 수 있다.)

공급자의 업무가 설치 및 현장 성능시험을 포함하는 경우에는 과업지

시서 및 실계시방서, 기술규격서에 규정된 설치 및 현장 성능시험을
완료하고, 발주자의 준공검사를 완료한 시점을 납품으로 본다.

공급자는 현장시험 및 검사에 필요한 물품(시험품 포함)의 납품을 요

청 받은 경우 지체 없이 이를 제공하여야 하며, 물품(시험품 포함)의
제공과 검사를 하기 위한 변형, 소모, 파손 또는 변질로 생기는 손상
은 공급자의 부담으로 한다.

공급자는 관계법령 또는 설계시방서, 기술규격서에 의하여 시험 또는

형식승인 등을 필 하여야 하는 물품에 대하여는 물품납품 시에 시험
성적서 또는 형식승인서를 제출하여야 한다.

공급자가 수입승인·통관 등의 수입절차를 이행하는 데 필요한 경우,

발주자는 공급자의 비용부담으로 필요한 협조를 공급자에게 제공한다.
(3) 납품 검사에 있어서 공급자의 계약이행 내용의 전부 또는 일부가 계약에
위반되거나 부당함을 발견한 때에는 필요한 시정조치를 요구할 수 있다.
이 경우에는 공급자로부터 그 시정을 완료한 사실을 통지받은 날로부터
검사 기간을 재 계산한다. 시정조치로 인해 계약이행 기간이 연장된 때에
는 [기획재정부 계약예규‘제조(물품)계약일반조건’]의 지체상금 규정에 의한
지체상금을 부과한다.
(4) 공급자의 입회 거부 및 검사에 협력하지 않음으로 발생하는 지체에 대하여는
[기획재정부 계약예규‘제조(물품)계약일반조건’]의 지체상금 규정에 의
한 지체상금을 부과한다.
(5) 공급자는 검사에 이의가 있을 때 재검사를 요청할 수 있으며, 발주자는 지체
없이 재검사를 하여야 한다.
(6) 발주자는 검사를 완료한 때에 그 결과를 서면으로 공급자에게 통지하여야 한다.

17 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

17/18

KJ-712-KG-427-001 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조, 구매 과업지시서_Rev.2

2.5 대가지급
(1) 공급자는 계약상의 납품 및 검사 검수를 완료한 후 발주자에게 대가지급을
청구할 수 있으며, 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률」 제15조(대가의
지급) 및 동법 시행령 제58조 내지 제59조에 따라 지급한다.
(2) 계약상 분납으로 되어 있거나 발주자의 필요에 의해 분납을 요청하였을
경우를 제외하고는 전량 납품 및 검사, 검수 완료 후 대가를 지급함을
원칙으로 한다. (다만, 설치 일정에 맞추어 기기 품목별 납품예정일을 과
업지시서에 명시한 경우, 분납 및 인수검사, 검수 후에 지급할 수 있음)
(3) 계약서에 분류된 품목이 분할 납품될 경우, 청구 금액은 납품 부분의 가액에
비례하여 분할되어야 하며, 해당 품목의 납품이 완료될 때까지 납품서류상에
일련번호를 기재하여야 한다.
(4) 대가지급 청구서는 계약조건 및 상거래 관례에 따라 정확히 작성되어야
한다.

2.6 하자보수보증
(1) 하자보수와 관련하여,「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률」 제18조
(하자보수보증금)에 의하여 하자보수보증금을 납부하여야 한다. 그 납부금
액 및 시기, 방법, 예치기간, 그밖에 필요한 사항은 동법 시행령 제60조
내지 제63조 및 시행규칙 제70조 내지 제73조 등에 따른다.
(2) 하자보증기간이 경과되었을 지라도 하자보증기간 내에 발주자가 하자보수를
요청한 경우에는 해당 하자보수완료에 대하여 발주자가 확인한 시점에 하
자보증기간이 종료된다. 또한, 하자부분이 단위기기 내에서 매우 중요하거
나 업무의 다른 부분에 영향을 미친 경우의 하자보증은 단위기기 전체 또
는 영향을 받은 업무까지 적용된다.
(3) 물품 및 용역의 전부나 일부분이 수리, 교체 또는 변경되었을 경우 공급자
는 해당 부분에 대하여 수리, 교체 또는 변경의 완료일로부터 규정된 하자보
증기간 동안 추가로 보증책임을 진다. 단, 총 보증기간은 규정된 보증기간
의 2배를 초과하지 않는다.

- 18 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:45:39

18/18

===== 붙임3. 설계도서.zip =====

===== KJ-070-DT-410-006 Rev6 Standard Appendix for alternating current motors.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Standard Appendix for Alternating Current Motors
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-070-DT-410-006 6 Class 1 Class 2 NNS N/A Class 3 Q T S Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A For Construction For Fabrication Safety Class

Quality Class
N/A
Ⅰ
Seismic Category
N/A
Electrical Class
Submittal Purpose
Preliminary

For Information For Approval Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests Verification Status Complete Incomplete Jung-Ho Kwak 2019-10-07

Prepared by :
설계담당자(DE AE)

Signature

Date
2019-10-08

Yong-Jin Park
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DE LE)

Signature

Date
2019-10-08

Jong Seo Choi
Approved by :
기술책임자(EM)

Signature Date 2019-10-11 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

1 of 27

Revision History
Document Title: Standard appendix for alternating current motors
Document No:KJ-070-DT-410-006

Rev. 6

Rev.
No.

Date Description of Revision 0 2014.12.29 1St ISSUE 1 2015.03.13

2nd ISSUE
3rd ISSUE

2 2015.04.17

Changed word, Sec 1

Before : appendix
After : standard appendix

Added Scope, Sec 3.2.3
Changed word, Sec 6.2.3

Before : will
After : shall

Added KEPIC code, Sec 2
4th ISSUE

3 2015.05.27

Added appendix KJ-070-DT-410-003, Sec 6.2.3
Added codes and standards, Sec 2.

5th ISSUE
4

2015.07.10

Revised codes and standards, Sec 2.

6th ISSUE
5

2015.08.04

Changed word, Sec 3.2.2

Before : 225 HP
After : below 250 HP

Added word, Sec 9.7

Rev. 6 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

2 of 27

7th ISSUE
6

Modified sentence, Sec 2, 3.3.2, 3.3.3, 4.2.2, 4.4, 4.6.9, 4.8
Modified sentence, Sec 9.1, 9.1.1, 9.1.2, 9.1.3, 9.1.4

Rev. 6 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

3 of 27

CONTENTS
Para.

Description Page 1.

SCOPE ..........................................................................................................................4

CODES AND STANDARDS..........................................................................................4

RATINGS AND CONDITIONS OF SERVICE ...............................................................4

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION DETAILS..................................................................7

ACCESSORIES ...........................................................................................................12

INSPECTION AND TESTS .........................................................................................13

MOTOR DATA SHEETS .............................................................................................14

PACKING AND STORAGE.........................................................................................15

DOCUMENT VERIFICATION......................................................................................15

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment #A ELECTRIC MOTOR DATA SHEET
Attachment #B Allowable locked rotor current and starting time for small motor
Attachment #C Type I Motor Terminal Housing - Unsupported Terminations
Attachment #D Type II Motor Terminal Housing - Insulator Supported Terminations
Attachment #E Copper Plate Detail for Motor Grounding
Attachment #F House Load Operation Transient

Rev. 6 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

1. 4 of 27 Rev. 6

SCOPE
This standard appendix provides additional requirements for 4000 volt, 3-phase, 460 volt, 3phase, and 115 volt, single-phase, 60 Hz AC squirrel cage induction motors and supplements
the requisites stated in the Technical Specification.

CODES AND STANDARDS
Equipment shall be designed, built, rated, tested and shall perform in accordance with
following standards.

ANSI C 50.41-2000 (KEPIC EEB 2400) Polyphase Induction Motors for Power

Generating Stations

NEMA MG1-2008 (R2010) Motors and Generators
IEEE 522-2004 (KEPIC EEB 2300) Test Turn Insulation of Form-Wound Stator Coils

for Alternating-Current Electric Machines

IEEE 323-2003 (KEPIC END 1100) Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power

Generating Stations

IEEE 383-2003 (KEPIC END 3810) Qualifying Class 1E Electric Cables and Field

Splices for Nuclear Power Generating Stations

IEEE 420-2013 (KEPIC END 3230) Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control

Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating

IEEE 112-2004 (KEPIC EEB 2200) Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors

and Generators

RATINGS AND CONDITIONS OF SERVICE

3.1.

Service Condition
The motors shall be suitable for operation under the conditions of high humidity, dust laden
air, and the other conditions of service covered in the Technical Specification. In addition, the
motors shall meet the applicable service conditions specified under Paragraph MG1-14.3 of
NEMA Standard MG-1.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

3.2. 5 of 27 Rev. 6

Ratings
Voltage rating of AC Motors shall be as follows unless otherwise specified .

3.2.1.

1/3 HP and Below :115 Volts, 1 Phase, 60 Hz

3.2.2.

1/2 HP through below 250 HP : 460 Volts, 3 Phase, 60 Hz

3.2.3.

250 HP and above : 4000 Volts, 3 Phase, 60 Hz

3.3.

Service Factor
The service factor will be 1.00 unless otherwise approved by the Owner. Where required, the
Supplier shall provide a motor of the next larger standard horsepower rating.

3.3.1.

Based on the resistance method, the temperature rise of the motors operating at their rated
load and under continuous-duty conditions in the ambient temperature as specified in the
Technical Specification, shall be such that the maximum hot spot temperature specified in
NEMA Standard MG-1 for Class B insulation shall not be exceed in an ambient of 41℃.

3.3.2.

If an ambient temperature higher than 41℃ is specified in the Technical Specification, motors
shall be rated for continuous operation at the stated ambient temperature without exceeding
Class B temperature rise. Class B temperature rises shall be in accordance with ANSI C50.41
of polyphase Induction Motors for Power Generating Stations for motors 250hp and larger
and NEMA MG1-12.41, 12.42, 12.43 for motors 225hp and smaller.

3.3.3.

Motor horsepower rating shall not be less than 115 percent of the requirements of the driven
equipment when operating under design requirements and not be less than 100 percent of
the horsepower required to operate the driven equipment at its maximum capability with 1.0
service factor. For other motors with service factor of 1.15, the horsepower rating shall be
equal to, or greater than, the requirements of the driven equipment when operating at design
conditions and they shall be able to handle the maximum capability of driven equipment within
their service factor rating. All motors 250 hp and larger shall have 1.0 service factor.

3.4. Operating Features 3.4.1.

All motors 1200 rpm and above shall be the energy efficient type (Same as high or premium
efficient), and motors below 1200 rpm shall have standard efficiency.

3.4.2.

Torques for motors 225 hp and smaller shall be in accordance with standard NEMA MG 1.

3.4.3.

Motors 250 hp and larger shall have torques whose minimums shall be in accordance with
ANSI C50.41, Table 2, except locked rotor torques and pull-up torques for NT type motors
shall not be less than 80% of full load torque.

3.4.4.

AC motors shall be capable of continuous operation at full load at rated ambient temperature
without being damaged under each of the following conditions :
a. Rated frequency with the voltage varying ±10% of rated value
b. Rated voltage with the frequency varying ±5% of rated value

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

6 of 27 Rev. 6

c. A combination of variation of voltage and frequency totaling not more than ±10% with
frequency variation of not more than ±5% of rated value.
3.4.5.

It shall be the responsibility of the equipment supplier to specify for each motor : the type,
horsepower rating, full load running speed of rotation, the flywheel effect (WK2) of the load,
and any other details they may be required by the motor manufacturer.

3.4.6.

The locked rotor current of all AC motors shall not exceed 6.5 times full load current when
tested at rated voltage and frequency. Motors operating at rated terminal voltage and
frequency shall have torque values in accordance with NEMA Standard MG-1. Motors shall
have a safe stalled rotor time which is longer than the accelerating time.

3.4.7.

Motors 60 hp and larger shall be designed such that the locked rotor current shall not exceed
6.5 times rated full load current (FLC) when tested at rated voltage and frequency. Motors
less than 60 hp shall be in accordance with Table 1.

3.4.8.

The starting current of DC motors rated 1 hp and higher will be limited to a value not
exceeding two times full load current by means of external resistance or reduced voltage
starting under all load conditions.

3.4.9.

The horsepower rating of each motor shall be sufficiently large to preclude overloading the
motor under the environment conditions specified in the Technical Specification.

3.4.10. When operating at rated voltage, speed and horsepower, and after stable operating
temperature has been reached, the motors shall have sufficient torque to continue operation
at rated output, without damage, during system disturbances of approximately 15 seconds,
during which the voltage at the motor terminals may drop to 80% of motor-rated voltage.
3.4.11. All motors shall be designed to accelerate with 80% rated voltage at the motor terminals
throughout the starting period and shall be capable of accelerating their normal load without
overheating. Motors for Class 1E service shall be designed to accelerate with 75% rated
voltage at the motor terminal throughout the starting period and shall be capable of
accelerating their connected load without overheating.
3.4.12. Each motor shall be designed to successfully withstand without damage, the power frequency
transient and voltage transient as shown on Attachment #F. which may take place during the
initial stage of house load or islanded operation which will be initiated by power grid faults or
disturbances.
3.4.13. Motors shall be capable of withstanding without injury, transient voltage of at least 1.33 per
unit volts per hertz on the motor rated voltage and frequency bases, which is the resultant
vectorial volts per hertz between the motor residual volts per hertz and the incoming source
volts per hertz at the instant of bus transfer. The bus transfer time is approximately 12 cycles
on a 60 Hz base.
3.4.14. Motors, except crane motors, shall be so constructed that in an emergency of short duration
they will withstand an overspeed as specified in NEMA Standard MG1 without mechanical
failure in the forward or reverse direction.
3.4.15. The stator windings shall be adequately braced for full voltage starting and, in addition, shall
be capable of withstanding, without injury, reapplication of full voltage with 35 percent residual
voltage remaining across the windings following a short power interrupting.
3.4.16. For more than 60 hp motors and larger, the allowable locked-rotor thermal-limit time shall be
greater than the time required to accelerate the ANSI load Wk2 value to rated speed at 75%

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

7 of 27 Rev. 6

and 80% rated voltage for Class 1E and non-Class 1E motors, respectively, and the minimum
margin between allowable locked-rotor thermal limit time and the starting(accelerating) time
at hot condition shall be 10 seconds.

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION DETAILS

4.1. Insulation 4.1.1.

For all motors indicated in the Motor Data Sheets as being Class Q, T & S non-hygroscopic
Class F insulation shall be used in accordance with and NEMA MG1-12.42, 12.43. The
temperature rise shall be limited to that allowed for Class. Class B temperature rise shall be
used in accordance with and NEMA MG1-12.42, 12.43.

4.1.2.

Motors that will be subjected to gamma radiation shall be capable of withstanding the
radiation over a 30 year period without damage. Ambient temperatures and radiation levels
are as stated in the Technical Specification.

4.1.3.

All motors shall have a Class F insulation system, VPI (Vacuum Pressure Impregnated), with
epoxy resins. All motor insulation systems shall be sealed systems as defined in NEMA MG
1-1.27.2 with sufficient moisture resistance to withstand an immersion test as covered in
NEMA MG 1-20.18. The insulation system shall completely seal the conductors to prevent
penetration of moisture of other contaminants and shall be suitable for continuous operation
at the rated temperature rise of the motor. Motors 250 HP and larger shall have a sufficient
insulation strength to be able to withstand the voltage impulses that occur when the motor is
energized without the use of surge protection equipment at the motor terminals. Test
procedure and test applied impulse level shall be in accordance with the IEEE 522.

4.2. Bearings 4.2.1.

The motors shall have either sleeve type or antifriction type bearings in accordance with the
motor manufacturer's standard design. Unless otherwise specified in the Technical
Specification, antifriction type bearings shall have an anticipated minimum life (time in which
90% of the bearings are still in operation) of not less than 100,000 hours, based on the
bearing manufacturer's rating tables for the anticipated loading condition. The Supplier shall
specify to the motor manufacturer whether the load will be direct coupled, overhung, or belt
driven.

4.2.2.

Ball or roller bearings shall have the appropriate ABMA number stamped on a nameplate
attached to the motor. Also bearings shall have a minimum L-10 life of 100,000 hours per
ABMA.

4.2.3.

Sleeve bearings shall be designed so that the motor does not ride continuously against either
end bearing due to thrust developed by the motor. Limited end float couplings are to be
provided in the driven machine, if required. Two pole motors shall be provided with
pressurized bearing seals.

4.2.4.

Motors with sleeve bearings and end shields, exclusive of explosion-proof motors, shall be
provided with two access holes in at least one end shield, located near the bottom and

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

8 of 27 Rev. 6

opposite the air gap, to permit insertion of an air gap or feeler gauge between the rotor and
stator.
4.2.5.

Where applicable, the front end of the shaft (opposite the drive end) shall be accessible for
taking speed readings with a portable tachometer.

4.2.6.

Grease fittings shall be provided on all motors with antifriction bearings so that lubricant can
be forced through the bearing housing without disassembling the motor. The motors shall be
shipped with housing correctly filled with the manufacturer's approved lubricant, but provided
with relief drains and attached instructions for any adjustment necessary prior to operation.

4.2.7.

All motor bearings shall be either shielded or provided with long, close running fits and
slingers, or shaft seals to protect against the entrance of dust and moist air except for
hermetically sealed motors.

4.2.8.

Sight glasses shall be furnished in place of oil cups on oil filled bearing on motors rated 100hp
or larger where applicable.

4.2.9.

Horizontal motors, equipped with sleeve bearings and end shields or self-contained bearing
brackets in sizes larger than NEMA 505 shall have horizontal split end shield or bracket
bearing housings and bearing on the coupling end, except that belted motors and explosionproof motors shall have solid end shields on both ends. A removable bearing supporting
plate attached to the end shield, providing an opening through which rotor and coupling may
be withdrawn, is acceptable.

4.2.10. Horizontal motors with sleeve bearings shall have bearing housings large enough to hold
sufficient lubricant to minimize the need for frequent lubrication and shall have convenient
facilities for filling and draining. Sleeve bearings shall be ring lubricated, and furnished with
oil ring sight opening and with suitable oil gauges or sight glasses. Covers for oil wells and
overflows shall be attached with chains or be hinged. Motors that have a forced oil
lubrication system shall have oil rings that provide for short time operation without the
lubrication system in operation. Specific recommendations shall be given by the motor
manufacturer regarding lubricants and lubrication.
4.2.11. Where insulated bearings are required, one or both bearings shall be insulated. The
manufacturer's motor drawings shall clearly indicate when piping and conduit to bearings
must be insulated to protect against the occurrence of shaft currents.

4.3. Enclosure 4.3.1.

Motors shall be designed, built and adequately braced for starting with full voltage applied at
the motor terminals. Unless otherwise indicated in the Technical Specification, all Motors
shall be of the TEFC (Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled) construction in accordance with NEMA
Publication MG1, Section-1.26. All motors shall be NEMA Publication MG1, Section MG11.26. Motors for use in hazardous areas will have enclosures designed to meet NEC Article
500 requirements for the particular area. All TEFC motors shall be equipped with shaft and
termination box(es) seals and shall be classified water-proof.

4.3.2.

Enclosure for motor 225 hp and smaller shall be TEFC (IP44, IC411), which is standard for
mill and chemical duty type motors. Enclosure for 250 hp and larger shall be of the type
specified in the related design specification.

4.3.3.

The enclosures shall protect the motor bearings against the entrance of dust and moist air.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

9 of 27 Rev. 6

Removable air intake filters shall be provided with galvanized steel frames.
4.3.4.

Where filters are provided on air intakes, a differential pressure switch shall be located across
the filters. The switch shall close its contacts upon high differential pressure across the filter
due to a clogged filter. The switch shall be sealed against diπ, have accessible terminals and
contacts rated 0.5 A at 250 V dc with inductive load and 5 A at 120 V ac, 60 Hz with resistive
load.

4.3.5.

The interior surfaces of all metal parts of the enclosures shall be made free of all mill scale,
corrosion, and foreign substances, and then treated with a permanent protective coating to
prevent corrosion and deterioration caused by moisture and dust. The motor fans or blowers
shall be treated in similar manner.

4.3.6.

The enclosure and all exterior parts of motors to be located inside the reactor building shall
have no aluminum content.

4.3.7.

Motors located in hazardous areas shall be either totally enclosed fan cooled or explosion
proof.

4.3.8.

The totally enclosed fan cooled motors shall be furnished with a threaded noncorroding drain
plug in the bottom of the motor housing.

4.4.

Vibration
For motors 250 hp and larger, motor vibration shall be in accordance with ANSI C50.41. And,
for motors 225 hp and smaller, motor vibration at rated speed shall be in accordance with
NEMA MG1-Part 7, unless a lower value is required by the driven equipment.

4.5.

Noise Level
Motor sound level shall be in accordance with ANSI C50.41 for motors 250hp and larger. A
weight mean sound level at a distance of 1 meter from the motor surface shall not exceed 85
dB. Measurement shall be in accordance with NEMA MG1-Part 9. Sound level shall be
determined in accordance with IEEE 85, "Test Procedure for Airborne Sound Measurements
on Rotating Electric Machinery".

4.6. Terminal Boxes 4.6.1.

The motor leads shall be brought out of each motor and fed into a split cover terminal box
that is watertight and meets the requirements of the NEMA type 4 watertight enclosure. The
terminal box shall be provided with a threaded conduit entrance and drain hole. Terminal
leads to windings shall be brought out to terminal housings sized essentially in accordance
with NEMA MG-1 Part 4 Table 4-6 in page 38. And 4000V motor terminal housings shall be
accordance with NEMA MG-1 Part 4 Figure 4-11 in page 39.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

10 of 27 Rev. 6 4.6.2.

The terminal boxes shall be located in accordance with NEMA Standards and shall be one
size larger than required by the NEMA Standards.

4.6.3.

Terminal boxes for motors rated 1 hp and larger shall be capable of being rotated through
360 degrees in 90 degree increments. Terminal housings for outdoor service shall have
gasketed covers or gasketed removable plates.

4.6.4.

The motor manufacturer shall furnish connectors for the motor leads. They shall be of the
proper size for the respective motor leads. Connectors for leads 50 ㎟ (1/0 AWG) and larger
shall have two-hole compression type terminal. Connector for leads smaller than 50 ㎟ (1/0
AWG) shall have one-hole compression type terminal. Holes shall be 14 ㎜ in diameter
and hole spacing shall be 45 ㎜ in accordance with NEMA Standards.

4.6.5.

The motor leads shall be of ozone-resistant rubber insulated cable. If braided jackets are
used, the braid shall not be carried into the connections of the windings. The leads shall be
at least 1 meter long. The opening in the motor frame through which the winding terminal
leads pass shall be rounded off and smoothly finished or provided with a suitably protected
conduit passageway that will not cause an abrasive action on the motor lead insulation. Class
1E motor leads which need terminal splicing shall be suitable to the splice materials for the
field cables in order to meet the environmental qualification requirement in IEEE 323 and
IEEE 383. All boxes for Class 1E motors shall be provided with isolation means such as
barriers or physical isolations between the wiring and/or components classified as Class 1E
and the ones not classified as Class 1E in accordance with IEEE 384 and IEEE 420.

4.6.6.

Shield grounding for RTD/Thermocouple circuit in the terminal boxes shall be provided.

4.6.7.

Motors with any of the accessories specified in the Section 5 shall be provided with separate
NEMA Type 4 terminal box for terminating the accessory leads. The terminal box shall be
provided with a threaded conduit entrance (22 ㎜ (3/4") minimum) and drain holes. This box,
if required, shall be provided on the opposite side from the main leads. All accessories shall
be wired to a terminal block.

4.6.8.

Horizontal motors shall be provided with approximately 1/2 inch (13mm) mesh screens on all
openings at the end shields or brackets.

4.6.9.

Terminal leads to windings shall be brought out to terminal housings sized essentially in
accordance with the following:
Attachment #C

Type I motor terminal housing - Unsupported Terminations

Attachment #D

Type II motor terminal housing - Insulator Supported Terminations

4,000V and 13,200V motor terminal housings shall be in accordance with Attachment #D.
Accessory leads shall be terminated in separate auxiliary boxes. Leads of accessory items
normally operating at voltages of 50 volts (rms) or less shall be separated from other
accessory leads by a suitable barrier or be terminated in a separate auxiliary box. All boxes
for Class 1E motors shall be provided with isolation means such as barriers or physical
isolations between the wiring and/or components classified as Class 1E and the ones not
classified as Class 1E in accordance with IEEE 384 and IEEE 420. All isolation means shall
be verified by the supplier and submitted to the A/E for review.
4.6.10. One hole compression type terminal lugs shall be attached to the winding terminal leads for
connection to the buyer's cable smaller than 1/0 AWG. Two-hole compression type terminal

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

11 of 27 Rev. 6

lugs shall be attached to the winding terminal leads for connection to the buyer's 1/0 AWG
or larger cable. Lugs for the buyer’s cable will be furnished by others. The opening in the
motor frame through which the winding terminal leads pass shall be rounded off and smoothly
finished or provided with a suitably protected conduit passageway that will not cause an
abrasive action on the motor lead insulation.
4.6.11. Screws for # 18 AWG wire lugs shall be provided for the buyer's cable shield grounding for
RTD/thermocouple circuits in the terminal boxes.
4.6.12. Class 1E motor leads which need terminal splicing shall be suitable to the splice materials
for the field cables in order to meet the environmental qualification requirements in IEEE 323
and IEEE 383.
4.6.13. Metal covers, screws, bolts, nuts, springs, studs, along with other miscellaneous fittings and
hardware shall be stainless steel or corrosion-resistant plated.
4.6.14. For motors with sleeve bearings, the motor manufacturer shall:
a)

Indicate on the motor outline drawing the minimum rotor end-play.

Mark rotor end-play limits on motor shaft.

Include means for indicating the shaft magnetic center position.

4.6.15. Suitable lifting lugs shall be provided for hoisting motors during installation and for
maintenance purposes.

4.7.

Lifting Devices
Integral horsepower motors shall have suitable lifting devices for installing or removing the
motor. Location of lifting points shall be shown on the supplier's drawings.

4.8.

Grounding Termination
Each fractional and integral horsepower motor frame shall have provisions for frame
grounding. NEMA frame size 254 through 455 shall be equipped with a M12 bronze
grounding bolt located near the output shaft end of the motor and on the same side as the
main lead conduit box. The Supplier shall provide information on the grounding provisions for
each frame size.
For the 5hp and above motors, the supplier shall provide two(2) copper ground pads as
shown on the Attachment #E, One on each side of the motor frame with drilled and tapped
holes suitable for attaching the buyer's two-hole NEMA grounding lugs. Ground lugs will be
provided by the buyer. And all welding shall be in accordance with the supplier’s standard

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

12 of 27 Rev. 6 welding procedure. 4.9. Nameplate 4.9.1.

Nameplate shall state the service factor and comply with ANSI C50.41 for motors 250 hp and
larger, and NEMA MG 1 for 225 hp and smaller. Nameplates on motors 250 hp and larger
shall specify the limitations on frequency of motor starting and shall specify the cooling
periods between starts under conditions of (a) cold rotor and (b) warm rotor (after running
continuously at full load for a period of one hour). Motors shall have the direction of rotation
marked on the nameplate, for the supply voltage sequence ofT1-T2-T3.

4.9.2.

Each motor shall have a noncorrosive stainless steel nameplate stamped with not less than
the minimum information called for in the latest revision of NEMA Publication MG1, Section
10.38, 39, 40 and also the locked rotor current of the motor.

4.10.

Direction of Rotation
Motors shall have the required direction of rotation marked by an arrow on the stator frame
or on the nameplate.

4.11. Finish

4.11.1. Motors designated as Class Q or T in the equipment requisitions shall be painted in
accordance with applicable provisions in Appendix Specification of ‘Requirements for coating
services level II components’ [KJ-070-DT-410-004].
4.11.2. The motors designated as class S shall be cleaned, primed, and finish painted in accordance
with the supplier's standard appendix. The supplier shall submit technical data of paint.
4.11.3. A sufficient quantity of touchup paint shall be supplied.

5. ACCESSORIES 5.1. Space Heaters 5.1.1.

All motors for outdoors service, 3 hp and above, and all motors for indoor service 10 hp and
larger shall be provided with space heaters. Also open, drip-proof fully guarded motors, 3 hp
and larger, in damp indoor locations shall be provided with space heaters. The space heaters
shall have sufficient capacity to keep the motor windings and internal parts dry when the
motors are not running.

5.1.2.

Heaters rated more than 2,000 watts in capacity shall be rated at 600V for 480V, 3 phase
operation and heaters rated not more than 2000 watts in capacity shall be rated at 240V for

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

13 of 27 Rev. 6

120V, 1 phase operation.
5.1.3.

Supplier shall clearly indicate that space heaters are Class 1E or non-Class 1E and also
indicate whether space heaters are required during normal operation or only during stand-by,
storage and construction.

5.1.4.

Space heaters shall be readily accessible for inspection, maintenance, and removal without
disconnecting the motor from its driven load or moving the motor from its fixed operating
position.

5.1.5.

For motors 10 hp and above, the space heater leads shall be wired to the terminal boxes as
specified in Section 4.6.7.

5.2.

Bearing Temperature Detectors

5.2.1.

For motors rated 250 HP and larger, each sleeve bearing and each thrust bearing shall be
equipped with a thermocouple (two wire) or platinum (three wire) ungrounded resistance-type
temperature detector (RTD), 100 ohms at 0℃ (0.00385 ohm/ohm ℃) for remote temperature
monitoring. The elements shall be installed as close as possible to bearing surface and shall
be properly located in the bearing housing. The Supplier may use thermocouple, ISA type E,
grounded trip under Purchaser's permit.

5.2.2.

Bearing temperature thermocouples or RTD’s and vibration detectors shall be furnished. The
elements shall be installed as close as possible to sleeve bearing surfaces, and shall be
located preferably in the bottom half of the bearing housing.

5.2.3.

The bearing temperature detectors shall be wired to the terminal box as specified in Section
4.6.7.

5.3.

Winding Temperature Detectors

5.3.1.

All motors 250 HP and larger shall be provided with Resistance-type temperature detectors
(RTD) if provided in the motor slots, as per NEMA Standard MG1 shall be ungrounded,
platinum, 100 ohms at 0℃ (0.00385 ohm/ohm ℃).

5.3.2.

The winding temperature detectors shall be wired to the terminal box as specified in Section
4.6.7.

5.4.

Miscellaneous fittings and hardware
Metal covers, screws, bolts, nuts, springs, studs, along with other miscellaneous fittings and
hardware shall be stainless steel or corrosin-resistant plated.

6. INSPECTION AND TESTS 6.1. Inspection KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

14 of 27 Rev. 6 6.1.1.

Inspection of the motors shall be at the Supplier's or Subcontractor's factory. The motors shall
not be prepared for shipment or shipped before the Purchaser has either inspected the
apparatus or waived inspection. The waiving of inspection at the factory in no way relieve the
Supplier of the responsibility of furnishing motors in accordance with this Specification.

6.1.2.

The Purchaser's inspector shall have access to the work specified herein. He shall have
authority to refuse release for shipment, if, in his opinion, the design, intent, or requirements
of the specifications have not been fulfilled, or certified copies of required inspection and test
data are not available for review. He shall indicate tests and inspections he intends to witness
or perform after a review of the Supplier's work plan. The Supplier shall give the Purchaser's
inspector 10 working days advance notice on schedule dates for performance of tests to be
witnessed and on final inspection for shipment.

6.2. Tests 6.2.1.

All motors shall be given routine tests in accordance with NEMA MG1, and IEEE 112. Written
documentation and/or certified test reports shall be submitted as required in Appendix of
‘General requirement for document submittal’ [KJ-070-DT-410-002].

6.2.2.

Performance tests shall be made on all motors for safety system. These tests shall include a
full load heat run to demonstrate power factor, efficient, and temperature rise, and all other
tests normally made on the first units produced of a kind. However, test results from tests of
duplicated motors may be accepted. Test reports shall be submitted to the Purchaser for
acceptance.

6.2.3.

Tests shall be conducted demonstrate that the motors for safety system should be capable
of withstanding the environmental conditions mentioned in the Technical specification without
loss of function, unless equivalent tests have already been performed on duplicate motor as
required in Appendix of ‘Environmental Qualification Requirement for Nuclear Safety-Related
Equipment’ [KJ-070-DT-410-003]. Test reports shall be submitted to the Purchaser for
acceptance as indicated in Appendix of ‘General requirement for document submittal’ [KJ070-DT-410-002].

6.2.4.

Noise tests shall be performed on all motors in accordance with Paragraph 4.5. However,
test results from tests of duplicate motors may be accepted. Test reports shall be submitted
to the Purchaser for acceptance.

6.2.5.

Motor tests shall be performed with the motor terminal housing installed on motor.

7. MOTOR DATA SHEETS 7.1.

Basic information, such as environmental conditions, motor classification, voltage rating, etc.,
is supplied by the Purchaser on the Electric Motor Specification Sheet in the Technical
Specification.

7.2.

Motor information shall be provided by the Bidder on the "Electric Motor Data Sheet",
Attachment #A. This data (one sheet per motor) shall be supplied to be Purchaser with the

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

15 of 27 Rev. 6

Proposal as indicated in Appendix of ‘General requirement for document submittal’ [KJ-070DT-410-002].
7.3.

The successful Bidder shall complete and enter on the "Electric Motor Data Sheet",
Attachment #A, all pertinent information for each motor to be supplied. This data (one sheet
per motor) shall be supplied to the Purchaser 60 days after award of purchase order as
indicated in Appendix of ‘General requirement for document submittal’ [KJ-070-DT-410-002].

8. PACKING AND STORAGE 8.1.

Apparatus shall be substantially packaged and otherwise protected for shipment. Special
care shall be taken to prevent exposure of windings and connections to weather during
shipment.

8.2.

Motors shall be prepared for extended outdoor storage by protecting the motor bearings with
either a protective grease covering or liquid preservative. The motors shall be tagged to show
that a preservative has been used. The procedure to be followed before motors are placed
in operation shall also be indicated on the tag.

9. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION 9.1.

The following design data and drawings shall be provided within 60 days after award to the
purchase order for motors 60 hp and above, as required by Appendix of ‘General requirement
for document submittal’ [KJ-070-DT-410-002]. The supplier shall submit to the buyer, for
review, before fabrication and assembly of the equipment, the following :.

9.1.1.

Outline drawings of each motor, showing location and sizes of terminal box and conduit
entrances, size and type of terminals provided by the motor manufacturer, and the total
weight of the motor.

9.1.2.

Complete wiring diagrams showing all wiring connections for all equipment furnished by the
supplier.

9.1.3. Motor nameplate data 9.1.4. Performance Curves

9.1.4.1. For motors 250 hp and larger
Speed-torque curves at 80% (75% for Class IE), 90% and 100% rated voltage
Speed-current curves at 80% (75% for Class IE), 90% and 100% rated voltage
Speed-Power factor curve
Speed-load torque curves
Acceleration time-current curves at 80% (75% for Class IE), 90% and 100% rated voltage
with thermal limit curves including cold and hot thermal limit and locked rotor thermal limit
9.1.4.2. For motors 225 hp and smaller

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

16 of 27 Rev. 6

Acceleration time-current curves at 80% (75% for Class IE), and 100% rated voltage with thermal
limit curves including cold and hot thermal limit and locked rotor thermal limit

9.1.5.

Speed-time curve for the motor accelerating the specified load.

9.2.

The required diagrams shall show the curves at 100, 90% and 80% of rated voltage for all
motors. In this case the curves at both voltages shall be plotted on one diagram.

9.3.

Documentation and/or certified test reports shall verify that the motors meet the required
speed torque characteristics at the specified terminal voltage outlined above and as required
by the Technical specification.

9.4.

Supplier shall provide Outline drawings of each motor, showing location and sizes of terminal
box and conduit entrances, size and type of terminals, overall dimensions and grounding
locations provided by the motor manufacturer, and the total weight of the motor. Terminal
blocks shall conform to the requirements.

9.5.

Complete wiring diagrams showing all wiring connections for all equipment furnished by the
supplier shall be provided

9.6.

Motor nameplate data shall be provided

9.7.

Motors designated in the Material Requisition in the Technical Specification as Quality Class
Q, T are to perform critical functions. Qualification of Class Q, T motors shall be in accordance
with the most applicable codes and standards.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

17 of 27 Rev. 6

ATTACHMENT #A. ELECTRIC MOTOR DATA SHEET

NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT DATA

Motor
1.

TENDER 1.1 Manufacturer - 1.2 Type identification - 1.3 Country of origin - 2. TECHNICAL DATA 2.1

Motor Classification (Class 1E / Non Class 1E)

2.2

Type of motor (e.g. squirrel cage)

- 2.3 Standard No. - 2.4 Rated voltage V 2.5 Frequency / Phase 2.6 Rated capacity HP/kW 2.7 Full load ampere A 2.8 Locked rotor ampere A 2.9

Power factor at rated output

- /

Full load
3/4 load
2/4 load

Starting

2.10

Efficiency

Full load

% - 3/4 load % - 2/4 load % 2.11 Torque at rated output kgf.m 2.12

Starting torque at rated voltage

kgf.m / REMARKS KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

rpm 2.13 Speed at rated output 2.14

Enclosure (IEC 60529 Classification)

Drip proof fully guarded
Weather protected NEMA type II
Totally enclosed
Totally enclosed fan cooled
Dust ignition proof

℃

2.15

Temperature rise, by resistance method

2.16 Insulation class 2.17

Motor insulation system(material)

2.18 Service factor 2.19

Average allowable number of daily starts

- 2.20

Maximum safe stall time (at rated volts)

s 2.21

Time to accelerate connected load to full

speed with rated volts
Magnetising reactance *

Ohms

Stator Reactance - zero speed *

Ohms

Stator reactance - full speed *

Ohms

Stator resistance - hot *

Ohms

Stator resistance - cold *

Ohms

Rotor reactance - zero speed *

Ohms

Rotor reactance - full speed *

Ohms Rotor resistance - hot * Ohms

Rotor resistance - cold *

Ohms 2.24

Driven plant inertia referred to motor speed

kg ㎡ 2.25

Motor anti-condensation heater

2.22 2.23

Watt (Rating / Operating)

W /

Volts (Rating / Operating)

V /

Phase

2.26

Temperature detector (Type / Q'ty)

18 of 27 Rev. 6 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

- Bearing 2.27 - Winding / - Oil /

Bearings

Type
Quantity

2.28

Construction (Horizontal or Vertical)

2.29 Rotation (C.W or C.C.W) 2.30 Sound level dB 2.31 Net motor weight kg 19 of 27 Rev. 6 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

20 of 27 ATTACHMENT #B.

Allowable Locked Rotor Current and Starting Time for Small Motor

Rated Horse Power Less than 10hp

Not less than 10hp
and less than 60hp

More than 60hp
and up to 225hp

Locked Rotor Current (LRC)
(% of Full Load Current)

Allowable Starting (Accelerating)
Time in Seconds

LRC ≤ 650 ≤ 9 650 〈 LRC ≤ 750 ≤ 7 750 〈 LRC ≤ 850 ≤ 5 LRC 〉 850 Not Acceptable LRC ≤ 650 ≤ 9 650 〈 LRC ≤ 750 ≤ 7 LRC 〉 750 Not Acceptable LRC ≤ 650 ≤ 9 LRC 〉 650 Not Acceptable Rev. 6 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

21 of 27 ATTACHMENT #C.

Type I Motor Terminal Housing Unsupported Terminations
Motor
Motor
Voltage Horsepower
460

Openingconduit size
(Inches)

Min. Internal
Dimension
(Inches)

Min. Volume
(Inches3)

1 1/2
2
2
2
3
4

4
5
6
6
7
8

100
180
400
600
750
900

3-7.5
7.6-20
21-40
41-75
76-125
126-300

Min. Distance
(Inches) *
4
5
5
5
6
8

Minimum distance is from the entrance plate for conduit entry to the centerline of motor
leads leaving the motor housing.
Notes :

It is intended to allow the motor manufacturer to furnish his standard terminal housing if
it meets the dimensions shown in the above table. Variances from the dimensions
shown in the table shall be acceptable if in the opinion of the buyer, they do not affect
the utility of the housing.

Each terminal housing shall be of cast iron or sheet metal. For sheet housings less
than 12 inches (300 mm) long, the body of the housing shall be a minimum of 12 gauge.
For housings more than 12 inches (300 mm) long, the body of the housing shall be a
minimum of 10 gauge. The cover shall be steel or unpainted aluminum. The finish
shall be in accordance with manufacturer's standard, or as specified. If a hot-dip
galvanized finish is required, it will be indicated in Section 4.0 of the Purchase
Specification.

For motors below 3 hp, the manufacturer's largest applicable standard size terminal
housings shall be acceptable.

Terminal housings for outdoor service shall have gasketed covers or gasketed removable
plates.

Each terminal housing shall be mountable in all 90 positions without alteration of the
housing or bolting facilities, such that conduit may enter from above, below, or from
either side.

Rev. 6 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

22 of 27 6.

Each terminal housing shall be located such that conduit will clear the motor base by at
least 3 inches (75mm), without bending the conduit, when the conduit enters the
housing from below.

Motor terminal housings for outdoor installations or areas where condensation of
moisture is likely to be a problem, shall have a 1/2" (13mm) diameter drain hole covered
with an insect-proof screened grommet provided at the bottom front corner in the lowest
part of the housing. The location of the buyer's conduit entrance will be furnished at
the time of the supplier's drawing review.

Rev. 6 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

23 of 27 Rev. 6

ATTACHMENT #D. Type II Motor Terminal Housing - Insulator Supported Terminations

Minimum dimension - Inches
Motor
voltage

Terminal housing Location of insulators
dimensions

Electrical
Clearance

C X

E
F
Live parts Between
to ground live parts

Min.
insulator
withstand
impulse
voltage
rating

L W D A B

460
24
(150hp &
above)

18 18 9 1/2 8 1/2 4 5 2 3 45kV 4000 36 27 18 9 1/2 8 1/2 5 1/2 8 3 1/2 5 60kV 13200 48 48 25 13 1/2 11 1/2 8 1/2 9 1/2 95kV 13 1/2 6 3/4

* Please see the following pages for detail and notes.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

24 of 27

Notes :
1.

The above connection assembly indicates suggested construction details for Type II
(insulator supported) Motor Terminal Housing internal connections, but is not intended
to exclude the manufacturer's standard construction (if acceptable to the buyer) or to
relieve the manufacturer from responsibility for proper design.

Terminal housings shall be manufactured per dimensions shown on page B-2, equipped
with insulators, mounting assemblies, and copper bar lug supports, essentially in
accordance with the tabulation and details shown in this standard.

Each terminal housing shall be made from No. 10 USS gauge sheet steel. The cover
shall be gasketed, constructed of sheet or unpainted aluminum, with integral handles.
The finish shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard or as specified. If
a hot-dip galvanized housing is required, it will be indicated in Section 4.0 of the
Purchase Specifications.

Rev. 6 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

25 of 27 4.

Each terminal housing shall be supported by the motor housing if possible, and shall be
constructed so that it will not be damaged by a load of up to 300 pounds in any direction.

Each conduit entrance for motors shall be through a bolted and gasketed removable
plate, that will be drilled for the conduits by others. The location of the buyer's conduit
entrance will be furnished at the time of the supplier's drawing review. A 1" (25mm)
diameter drain hole covered with an insect-proof screened grommet shall be provided
at the bottom front corner in the lowest part of the housing.

A 3/8" -16 machine screw shall be provided inside each terminal housing for grounding
the buyer's cable shielding.

Insulators shall be high quality porcelain bus insulators as manufactured by Westinghouse
Electric Co., Lapp Insulator Co., or equivalent. Single hole insulators shall not be
acceptable. Two or four hole insulators shall be used, and each insulator shall be
affixed to both the insulator angle support and the copper bar lug support in at least two
places, to prevent any twisting or movement of the cable lugs.

Rev. 6 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

ATTACHMENT #E. Copper Plate Detail for Motor Grounding

26 of 27 Rev. 6 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet

ATTACHMENT #F. House Load Operation Transient

27 of 27 Rev. 6

===== KJ-070-DT-410-007_IFC_8_Standard Appendix for General Electrical Requireme_┤δ┐∞╡ε╖╧_2 (1).pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Standard Appendix for General Electrical Requirements
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-070-DT-410-007 8 Class 1 Class 2 NNS N/A Class 3 Q T S Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A For Construction For Fabrication Safety Class

Quality Class
N/A
Ⅰ
Seismic Category
N/A
Electrical Class
Submittal Purpose
Preliminary

For Information For Approval Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests Verification Status Complete Incomplete Min-Chang Park 2022-10-26

Prepared by :
설계담당자(DE AE)

Signature

Date
2022-10-26

Sang-Ki Shin
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DE LE)

Signature

Date
2022-10-26

Hoon Lee
Approved by :
설계확인자(DM IR)

Signature Date 2022-10-28 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

1 of 53

Revision History
Rev.
No.

Date Description of Revision 0 2014.09.30

1St ISSUE
2nd ISSUE

Changed word,
Before : Standard Specification

After : Standard Appendix
Before : Technical Specification
After : Design Specification

Added Sentence, Sec 2.3
-

2015.03.13

3rd ISSUE
2

Added word, Sec 3.1.5
Modified word, Sec 10.2.1
Modified word, Sec 4.2. 4.4
Modified word, Sec 4.6
Added Reference, Sec 2

2015.04.17

4th ISSUE
3

Changed word, Sec 10.3.1

Before : Non 1E
After : Non-Class 1E

Added “.” Sec 4.4
Modified word, Sec 3.1.4

2015.06.29

5th ISSUE
4

2015.07.29

Added Codes and Standards “IEEE 384”, Sec. 2
Added Sentence, Sec 5.7
6th ISSUE

5 2015.09.18

Modified word, Sec 16.1.4
Changed word, Sec 3.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.1.3, 3.1.4, 3.1.5

Before : percent

Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

2 of 53 Rev. 8

After : %

Added (,) Sec. 3.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.1.3, 3.1.4, 3.1.5
Added “AC”, “DC” Sec 4.3, 4.7, 5.1, 8.1.4
Changed word, Sec 3.2

Before : 12.4
After : 13.4

7th ISSUE
6

Modified Contents
Modified Sec.9, 11.1, 11.2.2, 13
Modified Attachment F

2016.10.26

8th ISSUE
7

2019.10.08

Modified Sec.2, 3.1.6, 4.7, 5.5, 8.1.9.3, 9.2.4, 11.1, 11.1.3, 11.2.3
Added Sec. 3.1.1, 4.8, 4.9
Added Sec. 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, 5.12, 5.13, 5.14, 5.15, 5.16, 5.17, 5.18, 5.19,
5.20
Added Sec. 8.1.6, 11.2.2
9th ISSUE

결재정보
참조

Modified Sec.5.5, 5.10
Added Sec. 5.6, 5.7
Modified phase color Sec 9.2.1, 9.2.3, 9.2.4, 11.2.3 according to
한국전기설비규정(KEC)

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

3 of 53

CONTENTS
Para.

Description Page 1.

GENERAL .....................................................................................................................5

CODES AND STANDARDS..........................................................................................5

CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND CIRCUIT RATINGS................................................6

ENCLOSURE ................................................................................................................6

WIRING..........................................................................................................................7

TERMINAL LUGS .........................................................................................................9

CONNECTIONS ..........................................................................................................10

TERMINATIONS .........................................................................................................10

CABLE AND WIRE COLOR .......................................................................................22

10.

COVER CABINETS FOR TERMINAL BLOCK MOUNTING ......................................23

11.

CABLE DATA REQUIREMENT FOR SUPPLIER FURNISHED CABLE ..................25

12.

INSULATION ...............................................................................................................29

13.

GROUND BUS ............................................................................................................29

14.

CONTROL COMPONENTS ........................................................................................30

15.

APPROVAL .................................................................................................................31

16.

ELECTRIC MOTORS ..................................................................................................31

17.

NAMEPLATES ............................................................................................................31

Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

4 of 53 18.

FINISH .........................................................................................................................32

19.

TESTS .........................................................................................................................32

20.

SHIPMENT ..................................................................................................................33

21.

DRAWINGS .................................................................................................................33

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment #A.

TERMINAL LUGS Attachment #B. COMPRESSION COPPER LUGS Attachment #C.

TERMINAL BLOCK REQUIREMENTS

Attachment #D.

REQUIREMENTS FOR WIRING SPACE AT TERMINAL BLOCKS

Attachment #E.

PANEL AND CABINET NAMEPLATE

Attachment #F. CABLE NUMBERING SYSTEM Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

1. 5 of 53 Rev. 8

GENERAL
All electrical design, materials, manufacturing, tests, and construction shall conform to the
latest applicable IEEE, ANSI, NEMA, KEPIC standards, and IEC and all structural steel
design shall conform to the latest American Institute of Steel Construction standard, in effect
as of 31th of March, 2012. The Supplier shall be free to apply later and new issues of codes
and standards which in the Supplier's judgment are consistent with good design practice and
result in a less costly plant, provided such application is approved by Purchaser. In case of
conflicting requirements of these standards, they shall apply in the sequence in which they
are here listed.
All design, materials, tests, and construction shall also conform to all applicable codes, laws,
and regulations.
If the Supplier has any reason for deviation from the above standards of design, supplier
states in his proposal the exact nature of the change and the reason for making same.
This Appendix provides design requirements and general information to be used by the
Supplier for electrical equipment design. Refer to each individual attachment for specific
information regarding the scope of each one.
The products listed herein are proven to be adequate for the intended uses specified
by the buyer. Other brands may be substituted where the Supplier demonstrates that
the substitute product is adequate for the intended use.

CODES AND STANDARDS
Equipment shall be designed, built, rated, tested and shall perform in accordance with
following standards.

NEMA 250-2008 Enclosures for electrical equipment
IEEE 323-2003 (END 1100) Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power

Generating Stations

IEEE 383-2003 (END 3810) Qualifying Class 1E Electric Cables and Field Splices for

Nuclear Power Generating Stations

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

- Reg. 1.131-1977 6 of 53 Rev. 8

Qualification Tests of Electric Cables, Field Splices, and

Connections for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants

IEEE 384-1992 (R1998) (ENB 2000) Independence of Class 1E Equipment and

Circuits
3.

CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND CIRCUIT RATINGS

3.1.

As indicated Design specification the equipment will be located indoors or outdoors. This
equipment will be subject to the minimum and maximum ambient temperature conditions at
the site as specified. The Purchaser will provide the following electrical supplies as needed:
All cables shall be considered 50 years of KJRR plant life.
4.16kV ± 10%, three-phase, 60Hz, Resistance grounded neutral system.
480V ± 10%, three-phase, 60Hz, grounded neutral system.
380/220V ± 10%, Single-phase, 60Hz, grounded system for receptacle outlets and
space heaters
120V ± 2%, single-phase, 60Hz
0.5%, UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply)
125V ＋10% － 15%, DC ungrounded system

3.2.

Control circuits and annunciator circuits shall be rated as follows:
Control circuits for all AC motors 60 hp and smaller shall be rated 120V AC from a
control power transformer provided by the Supplier, in accordance with Section 13.4 of
this Appendix.

3.3.

As considering voltage drop, the rating voltage of motor supplied from 480V AC power is
460V.

4. ENCLOSURE 4.1.

Unless otherwise indicated in all control cabinets and panels located indoors shall be
dust-tight with neoprene gasketed doors and shall conform to the requirements for
NEMA Type 2 (Same as IP 22) enclosures. For outdoors locations, the enclosures shall
be NEMA Type 3 (Same as IP 55 including outdoor corrosion protection) in accordance
with NEMA 250.

4.2.

Electrical devices in an explosive atmosphere shall be housed in enclosures that are
UL approved NEMA type 7 or 8 for Class I hazardous location, or NEMA Type 9 for
Class II hazardous locations.

4.3.

Where 480V AC power circuits are required to be terminated, this area shall be
physically segregated from the control and instrument wiring termination points.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

7 of 53 Rev. 8 4.4.

All indoor panels or cabinets shall be designed for assembly in sections which can be
moved through a standard 800 mm by 2300 mm door as considering termination of the
interconnection wires, with adequate identification for re-connection of the circuits.

4.5.

Where openings for ventilation are required, louvered ventilating openings shall by
furnished with stainless steel screens having a maximum 3.175 mm (1/8 inch) mesh to
prevent the entrance of insects or rodents. Louvers shall be formed to prevent dripping
or splashed water from entering the enclosure.

4.6.

Where apparatus housed in the cabinet requires special filters, blowers, or other
suitable filtration or cooling devices for proper operation, these devices shall be
mounted and wired in the cabinet.

4.7.

Thermostatically controlled space heaters shall be provided where required to maintain
the temperature of the apparatus above dew point temperature for the conditions of
operation to prevent condensation of moisture and damage to wiring insulation.

4.8.

Individual space heater elements shall be rated at 240 V AC, 60 Hz, single-phase and
suitable for operation on a 120 V, 60 Hz single phase system. If the heater capacity
exceeds 2,000 watts, the individual elements shall be rated at least 600 V AC and shall
be suitable for operation on a 480V, 60 Hz, 3-phase system. A molded case circuit
breaker shall be provided for connection of heaters to their power source. Contactors if
required for space heater control shall be furnished by the Supplier and located in the
equipment.

4.9.

A molded case circuit breaker shall be provided for connection for the heaters to a 120V
AC, single-phase, AC power source. The heaters shall be rated for 240V AC singlephase; however, the wattage rating shall be such that sufficient heat is produced when
operating at 120V.

5. WIRING 5.1.

Control panel wiring shall be properly sized single stranded copper conductor not less
than 14 AWG (2.5 mm2) insulated with a highly flame retardant insulation jacketing
system having an overall oxygen index of not less than 28. Wiring shall be type SIS
single-conductor stranded copper, rated for 90℃ conductor temperature with 600V AC
insulation.

5.2.

Low level analog type instrumentation wiring shall be 2/C, 3/C, or 4/C twisted and
shielded cable not less than 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) with an insulation/jacketing system.

5.3.

Current transformer circuit leads shall be not less than 10 AWG (6 mm2) and terminated
at separate short circuiting type terminal blocks.

5.4.

Extra flexible wiring shall be provided over door hinges or other locations where leads
may be subject to flexing.

5.5.

Interconnection wiring between components mounted on the packaged (skid mounted)
unit shall be routed in metallic conduit except where vibratory conditions require the use
of flexible conduit.

5.6.

Cable shall have a rated circuit voltage of 601 – 2000 V. Insulation of the cable shall be
Ethylene-Propylene Rubber (EPR, Class E2) or Crossed-Linked-Polyethylene (XLPE,

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

8 of 53 Rev. 8

Class X-2) in accordance with Section 3 of NEMA WC 70 (ICEA S-95-658)
5.7.

Jackets shall consist of materials such as cross-linked polyolefin (XLPO) in accordance
with Section 4 of NEMA WC 70 (ICEA S-95-658).

5.8.

Wires shall be identified by individual wire numbers or letters at all terminal points. Wires
shall be identified by individual sleeve type wire markers slipped over the ends fastened
to wires at each termination. Sleeves shall be flame-resistant, nonconducting, a
minimum of 25 mm in length, lettered lengthwise. PVC sleeves are not acceptable.
Where applicable, wire identification shall correspond to the elementary wiring or
interconnection diagrams supplied to the Supplier by the Purchaser.

5.9.

Instrument cables nearby electric wire shall have shield type and sufficient separation
distance from electric wire to avoid the electric noise. And a separation distance shall
be applicable as per IEEE 384 (ENB 2000)

5.10.

Internal panel wiring and external cable interfaces shall meet the requirements of
KEPIC ENB 6340. Wiring shall be complete with control, metering, and relaying circuits
requiring external connection, and all unused terminals on relays and auxiliary contacts
brought to internal terminal blocks.

5.11.

Suitable extra flexible wiring (class K) shall be provided over door hinges or other
locations where leads may be subjected to flexing.

5.12.

All wiring shall be capable of passing the tests indicated in NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73532) and WC70 (ICEA S-95-658) as well as the flame test of KEPIC END 3810.

5.13.

Wiring terminations shall be on Purchaser approved terminal blocks having washer
head screw type connectors. Terminal blocks shall be in accordance with 8.0
Terminations in this appendix.

5.14.

Wire connectors shall be self-insulated crimp-on type. Solder type terminals will not be
acceptable. All internal wiring shall be identified at each end of each wire termination
and on the terminal block. The Supplier’s wire number shall appear on a flame-retardant
sleeve or similar permanent type marker.

5.15.

Control wire bundles shall be formed without sharp bends and shall be adequately
supported.

5.16.

The Supplier shall show Purchaser’s wire numbers on schematic and wiring diagram
drawings.

5.17.

All internal wiring shall be routed from point to point without splices. Wires shall be
routed in wireways. Insulating material, in the form of flame-retardant grommets or
molding, shall be provided on all edges of openings where wires pass through metal
panels or pass between cubicles.

5.18.

All wiring within the individual compartments, and all wiring between compartments in
all assemblies shall be installed, connected, and tested ready to operate, by the
Supplier prior to shipment.

5.19.

Wiring and components shall be arranged so that instruments or devices may be
removed and/or seπiced without disturbing the wiring. No control wire shall be routed
across the face or rear of an instrument, junction box, or other device in a manner,
which will prevent the opening of covers or obstruct access to leads, terminals, devices,
or instruments.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

9 of 53 Rev. 8 5.20.

Relay terminals shall not be used for more than two connections per terminal.
Compression terminal lugs shall be furnished for incoming line feeders.

5.21.

The isolation devices shall be provided as per KEPIC ENB 2000 to isolate the Class 1E
output signal from the MCC to the Non-Class 1E annunciator or plant computer.

5.22.

PVC is not acceptable for wire and wireways.

6. TERMINAL LUGS 6.1.

Insulated terminal lugs for control and instrumentation wiring
All terminal lugs shall be screw-compression ring tongue type. (Pin type lugs shall not
be allowable to use.)
All connections to terminal blocks, instrument, etc., shall be made with following tin
plated compression type ring tongue terminal lugs according to the location or Electrical
Classification of systems, equipment or components as specified in Design Specification.
Electrical Class 1E : Terminal lugs of "AMP” or “Panduit”
as listed on page A-1, or equivalent
Electrical Non-Class 1E : Terminal lugs of "Thomas & Betts", "Burndy", "Panduit",
"3M" or KS marked as listed on page A-2, or equivalent
The wire insulation shall be removed without nicking the conductor. The wire shall be
firmly inserted into the lug and crimped with a ratchet type, or positive action air/hydraulic
tool as listed on Page A-1, or as recommended by the lug manufacturer.
Manufacturer's standard insulating sleeve for listed terminals are Polyvinylidene Fluoride
(PVDF) for terminal lugs of "Amp Special Industries" and "Panduit (for Class IE)";
Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) for terminal lugs of "Thomas & Betts", ’’Bumdy”, "Panduit",
and，’3M”; Nylon for KS marked or equivalent. The Supplier shall obtain the buyer's
prior approval for furnishing insulated lugs with other than Manufacturer Standard
insulation on them. Acceptable manufacturers and specific catalog numbers of
acceptable insulating lugs are listed on Page A-1 and A-2.
Part numbers specified in this attachment are for use with AWG conductors. If metric
conductors are to be furnished by the Supplier, the appropriate lug from the same
manufacturer and of the same type shall be used.
Terminal lugs of KS marked or equivalent shall be made of Oxygen Free HighConductivity Copper (OFHC) and shall meet the KS C2620.
Please refer to the attachment #A of ‘Terminal Lugs’.

6.2.

Compression copper power lugs
Lugs shall be color keyed or coded, tool applied compression type (hexagonal or

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

10 of 53 Rev. 8

circumferential), tin plated made of high conductivity copper and be listed by the
Underwriters Laboratories for use with copper cable or KS marked (only for one-hole
lugs) or equivalent.
Lugs shall be applied in accordance with the following instructions:
a. The installation tools and dies shall be of either hexagonal or circumferential
compression type as recommended by the lug manufacturer. The tooling shall be
color coded or color keyed with the lugs.
b. For inspection purposes, the manufacturer's die code shall be embossed upon the
applied compressed connection on lugs.
The bolt holes of the lugs shall be drilled and spaced in accordance with the latest NEMA
Standards Publications No. CC-1 "Electric Power Connection for substations.” The bolt
holes of KS marked one-hole lugs shall be drilled in accordance with the KS C2620.
Lugs listed are long barrel type for maximum current-carrying requirements and have
barrels that are blind ended.
Lugs shall meet the performance requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Test of UL
486 except the heating or current cycling tests shall be performed for a minimum of 500
cycles.
Part numbers specified in this attachment are for use with AWG conductors. If metric
conductors are to be furnished by the Supplier, the appropriate lug from the same
manufacturer and of the same type shall be used.
KS marked (only for one-hole lugs) or equivalent shall be made of Oxygen Free HighConductivity Copper (OFHC) and shall meet the KS C2620.
Please refer to the attachment #B of ‘Compression copper lugs’.
7.

CONNECTIONS 7.1.

Circuit connection to Purchaser's external equipment shall be terminated at heavy duty
terminal blocks including the shield wire for instrumentation cable, Supplier's wiring shall
not have more than two wires connected to any terminal point. Terminal block
requirements shall be in accordance with Attachment #C and #D. Wiring connections
shall be made with compression crimp-on type ring-tongue with insulated ferrules.

7.2.

Any electronic components, which may be required for the radiation monitoring system
or reactor protection regulating system, etc., and which are arranged in sliding drawers
for rack mounting shall be provided with quick disconnect type connectors for ease in
removing the drawer. Mating connectors shall be supplied with the apparatus where
such terminations are provided as manufacturer's standard.

7.3.

Provisions shall be made for the entrance of all power cables to the cabinet with
adequate space provided for termination. The Supplier shall furnish cable supports of a
flame-retardant nonhygroscopic material suitable to withstand the maximum short
circuit stresses.

8. TERMINATIONS KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

8.1. 11 of 53 Rev. 8

Termination of Control and Instrumentation Cables and Wires
General
The purpose of this Attachment is to identify methods of terminating control and
instrumentation cables and wires.
The details shown in this Attachment are typical. They are intended to serve as a guide
and reference and are supplemental to the Design Specification and Electrical Drawings.
Wire Identification
Each wire shall be identified at both ends by securely fastening noncorrosive cable tags
or markers around the wire. These tags or markers shall be imprinted with the wire
numbers identified on the wiring diagrams.
Cable tags and markers shall be suitable for the wire and the environmental condition
mentioned in the Design Specificaiton.
Wire support at equipment
Supplier shall provide support to avoid stress on the individual wires. All wires
terminating at control boards, logic cabinets, switchgear, motor control centers, etc.,
shall be supported with facilities furnished with the equipment.
Terminating wires
All individual wires shall be terminated on terminal blocks, fuse blocks, etc.. No more
than two wires shall be connected to any one terminal point.
Only one wire per terminal will be used by the buyer on the field side of the terminal
blocks. Any common connections required shall be provided by the Supplier on the
panel side of the terminal block and the field side shall be left free for the buyer’s wiring.
Each terminal for the field side of the terminal block shall be the minimum width of 0.312”
(See Detail A).
When cutting away the insulation, wire stripping tools shall be used. The length of
insulation removed shall be as recommended by the terminal lug manufacturer. The
bare wire must be completed covered by the ferrule on the lug.
Each wire (other than thermocouple extension wire) shall be terminated with a ringtongue terminal lug which is to be fastened to the wire with the proper compression
tools. ‘5. Terminal lugs’ to this Appendix indicates the applicable ring-tongue terminal
lug to be used, and also indicates other pertinent directions on the subject of
terminations.
When grounding wires for potential or current transformer circuits are indicated, each
grounding wire shall be insulated wire (Type SIS), be suitable for the environmental
condition mentioned in design specification, be 10 AWG (5.5 mm2) with Class B
stranding and be terminated at both ends with the specified ring-tongue terminal lug.
When a grounding circuit for instrumentation cable shield and/or drain wire is indicated,
the ground wire and jumper wires of the circuits shall be assembled so that both wires
(to any indicated terminal block terminal) are terminated in a single ring-tongue terminal
lug. This allows removal of the ground from a given terminal without interrupting the
ground circuit to other terminals. The ground and jumper wires shall be 18 AWG (1.0

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

12 of 53 Rev. 8

mm2) with Class B stranding, be suitable for the environmental condition mentioned in
design specification and be insulated wire (600V AC, Type SIS). The grounding wire
shall be terminated at the grounding point in a single ring-tongue terminal lug.
Wires requiring termination in either a plug or receptacle shall be terminated as the type
plug or receptacle requires according to the proper Wiring Diagram.
Thermocouple extension wire terminations shall be made without the use of lugs. After
stripping off sufficient insulation, each wire is terminated (in the case of machine screw
terminals) by bending the wire in a "U" shape around the terminal screw in the same
direction as the screw tightens and tightening the screw properly.
When thermocouple extension wire termination is made in the terminal block, bar
conductor in the terminal block shall be of the same material as the thermocouple
extension wire in order to have proper accuracy.
If connections are made with plug, connector, etc., both male and female of plug,
connector, etc. shall be supplied with the equipment and/or cable.
Wiring of panel
Control wires shall be continuous between terminal points and be 14 AWG (2.08 mm2)
with Class B stranding. Insulation shall be 600 volt, suitable for the environmental
condition mentioned in ‘Design Specification’ and be of Type SIS. Terminations shall
be as mentioned in ‘7.1.4 Terminating wires’.
Wiring shall be bundled, be run in straight lines without kinks and have uniform bends.
Bends shall be of sufficient radius to avoid damage to the insulation. The wires shall
be symmetrically arranged so as to avoid stress on the terminations. They shall be
secured in position with bolted cleats and mounting plates or secured with cable ties
and terminated in a good workmanlike manner.
Approved terminal blocks shall be furnished within suitable enclosures for cable
connections to or between panels, racks or skid mounted units. Requirements for
terminal blocks are identified in this Appendix. (Please refer ‘8.0 Cover cabinets for
terminal block mounting’.)
Separate terminal blocks shall be provided for power, control and/or instrument cables,
respectively. And if necessary for noise reduction, opening for power, control and/or
instrument cable entrances shall be separated, respectively.
Wiring techniques (e.g., physical separation, shield of susceptible circuit or shield of
EMI/RFI source, etc.) shall be applied to minimize producing undesirable effects in the
control or instrumentation circuit.
Terminal Blocks
Terminal blocks shall be located so as to be readily accessible for connection. They
shall be of the screw type to accommodate the wire terminations and shall have
removable marking strips and laminated cores engraved with the terminal point
designations appearing on the Suppliers design drawings.
Supplier’s internal wiring shall not have more than two wires connected to any one
terminal point, and sufficient terminals shall be provided so that Buyer will not have
more than one wire connected to any terminal point. A minimum of 20 percent spare
terminal block points shall be provided for Buyer’s independent use.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

13 of 53 Rev. 8

Terminal blocks shall be furnished and installed at all shipping splits for all wire and
cable.
Terminal blocks with clamp-type fittings are not acceptable.
All terminal blocks for interface connections between Buyer’s external wiring and
Supplier’s equipment wiring shall be enclosed, located in areas of adequate space and
clearances, and readily accessible for top entry. These area shall allow convenient
placement and termination of the Buyer’s cables in neat and orderly arrays. Future cable
removal or addition shall not require temporary removal or disconnection of adjacent
unrelated cables.
The location, size and arrangement of terminal blocks for all external wiring shall be
subject to acceptance by the Buyer.
Swinging panel or door wiring
When connections are made from a fixed panel or box to a swinging panel or door, the
conductors used across the hinge shall be 14 AWG with Class K stranding or as
specified on the Electrical Drawings. These conductors shall have tinned copper wire
with 600 volt, Type SIS and be suitable for the environmental condition mentioned in
‘Design Specification’
Conductors crossing a door hinge area shall be cleated on both sides of that area so
that they rotate (instead of flexing) with the movement of the swinging panel or door.
(See Detail A)

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

14 of 53 Rev. 8

DETAIL A
METHOD OF INSTALLING HINGE WIRE ON SWINGING PANEL OR DOOR
Termination of tape-shield drain wire
Each drain wire termination shall be made by using an insulated butt splice and
insulated extension wire as indicated in the following details:

Butt-Splice (note 2)
For termination refer to the 7.1.4 termination wire

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

DETAIL B
INDIVIDUAL SHIELDED PAIRS, TRIADS, ETC.

(Note 2)
For termination refer to the 7.1.4 termination wire
DETAIL C
OVERALL SHIELD DRAIN WIRE

For termination refer to the 7.1.4 termination wire

15 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

16 of 53 Rev. 8

DETAIL D
TAPE-SHIELD DRAIN WIRE EXTENSION WITHOUT
USING INSULATED BUTT-SPLICE

For termination refer to the 7.1.4 termination wire
DETAIL E
SHIELD BRAID TERMINATION
Notes for Details B through D
1.

The outer cable jacket shall only be removed for a distance necessary to expose sufficient
lengths of individual conductors to make the proper connections to termination points.
The drain wire extension shall be 18 AWG tinned copper with Class B stranding and cut
to a length to reach its termination point. The insulation shall be 600V, Type SIS and
suitable for the environmental condition mentioned in ‘Design Specification’.

The insulated butt splice shall be crimped with the ratchet crimping tool recommended by
the manufacturer of splicing material.

The sleeve shall be either heat shrinkable tubing or electrical tape, shall capture the tape
shield and the insulation on the drain wire extension and shall be suitable for cable
materials.

Detail D is an acceptable alternate termination of the tape-shield drain wire. When this
method is used, an insulating sleeve shall be slipped over the drain wire before the lug is
attached. The drain wire shall be made long enough to reach its termination point.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

17 of 53 Rev. 8

Termination of metal shielding braid
8.1.9.1.

Each shielded braid terminal shall be terminated as described in the following paragraphs.

8.1.9.2.

The ferrules and splices required for properly terminating cables and conductors which have
braided shielding braid will depend on the diameters of the cables and conductors involved.
This attachment will, therefore, recommend the ferrules and splices by manufacturers types
rather than specific catalog numbers. The Supplier shall consult the hardware manufacturer
for applicable catalog numbers of the complete splice and the crimping tool required to
terminate each size cable.

8.1.9.3.

The following methods are recommended for terminating the metal shielding braid:

Method 1 Shield Extension
This method uses a combed out and twisted wires of the braid as a conductor which is spliced
with an insulated butt splice to an insulated wire as shown in Detail E.
Notes for Detail E
1.

The outer cable jacket shall only be removed for a distance necessary to expose sufficient
lengths of individual conductors to make the proper connections to termination points. The
drain wire extension shall be 18 AWG tinned copper with Class B or Class K stranding and
cut to a length to reach its termination point. The insulation shall be 600V, Type SIS and
suitable for the environmental condition mentioned in ‘Design Specification’.

The shielded braid should be combed out and twisted to size 12 AWG conductor.

3. The insulated butt splice shall be crimped with the crimping tool recommended by the splice
manufacturer.
4. The sleeve shall be either heat shrinkable tubing or tape, shall capture the cable jacket,
shielding braid and lead wire insulation and shall be suitable for the cable materials.
Method 2 Single Piece
The single piece termination contains a tinned metallic shell which protects the inner conductor(s)
during the crimping of a shield extension to the metal shielding braid as detailed in principle by
Detail F.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

18 of 53 Rev. 8

DETAIL F
1 PIECE TERMINATION TO SHIELD (SH)

Notes for Detail F
1. The shield extension shall be 18 AWG tinned copper with Class B or Class K stranding. The
insulation shall be 600V, Type SIS and suitable for the environmental condition mentioned
in ‘Design Specification’. The extension shall be trimmed so that the shielded conductors are
shielded until nearing their termination points.
2. Recommended manufacturers of the shell termination piece are:
AMP - "Termashield"
Burndy - "Uniring"
Thomas & Betts - "STA-KON"
3. The one piece termination may be of the preinsulated kind or be insulated with either
manufacturers insulating sleeve or heat shrinkable tubing.
Method 3 Two Piece
The two piece termination consists of a harder inner and softer outer ferrule which allows
crimping of the shield extension to the braid without distortion of the inner conductor(s) as
detailed in Detail G.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

19 of 53 Rev. 8

DETAIL G
2 PIECE TERMINATION TO SHIELD (SH)

Notes for Detail G
1.

The shield extension shall be 18 AWG tinned copper with Class B or Class K stranding.
The insulation shall be 600V ethylene propylene rubber wire (EPRW). The shield extension
shall be tinned so that the shielded conductors are shielded until nearing their termination
points.

Recommended manufacturers of the two piece terminations are:
Burndy - "Hyring"
Thomas & Betts - "STA-KON"

3. 8.2.

The two piece termination may be of the preinsulated kind or be insulated with either
manufacturers insulating sleeve or heat shrinkable tubing.
Termination of conduit and cables at motors drive units, valves, etc
General
This attachment outlines the method of terminating conduits at motors, and conduits
and cables at damper drive units, motor operated valves, and other equipment. This
information is being supplied to the manufacturer for information to illustrate the field

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

20 of 53 Rev. 8

installation.
Unless otherwise specified on the Construction Drawings, conduit terminations at
motors and other electrically driven equipment shall be made with liquid-tight flexible
conduit.
Minimum one foot length of liquid-tight flexible conduit will be used for terminating of
rigid steel conduit to the equipment.
Motors and drives located outdoors shall have terminal housing that can be oriented to
allow conduit entrance from the bottom or either sides.
See following typical detail installations as shown below.

DETAIL A KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

DETAIL B DETAIL C 21 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

22 of 53 Rev. 8 9. CABLE AND WIRE COLOR 9.1.

Cable and wire color shall be applied NEMA WC 57. The terminal points of bus, cable and
wire shall be marked by using shrinkable tube or color masking tape for demonstrating color
of each phase.

9.2.

Cable and wire colors are shown as follows.
Cable jacket color
1) Channel A : Red
2) Channel B : Green
3) Channel C : Yellow
4) Load group M and N : Black
Wire insulation color (as per NEMA WC 57. Table E-1)
1) Black
2) White
3) Red
4) Green
5) Orange
6) Blue
7) ETC (Wire insulation color shall be applied NEMA WC 57.)
Phase color
1) AC phase color

R : Brown
S : Black
T : Grey
N : Blue
G : Green/Yellow

2) DC phase color

Positive : Red

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

23 of 53 Rev. 8

Negative : White

Wire color (EPRW : ethylene propylene rubber wire)
1) phase color

R : Brown
S : Black
T : Grey
N : Blue

10.

COVER CABINETS FOR TERMINAL BLOCK MOUNTING

10.1.

Hinged cover cabinets with non-locking handles and latches, with panels mounted on studs
in rear for installation indoors in dry, non-hazardous locations, shall be 14 gauge sheet steel
and shall conform to the National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA) Standard for
Type 1 enclosures.

10.2.

Cabinet sizes, except for Detail A, are based on minimum spacing required for the installation
and wiring of 12 point molded bakelite terminal blocks with washer head screw contacts as
follows:
A.

Control Terminations (10-32 Screw, 600V Rated or above)
Series 1500, Catalog No. 1512ST Series 1600,
Catalog No. 1612ST Marathon Special Products
Co.
Type EB-25, Catalog No. EB25A12W General Electric
Co.
Catalog No. TBU-I2 Westinghouse Electric
Corp.
Series YSFT-XXX-XX-S-FN Yongsung Electric Co., Ltd.
or equivalent

Terminal Blocks shall be suitable to the size of external wiring which will be decided by the
buyer. Therefore, terminal blocks rating and dimension shall be provided to the buyer for
review. The Class IE terminal blocks shall be Yongsung Electric Co., Ltd's products or
equivalent.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

24 of 53 Rev. 8 10.3.

Detail A shows the cabinet arrangement for mounting a single 8 point Marathon Special
Products Co's series 1600 terminal block, or equivalent.

10.4.

Cabinet sizes shown are typical sizes

10.5.

The quantity, size and position of conduit or cable openings in the cabinets shall be
determined from Electrical Installation Drawings (where applicable ) and punched by the
Construction Contractor.

10.6.

Hinged cover cabinets that are to be installed outdoors shall be 12 gauge, they shall be
galvanized without knockouts, and the cover shall be suitably gasketed. If galvanized finish
is damaged by welding, drilling or cutting, the exposed metal shall be repaired with a zincrich paint or a galvanized repair stick. Cabinet shall conform otherwise to NEMA Standard
for Type 4X enclosures.

10.7.

Cabinets shall have a 1 inch diameter drain hole provided in a bottom front corner with a
bronze screen or mesh spot-brazed on the inside surface over the opening.

10.8.

Terminal blocks shall be mounted to the panel at the rear of the cabinet.

10.9.

Terminal block number plate shall be attached near each terminal block within cabinet.

10.10.

All terminal blocks shall be marked in a permanent manner with the name of the manufacturer,
the identification or serial no., etc and these information shall be provided to the buyer for
review.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

DETAIL
NUMBER

TERMINAL BLOCKS 25 of 53 Rev. 8 CABINET DIMENSIONS QUANTITY

MAX. NO.
OF POINTS

HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH A 1 8 16” 12” 6-5/8” TO 7” B 1 12 20” 16” 6-5/8” TO 7” C 2 24 20” 20” 6-5/8” TO 7” D 4 48 30” 20” 6-5/8” TO 7” E 6 72 30” 24” 6-5/8” TO 7” 11.

CABLE DATA REQUIREMENT FOR SUPPLIER FURNISHED CABLE

11.1.

Cable Requirements
The external cable supplied by Vendor shall meet the following requirements unless
otherwise specified in Design Specification.
-

All cables for Nuclear power plant (50 years) shall be used.
Flame Retardant shall be applicable.

Class 1E cable
a.

Class 1E cable shall be suitable and qualified for the environmental condition mentioned in
Design Specification of Cable.

Class 1E cable shall meet the following Code and STD :
-

IEEE 323, 383 and Reg. Guide 1.131
NEMA WC55 (ICEA S82-552), NEMA WC57(ICEA S73-532), NEMA WC70,
NEMAWC74

Non-Class 1E cable
a.
b.

Non-class 1E cable shall be suitable for the environmental condition mentioned in
Design Specification.
Non-class 1E cable shall meet the following Code and STD :

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

- 26 of 53 Rev. 8

IEEE 383, Section 2.5
NEMA WC55 (ICEA S82-552), NEMA WC57(ICEA S73-532), NEMA WC70,
NEMAWC74

Insulation and jacket material
a.
b.
c.
11.2.

Insulation – EPRW (or equivalent)
Jacket (Class 1E and Non-class 1E cable) – Cross-linked polyolefin (XLPO)
PVC is not acceptable for insulation or jacket material.

Supplier furnished cable shall have the following identifications on the outer surface of the
cable and Supplier shall submit the detail method of each cable identification for the buyer's
review.
Cable Color Code
a.

Class 1E

: Red for Channel A
Green for Channel B
Yellow for Channel C

b. Non-Class 1E :Black

Wire Color Code
Inter-channel wiring shall be colored according to circuit classification (except internal
assembly and component wiring). Cabinet wiring which remains in the channel of its
circuit classification shall have neutral color. Imprinting the color name or providing
color sleeving is not acceptable.
Channel

1E Circuit Associated Circuit A Red White/Red stripe B Green White/Green stripe C Yellow White/Yellow stripe

Phase Color Code
Phase color for bus shall be divided by using insulation tube or sticker. Also phase color
for wire shall be divided by using shrinkable tube and so on.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

27 of 53 Rev. 8

Phase color code is same as follows;
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

A phase : Brown
B phase : Black
C phase : Grey
Neutral phase : Blue
Ground : Green/Yellow
DC phase P : Red
DC phase N : White
Color code for one phase circuit shall be follow existing color before distributing circuits
Lighting wire(EPRW-L : ethylene propylene rubber wire ) shall be followed phase color code
same as written
Package items supplied by Vendor also shall be followed cable color code (10.2.1) and
phase color code (10.2.2.)

The Buyer 's Cable Type Code: (The buyer will provide the cable type code after the
buyer receives the cable data mentioned in para. 9.3 below)
The Buyer's Cable number (If required)
The following information shall be printed on the outer surface of the cable

11.3. a. Supplier's name b. Rated circuit voltage c.

Insulation/Jacket material

d. Year of manufacture e.

Supplier's traceability code

Number of conductors and wire size

The following cable data shall be supplied by the Supplier for the Buyer's review and approval
Copper cable for power, control and instrument
a.

Class 1E / Non-Class 1E b. Number of conductors KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

c. Conductor size d. Overall diameter e.

Shield material (If required)

f. Voltage rating g. Temperature rating (°C) h.

Insulation/Jacket material

i. Jacket color j.

Weight/Foot (lb) (Note 1)

k. BTU/ft for fire loading l. AC Ohm/100' (Note 2) 28 of 53

m. DC Ohm/100' (Note 2)
n.

Rated ampacity in air (Note 2)

o. Min. pulling temperature p. Radiation Rating (Gy) q.

Bend radius (Pulling/Training) (Note 1)

Allowable sidewall pressure (lb/ft) (Note 1)

Max tension (lb) (Note 1)

Cable length (ft) (Include length limitation, if any)

Overall diameter of connectors (for cables furnished with connector)

Has cable been qualified to IEEE 383 vertical tray flame test? (Yes/No)
Note. 1 It is not applicable for pigtails.
2 It is applicable for power cable only.

Fiber Optic cable Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

12. 29 of 53 Rev. 8 a. Number of fibers b.

Fiber type (Singlemode or Multimode, etc.)

c. Core/Clad size d.

Attenuation (dB/km) @850nm and @1300nm

Bandwidth(Mhz-km) @850nm and @1300nm

f. Jacket material/color g.

F.O Cable type (Loose or Tight Tube)

h. Radiation rating (Gy) i. Overall diameter (inch) j. Weight per feet (lb/ft) k. Max. tension (lb) l.

Sidewall pressure (lb/ft)

Bend radius (Pulling/Training)

Cable length of limitation to assure the acceptable range of the signal (ft) (If required)

Has cable been qualified to IEEE 383 vertical tray flame test? (Yes/No)

INSULATION
The insulation of all control device coils shall be impervious to moisture and suitable for
operation in atmosphere. The insulation shall completely seal the conductors to prevent
penetration of moisture or other contaminants and shall be suitable for continuous operation
at a rated total temperature of 130℃ (Class B.) The type of insulation desired is one in which
the coil windings are fully encapsulated with an epoxy resin, resulting in homogeneous
watertight seal.

13. GROUND BUS KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

30 of 53 Rev. 8

Ground bus of 50 mm by 6 mm thick copper bar shall be installed to extend the length of
each cabinet at a convenient location just above the mounting base. Each section of the
cabinet and all instrument and device grounds shall be grounded directly to this bus. The
ground bus shall be drilled for NEMA two-hole compression type for AWG 1/0 (50mm2)
ground cable at each end of the ground bus. The lugs will be furnished by the Purchaser.
Ground bus for equipment and instrument shall be separated in the instrument cabinet or
local control panel and each ground bus shall be connected with the exclusive ground system.
14.

CONTROL COMPONENTS 14.1.

GENERAL
Control components shall be the heavy duty type suitable for operation at 120V AC or
125 V DC.
Control device contacts for use in external circuits shall be suitable for use with 120V
AC 6A inductive loads, or 125 V DC 0.5A inductive load as required.

14.2.

PUSH BUTTONS AND SELECTOR SWITCHES
Push buttons and selector switches shall be the heave-duty oil-tight type.

14.3.

MOTOR STARTERS AND CONTACTORS
Supplier shall only supply starting equipment for low-voltage motors (460 volts and under)
rated 200HP and below.
The starting equipment to be furnished shall comply with the following :

14.3.2.1. Motor starters shall be the combination type consisting of a full voltage magnetic starter with
thermal overload relays, molded case circuit breaker, and auxiliary control devices as
required.
14.3.2.2. Motor starters shall be the magnetic type suitable for full voltage starting, and shall either be
of the reversing or the non-reversing type. The two contactors of the reversing starter shall
be mechanically and electrically interlocked to prevent their coils being energized at the same
time.
14.3.2.3. Overload protection shall consist of three manual-reset thermal overload relays of the
bimetallic ambient compensated type or solid state overload relay (SSOR) without opening
the door. Starters shall be minimum NEMA Size 1.
14.3.2.4. Molded case circuit breakers for motor starters shall be equipped with adjustable magnetic
trip elements and have a minimum of 30kA symmetrical interrupting for three-phase, 60Hz
480V
14.3.2.5. Contactor units for non-motor loads shall consist of a magnetic contactor, molded case circuit
breaker, and necessary auxiliary control devices.
14.3.2.6. Molded case circuit breakers for non-motor loads shall be equipped with thermal-magnetic
trip elements and have a minimum of 30kA amperes symmetrical interrupting rating for threephase, 60Hz 480V service.
14.4.

CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMERS

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

31 of 53 Rev. 8

Each combination starter unit and contactor unit shall be provided with a control power
transformer equipped with a secondary fuse in the ungrounded line. and rated to supply
indicating lights and other auxiliary devices, in addition to the holding coil.
14.5.

RELAYS, METERS, AND INSTRUMENTS
Protective relays and meters furnished shall be installed on the front of the control
cabinets, panels, and cubicles. The relays shall be of semi-flush, drawout design and
testing devices. Types and details shall be subject to acceptance by the Purchaser.
Auxiliary control relays shall be the front connected machine tool type with provisions for
additional auxiliary contacts.
Indicating instruments shall be semi-flush mounted and the panel type with expanded
scales.

14.6.

INDICATING LIGHTS
Indicating lights shall be the heavy-duty, oil tight, LED type.

14.7.

FUSES
Fuses if required, in the alarm, metering, and control circuits, shall be furnished by the
Supplier. These fuses shall be of the nonrenewable cartridge type.

14.8.

INSTRUMENTATION
All control components such as transmitters, switches for pressure, temperature, and
control, solid state logic blocks, etc., shall be of the heavy-duty type suitable for
operation in the intended service. Refer to Design Specification for Instrumentation and
Control Equipment, [KJ-070-DT-410-009].

15.

APPROVAL
All electrical components and devices shall be subject to acceptance by the Purchaser
before fabrication.

16.

ELECTRIC MOTORS
Electric motors shall comply with the Appendix [KJ-070-DT-410-006] of "Standard
Appendix for Alternating Current Motors".

17. NAMEPLATES KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

32 of 53 Rev. 8

Nameplates are used to display basic information, including function and may alsobe used in
the back of panels to aid assembly, maintenance, and troubleshooting.
17.1.

Panel and Cabinet Name Plate
All panel and cabinet shall be identified after fabrication by using name plate.
Name plate shall be attached horizontally on center of panel and cabinet.
Attach name plate to the panel and cabinet with approved adhesive without holeswill be
accepted. Adhesive are available to attach name plate to clean smooth surfaces.
Name plate shall be mounted with double sided tape and shall not peel off for the design
life of 50 years.
The color coding of the name plate are as follows :

Safety Related Channel A : Red face, White letter
Safety Related Channel B : Green face, White letter
Safety Related Channel C : Yellow face, Black letter
Non-safety Related : Black face, White letter

Identification lettering should be oriented horizontally and centered or left-justified.
The three-ply name plate shall be used and engraved through to core color. Engraving
shall be performed by rounded square ended cutter, “V” shaped type engraving is
unacceptable. The three-ply name plate material should be a kind of ‘Acrylic’.
Lettering style shall be gothic.
Name plate thickness shall be minimum 3mm.
Name plate shall be made of low glare, non-wrapping material.
Name plate detail is shown in Attachment #E of Panel and Cabinet Name Plate.

18. FINISH 18.1.

Control panels and cabinets shall be cleaned, primed, and finish painted in accordance
with the Supplier's standard procedures. The Supplier shall submit technical data of
paint.

18.2.

Finish color shall be Munsell No. 2.8Y 7.7/0.8 (Bright yellow) in accordance with
Appendix of KJ-070-DT-410-004.

18.3.

Battery rack shall be Munsell No. 10GY6.5/3 (Grey green) in accordance with Appendix
of KJ-070-DT-410-004.

19. TESTS 19.1.

Control circuit functions shall be checked as far as possible by actuating control
switches and push buttons and by applying appropriate signals at the terminal blocks.
The functioning of associated panel devices shall be observed and checks made for

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

33 of 53 Rev. 8

proper output signals at the terminal blocks.
19.2.

All cables shall be capable of passing the tests indicated in ICEA standard S-66-524
and S-19-81.

20.

SHIPMENT
Completed cabinets shall have provisions for lifting and shall have ample strength to
withstand all stresses incidental to shipping and installation without damage. The
Supplier shall furnish all material required to prepare the cabinet for shipment, including
structural steel lifting beams for the assembly.

21.

DRAWINGS
The Supplier shall submit in accordance with Appendix [KJ-070-DT-410-002] of
‘General requirement for document submittal’ as following :

21.1.

Preliminary outline drawings

21.2.

Final outline drawings with final anchor bolt location.

21.3.

Preliminary location of all incoming and outgoing connections.

21.4.

Final locations of all incoming and outgoing connection

21.5.

Preliminary schematic and wiring diagrams of all circuits and inter locks required for
operation of the equipment.

21.6.

Final schematic and wiring diagrams.

ATTACHMENT #A Terminal lugs
RECOMMENDED MANUFACTURER
CLASS 1E
WIRE SIZE
(AWG)

STUD SIZE AMP PANDUIT CATALOG NUMBER INSTALLATION TOOL CATALOG NUMBER INSTALLATION TOOL 22-18 6 53407-1 47386 PK18-6R CT-400 22-18 8 53408-1 47386 PK18-8R CT-400 22-18 10 53409-1 47386 PK18-10R CT-400 16-14 6 53416-1 47387 PK14-6R CT-400 16-14 8 53417-1 47387 PK14-8R CT-400 16-14 10 53418-1 47387 PK14-10R CT-400 16-14 1/4” 53984-1 47387 PK14-14R CT-400 12-10 6 53423-1 59239-4 PK10-6R CT-460 12-10 8 53424-1 59239-4 PK10-8R CT-460 12-10 10 53425-1 59239-4 PK10-10R CT-460 12-10 1/4” 53426-1 59239-4 PK10-14R CT-460 8 10 53978-1 69061 WITH 48752-1 DIE PK8-10R CT-720 8 1/4” 53943-1 69061 WITH 48752-1 DIE PK8-14R CT-720 A-1

ATTACHMENT #A Terminal lugs
RECOMMENDED MANUFACTURER
WIRE
SIZE
(AWG)

NON-CLASS 1E
STUD
SIZE

THOMAS & BETTS BURNDY PANDUIT 3M KS marked CATALOG INSTALLATI CATALOG INSTALLATI CATALOG INSTALLATI CATALOG INSTALLATIO CATALOG INSTALLATIO NUMBER ON TOOL NUMBER ON TOOL NUMBER ON TOOL NUMBER N TOOL NUMBER N TOOL

TH482
Or TH 484
TH482
Or TH 484
TH482
Or TH 484
TH482
Or TH 484
TH482
Or TH 484
TH482
Or TH 484
TH482
Or TH 484

6 18RA-6X WT 145C TP16-6 MR8-89-1 PV18-6R CT-400 MV18-6R/S 22-18 8 18RA-8X WT 145C TP16-8 MR8-89-1 PV18-8R CT-400 MVI8-8R/L 22-18 10 18RA-10X WT 145C TP16-10 MR8-89-1 PV18-10R CT-400 MV18-10R/L 16-14 6 14RB-6X WT 145C TP14-6 MR8-89-1 PV14-6RX CT*400 MV14-6R/S 16-14 8 14RB-8X WT 145C TP14-8 MR8-89-1 PV14-8RX CT-400 MV14-8R/L 16-14 10 14RB-10X WT 145C TP14-10 MR8-89-1 PVI4-10RX CT-400 MV14-10R/L 16-14 1/4” 14RB-14X WT 145C TP14-14 MR8-89-1 PVI4-I4EIX CM00 MV14-14R/S 12-10 6 10RC-6X TP10-6 MR8-89-1 PV10-6RX CT-460 MV10-6R

TH482
Or TH 484

RBP 4,5-3.5

Recommended
Manufacture

TP10-8 MR8-89-1 PVI0-8RX CT-460 MV10-8R

TH482
Or TH 484

RBP 4,5-4

Recommended
Manufacture

MR8-89-1 PV10-10RX CT-460 MV10-10R

TH482
Or TH 484

RBP 4,5-5

Recommended
Manufacture

TP10-14 MR8-89-1 PV10-14RX CT-460 RBP 4, 6-6

Recommended
Manufacture

PV8-10RX CT-720 RBP 10-5

Recommended
Manufacture

PV8-14RX CT-720 RBP 10-6

Recommended
Manufacture

WT 145C or
WT 2130
WT 145C or

12-10 8 10RC-8X 12-10 10 10RC-10X WT 2130 TP10-10 12-10 1/4” 53426-1 59239-4 10RC-14X

8
8

10
1/4”

53978-1
53943-1

WT 2130

WT 145C or
WT 2130

69061 WITH
48752-1 DIE
69061 WITH
48752-1 DIE

A-2 (END) RBP 1.5-3.5

Recommended
Manufacture
Recommended
Manufacture
Recommended
Manufacture
Recommended
Manufacture
Recommended
Manufacture
Recommended
Manufacture
Recommended
Manufacture

22-18

RBP 1.5-4
RBP 1.5-5
RBP2.5-3.5
RBP 2.5-4
RBP 2.5-5
RBP 2.5-6

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs
AMP
ONE-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE

CAT.
NO.

BOLT
SIZE

#2 325202 #1

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
A

B C 5/16 (7.9) 1.62 (41.15) 0.84(21.34) 0.71 (21.34) 325202 5/16 (7.9) 1/0 325303 3/8 (9.5)

1.62(41.15)
1.97 (50.04)

0.84(21.34)
1.04(26.42)

0.71(21.34)
0.87 (22.10)

2/0 325403 3/8 (9.5) 2.11 (53.59) 1.09 (27.69) 3/0 325503 3/8 (9.5) 2.26 (57.40) 4/0 325605 1/2 (12.7)

250
MCM

325705 1/2 (12.7)

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE
CODE PART NO.

DIE
CODE

69065 69099 69082 2 46321-3 46765-3 - 2

46321-3
46766-2

- 1/0

46321-3
46322-2

0.97 (24.64) 2/0 46323-2 46767-2 - 1.14(28.96) 1.08(27.43) 3/0 46324-2 46749-2 - 2.45 (62.23) 1.21 (30.74) 1,19(30.23) 4/0 46325-2 46750-2 - 2.58 (65.53) 1.25 (31.75) 1.28 (32.51) 250 - 46751-2 -

ONE HOLE LUG
DIMENSION DETAIL
B-1

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs
AMP
TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE SIZE CAT. NO. BOLT SIZE

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
A

B C

DIE
CODE

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD
& DIE CODE PART NO.
69065
69099
69082

1/0 53680-2 1/2 (12.7) 4-1/4(107.9) 2-51/64(71.0) 27/32 (21.4) 1/0 46322-2 46766-2 • 2/0 53681-2 1/2(12.7) 4-7/16(112.7) 2-27/32 (72.2) 61/64 (24,2) 2/0 46323-2 46767-2 • 3/0 53682-2 1/2 (12.7) 4-21/32 (118.3) 2-57/64 (73.4) 1-1/16(27.0) 3/0 46324-2 46749-2 - 4/0 327284 1/2 (12.7) 4.21 (106.93) 2.96 (75.19) 1.19(30.23) 4/0 46325-2 46750-2 - 250 MCM 327285 1/2(12.7) 4.34(110.24) 3 (76.2) 1.28 (32.51) 250 •• 46751-2 - 300 MCM 327286 1/2(12.7) 4.43(112.52) 3 (76.2) 1.40 (35.56) 300 - 46752-2 - 350 MCM 327287 1/2(12.7) 4.55 (115.57) 3 (76.2) 1,51 (38.35) 350 - 46753-2 69653 400 MCM 53685-2 1/2(12.7) 5-37/64(141.7) 3 (76.2) 1-19/32 (40.5) 400 - • 46754-2 500 MCM 327289 1/2 (12.7) 4.80(121.92) 2.98 (75.69) 1.80(45.72) 500 - - 46755-2 600 MCM 327290 1/2 (12,7) 4.97(126.24) 3 (m2) 1.95 (49.53) 600 - - 46756-2 700 MCM 53686 1/2(12.7) 6-9/32 (159.5) 3 (76.2) 2-3/32 (53.2) 700* - - 46757-2 1000 MCM 327294 1/2 (12.7) 5.64 (143.00) 3.19(81.02) 2.51 (63.75) 1000 - • 46760-2

*RANGE FROM 650 TO 750 MCM.

TWO HOLE LUG DIMENSION DETAIL
B-2

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs

BURNDY
ONE-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE

CAT.
NO.

BOLT
SIZE

#6 YA6C #4

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)

COLOR KEY A B C 1/4 (6,4) 2-1/64 (51.2) 21/32(16.7) 13/32 (10,4) BLUE YA4C 1/4 (6.4) 2-7/64 (53.6) 11/16(17.4) 1/2 (12.7) GRAY #2 YA2C 5/16 (7.9)

2-27/64
(61.5)

45/64(17.9) 19/32 (15.0) BROWN #1 YA1C 5/16 (7.9) 2-3/8 (60.5) 11/16(17.4) 43/64 (17.0) GREEN 1/0 YA25TC38 3/8 (9.5) 53/64 (21.0) 3/4(19.1) PINK 2/0 YA26 3/8 (9.5) 51/64 (20.2) 13/16(20.6) BLACK 3/0 YA27 1/2 (12.7) 3-7/32 (81.8) 1-3/16 (30.2) 29/32 (23.1) ORANGE 4/0 YA28 1/2 (12.7) 1-3/64 (26.6) I (25.4) PURPULE

2-21/32
(67.5)
2-51/64
(71,0)

2-31/32
(75.4)

DIE
INDEX
NO.

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD &
DIE CODE PART NO.
Y39

Y46

1 374
2
7
1 346
2
8
1 10
2 10
1 375
2 11
1 348
2 12
1 13
2 13
1 14
2 14
1 15
2 15

U8CABT
U5CRT
U6CABT
U4CRT
U2CRT
U2CRT
U4CABT
U1CRT
U2CABT
U25RT
U26RT
U26RT
U27RT
U27RT
U28RT
U28RT

C28R
C28R

U29RT
U29RT

C29R
C29R

1 16
250
U29RT
YA29 1/2 (12.7) 3-3/16(81.0) 1-3/32 (27.8)
1-3/32 (27.7)
YELLOW
MCM
2 16
U29RT
NOTE: FOR THE DIE INDEX, 1 MEANS THAT DIE IS COLOR CODED AND 2 MEANS THAT DIE IS NOT COLOR CODED.

B-3 Y48B

•
-

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs

BURNDY
TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250
MCM
300
MCM
350
MCM
400
MCM
500
MCM

CAT.
NO.
YA252N
YA262N
YA272N
YA282N
YA292N
YA302N
YA312N
YA322N
YA342N

BOLT
SIZE

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)

COLOR KEY A B C 1/2 (12.7)

4-51/64
(121.8)

3-1/16 (77.8) 13/16 (20.8) PINK 1/2 (12.7) 5-1/32 (127.8) 3-1/32 (77.0) 13/16 (20.8) BLACK 1/2 (12.7) 5-1/16 (128.6) 3-1/32 (77.0) 15/16 (23.8) ORANGE 1/2 (12.7) 5-1/16 (128.6) 3-1/32 (77.0) 1 (25.4) PURPLE 1/2 (12.7) 5-5/16 (134.9) 3-1/32 (77.0) 1-1/32 (26.2) YELLOW 1/2 (12.7) 5-3/4 (146.1) 3-1/32 (77.0) 1-7/32 (31.0) WHITE 1/2 (12.7)

5-23/32
(145.2)

3 (76.2) 1-9/32 (32.5) RED 1/2 (12.7) 5-7/8 (149.2) 3-1/32 (77.0) 1-13/32 (35.8) BLUE 1/2 (12.7)

5-31/32
(151.6)

3-1/32 (77.0) 1-17/32 (38.9) BROWN

DIE
INDEX
NO.

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD &
DIE CODE PART NO.
Y39

Y46

1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2

U2CABT
U25RT
U26RT
U26RT
U27RT
U27RT
U28RT
U28RT
U29RT
U29RT
U28ART
U30RT
U29ART
U31RT
U30ART
U32RT
U31ART
U34RT

348
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
298
17
324
18
470
19
299
20

NOTE: FOR THE DIE INDEX, 1 MEANS THAT DIE IS COLOR CODED AND 2 MEANS THAT DIE IS NOT COLOR CODED.
B-4

Y48B
C28R
C28R
C29R
C29R
C28AR
C30R
C29AR
C31R
C30AR
C32R
C31AR
C34

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs
BURNDY
TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE
600
MCM
750
MCM
1000
MCM

CAT. NO.

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)

BOLT
SIZE

A B C

COLOR
KEY

YA36-2N 1/2 (12.7) 6-5/8 (168.3) 3-1/32 (77.0) 1-23/32 (43.7) GREEN YA39-2N 1/2 (12.7) 6-3/4 (171.5) 3-1/32 (77.0) 1-29/32 (48.4) BLACK YA44-2N 1/2 (12.7) 7 (177.8) 3-1/32 (77.0) 2-3/16 (55.6) WHITE

DIE
INDEX
NO.

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD &
DIE CODE PART NO.
Y39

Y46 Y48B

1 472
2 22
1 473
2 24
1 27
2 27

U32ART
U36RT
U36ART
U39RT
-

U32ART
U36RT
U36ART
U39RT
P44RT
P44RT

C32AR
C36R
C36AR
C39R
C44R
C44R

NOTE: FOR THE DIE INDEX, 1 MEANS THAT DIE IS COLOR CODED AND 2 MEANS THAT DIE IS NOT COLOR CODED.
PANDUIT
ONE-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS
DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
CAT. NO.

1/0 LCB 1/0-56 5/16 (7.9) 2.61 (66.3) 0.755(19.2) 0.76(19.3) PINK 2/0 LCB 2/0-38 3/8 (9.5) 2.82 (71.6) 0.838(21.3) 0.85(21.6) BLACK P45 P45 U26RT 3/0 LCB 3/0-12 1/2 (12.7) 3.12(79.2) 1.088(27.6) 0.96 (24.4) ORANGE P50 P50 U27RT 4/0 LCB 4/0-12 1/2 (12.7) 3.22 (81.8) 1.090(27.7) 1.06 (26.9) PURPLE P54 P54 U28RT

250
MCM

LCB 250-12 1/2 (12.7) 3.32 (84.3) 1.090(27.7) 1.17(29.7) YELLOW P62 P62 U29RT

BOLT SIZE
A

B C

COLOR
KEY

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE CODE
NO.

WIRE
SIZE

PANDUIT
CT-930
P42

B-5

PANDUIT
CT-940CH
P42

BURNDY Y39
U25RT

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs
PANDUIT
TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE

CAT. NO. 1/0 LCC 1/0-12 2/0

BOLT
SIZE

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
A

B C 1/2 (12.7) 4.86 (123.4) 3 (76.2) 0.80 (20.3) LCC 2/0-12 1/2 (12.7) 3 (76.2) 3/0 LCC 3/0-12 1/2 (12.7)

4.98 (126.5)
5.03 (127.7)

4/0 LCC 4/0-12 1/2 (12.7) LCC 250-12

250
MCM
300
MCM
350
MCM
400
MCM
500
MCM
750
MCM
1000
MCM

COLOR
KEY

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE
CODE NO.
T&B 13642

T&B TBM15 BURNDY Y39 PINK P42 P42 U25RT 0.85 (21.6) BLACK P45 P45 U26RT 3 (76.2) 0.96 (24.4) ORANGE P50 P50 U27RT 5.13 (130.3) 3 (76.2) 1.06 (26.9) PURPLE P54 P54 U28RT 1/2 (12.7) 5.23 (132.8) 3 (76.2) 1.17 (29.7) YELLOW P62 P62 U29RT LCC 300-12 1/2 (12.7) 5.94 (150.9) 3 (76.2) 1.19 (30.2) WHITE P66 P66 U30RT LCC 350-12 1/2 (12.7) 5.99 (152.1) 3 (76.2) 1.28 (32.5) RED P71 P71 U31RT LCC 400-12 1/2 (12.7) 6.10 (154.9) 3 (76.2) 1.39 (35.3) BLUE P76 P76 U32RT LCC 500-12 1/2 (12.7) 6.36 (161.5) 3 (76.2) 1.54 (39.1) BROWN P87 P87 U34RT LCC 750-12 1/2 (12.7) 7.04 (178.8) 3 (76.2) 1.89 (48.0) BLACK P106 P106 U39RT LCC 1000-12 1/2 (12.7) 7.29 (185.2) 3 (76.2) 2.17 (55.1) WHITE - P125 - B-6

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs
3M COMPANY
ONE-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE

CAT. NO. 2/0 31036 3/0

BOLT
SIZE

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
A

B C 3/8 (9.5) 2-27/32 (72.2) 29/32 (23.1) 13/16 (20.6) 31041 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/8 (79.2) 1-5/32 (29.4) 4/0 31045 1/2 (12.7) 3-5/16 (84.1)

250
MCM

31049 1/2 (12.7) 3-3/8 (85.7)

DIE
CODE

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE
CODE INDEX NO.
T&B 13246

T&B TBM15 BURNDY Y39 2/0 42 42H U28RT 29/32 (23.1) 3/0 45 45 U27RT 1-5/32 (29.4) 1 (25.4) 4/0 50 50 U28RT 1-3/32 (27.7) 1-1/8 (28.4) 250 54 54H U29RT B-7

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs

3M COMPANY
TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE

CAT. NO. 4/0 31145

250
MCM
300
MCM
350
MCM
400
MCM
500
MCM
750
MCM

BOLT
SIZE

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
A

B C 1/2 (12.7) 5-5/32 (131.0) 3 (76.2) 1 (25.4) 31149 1/2 (12.7) 5-5/16 (134.9) 3 (76.2) 31153 1/2 (12.7) 5-3/4 (146.1) 31156 1/2 (12.7) 31166

DIE
CODE

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE
CODE INDEX NO.
T&B 13246

T&B TBM15 BURNDY Y39 4/0 54 54H U28RT 1-1/8 (28.4) 250 62 62 U29RT 3 (76.2) 1-7/32 (31.0) 300 66H 66 U30RT 5-3/4 (146.1) 3 (76.2) 1-9/32 (32.5) 350 71H 71H U31RT 1/2 (12.7) 6-5/32 (156.4) 3 (76.2) 1-17/32 (38.9) 500 87H 87H U34RT 31172 1/2 (12.7) 7 (177.8) 3 (76.2) 1-29/32 (48.4) 750 106H 106H U39RT 31178 1/2 (12.7) 7-9/32 (185.0) 3 (76.2) 2-3/16 (55.6) 1000 - 125H - B-8

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs

THOMAS & BETTS CO.
ONE-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE

CAT. NO. #8 54930 #6

BOLT
SIZE

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
A

B C 1/4 (6.4) 1-15/32 (37.3) 9/16 (14.3) 15/32 (11.9) 54905 1/4 (6.4) 1-1/2 (38.1) 9/16 (14.3) #4 54906 1/4 (6.4) 1-17/32 (38.9) #2 54942 5/16 (7.9) #1 54947 1/0

COLOR
KEY

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE
CODE INDEX NO.
13642

TBM15 21940 RED 21 21 - 7/16 (11.1) BLUE 24 24 24 9/16 (14.3) 9/16 (14.3) GRAY 29 29 29 1-27/32 (46.8) 23/32 (18.6) 21/32 (16.7) BROWN 33 33 33 5/16 (7.9) 2-1/16 (52.4) 13/16 (20.6) 43/64 (17.1) GREEN 37 37 37 54909 3/8 (9.5) 2-3/32 (53.2) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) PINK 42 42H 42 2/0 54910 3/8 (9.5) 2-3/32 (53.2) 1-1/16 (27.0) 13/16 (20.6) BLACK 45 45 45 3/0 54965 1/2 (12.7) 2-17/32 (64.3) 1-1/16 (27.0) 15/16 (23.8) ORANGE 50 50 50 4/0 54970 1/2 (12.7) 2-11/16 (68.3) 1-1/16 (27.0) 1-1/32 (26.2) PURPLE 54 54H 54

250
MCM

54913 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/32 (77.0) 1-1/16 (27.0) 1-1/16 (27.0) YELLOW 62 62 62 B-9

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs
THOMAS & BETTS CO.
TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE

CAT. NO. 2/0 54862

3/0
4/0
250
MCM
300
MCM
350
MCM
400
MCM
500
MCM
750
MCM
1000
MCM
250
MCM

BOLT
SIZE

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
A

B C 1/2 (12.7) 4-5/16 (109.5) 2-15/16 (74.6) 13/16 (20.6) 54864 1/2 (12.7) 4-13/32 (111.9) 2-15/16 (74.6) 54866 1/2 (12.7) 4-3/4 (120.7) 54868 1/2 (12.7) 54870

COLOR
KEY

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE
CODE INDEX NO.
13642

TBM15 21940 BLACK 45 45 45 15/16 (23.8) ORANGE 50 50 50 3 (76.2) 1-1/32 (26.2) PURPLE 54H 54H 54 4-27/32 (123.0) 3 (76.2) 1-3/32 (27.9) YELLOW 62 62 62 1/2 (12.7) 5-1/32 (127.8) 3 (76.2) 1-1/4 (31.8) WHITE 66 66 66 54872 1/2 (12.7) 5-1/4 (133.4) 3 (76.2) 1-23/64 (34.5) RED 71H 71H 71 54874 1/2 (12.7) 5-9/32 (134.1) 3 (76.2) 1-7/16 (36.5) BLUE 76 76 76 54876 1/2 (12.7) 5-11/16 (144.5) 3 (76.2) 1-5/8 (41.3) BROWN 87H 87H 87 54878 1/2 (12.7) 5-13/16 (147.6) 3 (76.2) 1-3/4 (44.5) GREEN 94H 94H 94 54880 1/2 (12.7) 6 (152.4) 3 (76.2) 1-15/16 (49.2) BLACK 106H 106 106 54882 1/2 (12.7) 6-39/64 (167.9) 3 (76.2) 2-17/64 (57.5) - - 125H 125 B-10 (END) KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

ATTACHMENT #C. TERMINAL BLOCK REQUIREMENTS

TERMINAL BLOCK REQUIREMENTS

46 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

ATTACHMENT #D.

REQUIREMENTS FOR WIRING SPACE AT TERMINAL BLOCKS

47 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

ATTACHMENT #E.

PANEL AND CABINET NAMEPLATE

48 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

ATTACHMENT #F. Cable Numbering System

49 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

50 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

51 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

52 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

53 of 53 Rev. 8

===== KJ-070-DT-410-010_IFC_1_Standard Appendix Specification for Name Plate (1).pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Standard Appendix Specification for Name Plate
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-070-DT-410-010 1 Class 1 Class 2 NNS N/A Class 3 Q T S Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A For Construction For Fabrication Safety Class

Quality Class
N/A
Ⅰ
Seismic Category
N/A
Electrical Class
Submittal Purpose
Preliminary

For Information For Approval Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests Verification Status Complete Incomplete Seung Lee 2021-08-12

Prepared by :
설계담당자(DJ AE)

Signature

Date
2021-08-12

Eugene Park
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DJ LE)

Signature

Date
2021-08-12

Jong Seo Choi
Approved by :
기술책임자(EM)

Signature Date 2021-08-24 ! "#$" KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet

Revision History
Rev.
No.

Description of Revision 0

First Issue
(Reissued by CAR-KJDH-16-06,2016.05.19)

Change the document format

! "#$" 1 of 6 Rev.1 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet

2 of 6 Rev.1

CONTENTS
Para.

Description Page 1.

NAMEPLATE INSTRUCTION .......................................................................................3

TAGGING INSTRUCTION ............................................................................................4

FIGURES .......................................................................................................................4

! "#$" KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet

3 of 6 Rev.1 1. NAMEPLATE INSTRUCTION 1.1.

Nameplates are used to display basic information, including function and may also be used
in the back of panels to aid assembly, maintenance, and troubleshooting.

1.2. Instrument Nameplate 1.2.1.

All instruments except in-line instrument and valve shall be identified after installation by using
name plate.

1.2.2.

Name plate shall be attached instrument mounting plate, 2” pipe stanchion and instrument rack
by using stainless steel screws or rivet.

1.2.3.

The color coding of the name plate are as follows :
-

Safety Related Channel A : Red face, White letter

Safety Related Channel B : Green face, White letter

Safety Related Channel C : Yellow face, Black letter

Non-safety Related : Black face, White letter

1.2.4.

Identification lettering shall be oriented horizontally and centered or left-justified.

1.2.5.

The three-ply name plate shall be used and engraved through to core color. Engraving shall
be performed by rounded square ended cutter, “V” shaped type engraving is unacceptable.
The three-ply name plate material should be acrylic or phenol or equivalent.

1.2.6.

Lettering style shall be gothic.

1.2.7.

Name plate thickness shall be minimum 3mm.

1.2.8.

Name plate shall be made of low glare, non-wrapping material.

1.2.9.

Name plate detail is shown in Figure 1. Instrument Name Plate

1.3.

Panel and Cabinet Nameplate

1.3.1.

All panel and cabinet shall be identified after fabrication by using name plate.

1.3.2.

Name plate shall be attached horizontally on center of panel and cabinet.

1.3.3.

Attach name plate to the panel and cabinet with approved adhesive without holes will be
accepted. Adhesive are available to attach name plate to clean smooth surfaces.

1.3.4.

Name plate shall be mounted with double sided tape and shall not peel off for the design life
of 40 years.

1.3.5.

The color coding of the name plate are as follows :

! "#$" KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet

Safety Related Channel A : Red face, White letter

Safety Related Channel B : Green face, White letter

Safety Related Channel C : Yellow face, Black letter

Non-safety Related : Black face, White letter

4 of 6 Rev.1 1.3.6.

Identification lettering should be oriented horizontally and centered or left-justified.

1.3.7.

1.3.8.

Lettering style shall be gothic.

1.3.9.

Name plate thickness shall be minimum 3mm.

1.3.10. Name plate shall be made of low glare, non-wrapping material.
1.3.11. Name plate detail is shown in Figure 2. Panel and Cabinet Name Plate.
2.

TAGGING INSTRUCTION 2.1. Instrument Tag 2.1.1.

Tags are used to display specific information about item identified.

2.1.2.

All instrument, control valve, electrical device and loose accessory shall be tagged with a
stainless metal tag and securely attached to the instrument by pins, metal screws, or stainless
steel wire.

2.1.3.

Tagging information stamped on the tag shall contain as below.
-

Purchase order No. - Instrument ID tag No. 2.1.4.

Instrument tag detail is shown in Figure 3. Instrument Tag

3. FIGURES

< Figure 1. Instrument Name Plate >

! "#$" KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet

< Figure 2. Panel and Cabinet Name Plate >

! "#$" 5 of 6 Rev.1 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet

KJ – J - 001
KJ – 300 – PDS – 001A

< Figure 3. Instrument Tag >

! "#$" 6 of 6 Rev.1

===== KJ-070-DT-410-012_IFC_2_Welding Requirements for ASME Section VIII Items....pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for ASME Section VIII Items
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-070-DT-410-012 2 Class 1 Class 2 NNS N/A Class 3 Q T S Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A For Construction For Fabrication Safety Class

Quality Class
N/A
Ⅰ
Seismic Category
N/A
Electrical Class
Submittal Purpose
Preliminary

For Information For Approval Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests Verification Status Complete Incomplete Young-Woo Roh 2022-11-15

Prepared by :
Signature

Date
2022-11-16

Min-Gi Jee
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DM LE)

Signature

Date
2022-11-16

Hoon Lee
Approved by :
EM

Signature Date 2022-11-17 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR Welding Requirements for Document No. ASME Section VIII Items

KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet

1 of 13

Revision History
Document Title: Welding Requirements for ASME Section VIII Items
Document No:KJ-070-DT-410-012

Rev. 2

Rev.
No.

Date Description of Revision 0 2014.12.01

Issue for Use
(Reissued by CAR-KJDH-16-06,2016.05.13)

1 2021.08.20

Revised by KJ-L-KH/DH-16-0916

1A 2021.11.25

Revised by KJ-DCN-DM-210002
(7.3)

2 결재정보참조

Revised by KJ-L-DH/KH-22-0749

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet

2 of 13 CONTENTS Para. Description Page 1.

SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 3

CODE ............................................................................................................................. 3

WELDING PROCESSES .............................................................................................. 3

WELDING PROCESS RESTRICTIONS ....................................................................... 4

GENERAL RESTRICTION ............................................................................................ 5

WELDING MATERIAL .................................................................................................. 6

PREHEAT AND INTERPASS TEMPERATURE........................................................... 8

POSTWELD HEAT TREATMENT ................................................................................ 9

WORKMANSHIP AND VISUAL EXAMINATION .......................................................10

10.

TUBE TO TUBESHEET WELDING ............................................................................ 11

11.

WELDING PROCEDURES ......................................................................................... 12

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet

1. 3 of 13 Rev. 2

SCOPE
This specification establishes the welding requirements for ASME Section VIII Items. (shop
purchased and field subcontracted components)

CODE
Welding, welding procedures and welder qualification, and other criteria covered by this
specification shall meet the requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section
VIII, Ⅸ, and other applicable codes/or standards as specified in the implementing
specification.

3. WELDING PROCESSES 3.1.

The following processes are permitted, subject to the restrictions of Section 4.0.

a. Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW)
b. Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW)
c. Submerged Arc Welding (SAW)
d. Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW)
e. Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW)
f. Plasma Arc Welding (PAW)

3.2.

Other welding processes may be considered providing:

3.2.1.

The Supplier demonstrates its capability to use the process within procedural limitations that
are acceptable to the Purchaser. Process acceptance shall also be based upon the
Purchaser's evaluation of the required reliability of the equipment, component or structure
being fabricated.
Information submitted to the Purchaser shall include completed details of the Supplier's
material and joint preparation, welding equipment, welding techniques, welding procedures,

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet

4 of 13 Rev. 2

record of qualification tests for each specific application, and appropriate additional tests
required by the Purchaser.

3.2.2.

The Supplier's in-process welding quality control program and post weld heat treatment
procedure are accepted by the Purchaser. Information submitted shall include the extent of
nondestructive examination and all inspection techniques employed throughout production.

3.3.

Brazing and soldering may be used if permitted by the codes and specifications.

WELDING PROCESS RESTRICTIONS

4.1.

The following restrictions apply for SAW

4.1.1.

The maximum individual layer thickness shall not exceed 13mm (1/2 inch) for materials 32mm
(1-1/4 inch) thickness or greater and 10mm (3/8 inch) for materials less than 32mm (1-1/4 inch)
thickness.

4.1.2.

Steels containing 2-1/4 Cr-1 Mo and higher alloys shall be welded only with an alloy wire and
neutral flux unless specific Purchaser approval is given for individual applications.

4.1.3.

Removable starting and stopping tabs shall be used for longitudinal welds.

4.2.

The FCAW process is permitted for the following applications:

4.2.1.

For pressure-retaining applications, a shielding gas shall be used except that corrosionresistant weld over lays may be deposited without gas shielding in the flat position.

4.2.2.

For structural, low pressure and atmospheric tanks, FCAW may be used with or without a gas
shield.

4.2.3.

Removable starting and stopping tabs shall be used for longitudinal welds.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet

5 of 13 Rev. 2 4.3.

GMAW in the short circuiting transfer mode is permitted for;

4.3.1.

All ferrite materials up to and including 6mm (1/4 inch) nominal thickness and for all austenitic
stainless steel and nickel base materials up to and including 5mm(3/16 inch) nominal thickness.

4.3.2.

The root pass in single welded butt joints in the flat and rotated (1GR) position.

4.3.3.

Tack welds, temporary attachments, double welded joints or other applications where weld
metal deposited by the GMAW short circuiting transfer process is subsequently removed.

4.3.4.

Specific applications, other than those listed above, may be submitted for Purchaser's
review. Full particulars, such as filler metal classification, material type, thickness, joint design,
weld bead sequence and welding position shall be submitted with the request for review to use
the GMAW short circuiting transfer process.

4.4.

Except for SAW, at least two weld layers are required on thickness up to 6mm (1/4 inch) on
pressure-retaining components and two or three weld layers are required for thickness
between 6mm (1/4 inch) and 9.5mm (3/8 inch) and at least three weld layers for thickness of
9.5mm (3/8 inch) over.

4.5.

PAW shall be used only for hard facing operations.

5. GENERAL RESTRICTION 5.1.

The root pass of circumferential butt welds in ASME Sec. VIII piping and accessible from one
side only, shall be welded with the GTAW process. Welds in austenitic stainless steel piping
shall have at least the root pass welded with the GTAW process.

5.1.1.

An inert backing gas (helium or argon) purge shall be used on 2-1/4 Cr-1 Mo, and higher alloys.
A nitrogen backing gas may be used on austenitic stainless steel.

5.1.2.

The use of consumable inserts is optional. They shall be of the same composition as the filler

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet

6 of 13 Rev. 2

metal.
5.2.

On items other than piping where access is from one side only, and radiography is required,
the root pass shall be welded with the GTAW process.

5.2.1.

Paragraph 5.1.1 and 5.1.2 shall apply.

5.3.

The use of backing rings or strips is governed by the applicable code and standard.

5.4.

Peening may be used with prior written acceptance by the Purchaser of the method and the
controls to be used. Peening of the root and cover passes shall not be acceptable

5.5.

Alloys with a nominal 2-1/4 Cr content or higher shall have the finished weld bevel surfaces
machined or ground. If flame or arc cutting is used, sufficient material shall be remove by
machining or grinding the cut surfaces to bright metal to ensure complete removal of surface
contamination. Flame cutting on austenitic stainless steels is not permitted.

5.6.

Welded joints shall be made by completing each weld layer before succeeding weld layer
are deposited unless otherwise accepted for specific applications. Prior review and written
acceptance by the Purchaser is required for the proposed use of block welding techniques.

5.7.

The application of heat to correct weld distortion and dimensional deviations in austenitic
stainless steel materials is not permitted unless followed by full solution annealing, including
water quenching or spraying from the solution heat treatment temperature to below 800℉(or
black metal) within 3 minutes.

5.8.

Repair welding shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the applicable
code and standards and this specification.

6. WELDING MATERIAL 6.1.

Unless specifically waived, SMAW shall be performed using low-hydrogen type electrodes
when any of the following conditions apply:

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet

7 of 13 Rev. 2 6.1.1.

In welds made with a GTAW root pass.

6.1.2.

In services with design temperatures below 32℉ or in piping systems with a primary valve and
flange rating of 600 pounds or greater.

6.1.3.

With steels having either specified allowable carbon content above 0.30%, or having a 0.5%
total alloy content or greater electrode type E7010-A1 may be used for welding C-1/2 Mo steel.

6.1.4.

With steels which have no upper limit specified for carbon unless a carbon content of 0.30%
or less is reported in material test reports directly traceable to the material to be welded.

6.1.5.

For weld repair of castings.

6.2.

Electrode Classifications E6012, E6013, E7024 shall not be used for welding of pressureretaining parts.

6.3.

The root pass of single groove circumferential butt-welds accessible from one side only in
nonnuclear or noncritical service may be welded per Paragraph 5.1 or as follows:

6.3.1.

At least the root pass may be deposited with E6010 and E7010-A1 electrodes.

6.3.2.

If any of the conditions of Paragraph 6.1 apply, the remainder of the weld shall be made with
low-hydrogen electrodes such as E7016 or E7018.

6.4.

For GMAW of carbon steels, solid wire electrodes shall conform to ASME SFA-5.18. For
GMAW of austenitic stainless steels, solid wire electrodes conforming to ASME SFA-5.9 shall
be used.

6.5.

For FCAW of carbon steels, the electrodes shall conform to ASME SFA-5.20.

6.6.

For GTAW of carbon steels, filler metal shall meet the chemical and mechanical test
requirements of ASME SFA-5.18.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR Welding Requirements for Document No. ASME Section VIII Items

KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet

8 of 13 Rev. 2 6.7.

Welding materials of Type 309, or 309 with a maximum carbon content of 0.04 percent, shall
be used for welding carbon or low alloy steels to austenitic stainless steels, including the first
layer of corrosion-resistant overlays.

6.7.1.

When post weld heat treatment of a dissimilar joint is required, the carbon or low alloy steel
member shall be "buttered" with Type 309 with a maximum carbon content of 0.04 percent,
and post weld heat-treated prior to welding to the austenitic stainless steel member.

6.7.2.

For corrosion-resistant overlays, where the carbon or low alloy steel base metal requires post
weld heat treatment, the first weld layer shall be made with Type 309 with a maximum carbon
content of 0.04 percent. All other layers shall be made with low carbon grade welding materials.

6.8.

The maximum electrode diameter used for SMAW of austenitic stainless steel containing
more than 0.03 percent carbon shall be 4mm (5/32 inch).

6.9.

The maximum tungsten electrode diameter for GTAW or austenitic stainless steels containing
more than 0.03 percent carbon content shall be 3mm (1/8 inch).

6.10.

Electrodes with solid core wires shall be used for SMAW of austenitic stainless steels.

6.11.

A written procedure shall be established to describe the method used to control the receipt,
testing, storage, baking, drying, and disbursing of all welding materials. The welding
material control procedure shall be submitted to the Purchaser for review and acceptance
prior to performing and welding.

PREHEAT AND INTERPASS TEMPERATURE

7.1.

Preheat shall be as recommended in the applicable section of the Code.

7.2.

Welding may be performed only when the metal temperature is above 50℉.

7.3.

The maximum interpass temperature of austenitic stainless steels shall be 177 ℃ (350℉).

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet

7.4. 9 of 13 Rev. 2

The maximum interpass temperature for hard facing casting Grades CF8 and CF8M,
containing less than 8 percent ferrite and Type 304 and 316 shall be 300℉ and the hard
facing process and procedures shall be established to ensure that the total aggregate time
that any of the material is within the temperature range of 800℉ to 1500℉ shall not exceed
3 minutes.
The maximum interpass temperature for hard facing casting Grade CF3A and Type 304L and
316L shall be 800℉ and hard facing process and procedures shall be established to ensure
that the total aggregate time that any of the material is within the temperature range of 800
℉ to 1500℉ shall be minimized. As an alternative, if casting Grade CF3A is not available,
Grade CF8A and Grade CF3, CF3M, CF8, and CF8M (each containing a minimum of 8
percent ferrite) substitution of any of these grades requires Purchaser's approval.

7.5.

The maximum preheat and interpass temperature for welding low alloy steels, when impact
testing is required, shall be 450℉.

7.6.

Carbon and low alloy steel valves and pumps may be locally preheated if the preheat covers
a sufficient area around the weld zone to result in a measured metal temperature, as required
in Paragraphs 8.1 and 8.2, at the weld and for a minimum distance of 102 mm (4 inch) away
from the weld area in four directions approximately 90 degree from each other. Otherwise,
the components must be preheated in their entirety.

7.7.

Preheat and interpass temperature requirement listed above shall also apply to tack welding,
fillet and annex welds, and thermal gouging and cutting except that these requirements do
not apply to thermal gouging and cutting of P-1 materials.

8. POSTWELD HEAT TREATMENT 8.1.

Post weld heat treatment shall be in accordance with the applicable codes and the following
requirements.

8.2.

The maximum post weld heat treatment temperature shall not exceed the minimum specified
by more than 150℉ below the tempering temperature used during heat treatment of the
material.

8.3.

Sufficient thermocouples shall be in contact with the materials(a minimum of two
thermocouples for each furnace load) or probes inserted into the load in contact with the
materials in such a manner as to accurately indicate the metal temperature and metal

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR Welding Requirements for Document No. ASME Section VIII Items

KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet

10 of 13 Rev. 2

temperature uniformity throughout the furnace load during the heat treatment cycle. Other
metal temperature measuring methods may be used upon prior acceptance by the Purchaser.

8.4.

Austenitic stainless steel items shall not be heated above 300℉ (except during welding)
unless they are subsequently given a full solution anneal at temperatures recommended for
the individual types of stainless steels followed by water quenching or spraying from the
solution heat-treating temperature to below 800℉ (of black metal) within 3 minutes.

8.5.

Data on each proposed weld repair on austenitic stainless steel pressure-retaining base
materials to be made without a solution annealing heat treatment shall be submitted to the
Purchaser for review and acceptance prior to effect the repair.

WORKMANSHIP AND VISUAL EXAMINATION

9.1.

Surfaces to be welded shall be free of injurious defects, scale, oil, dirt and harmful
contaminants. The welding area shall be protected from wind, rain and other conditions which
could be detrimental to weld quality.

9.2.

Each weld shall be uniform in width and size throughout its full length. In addition, the cover
pass shall be free of coarse ripples, grooves, overlaps, abrupt ridges and valleys.

9.3.

Each weld layer or pass shall be visually free of slag, inclusions, cracks, porosity and lack of
fusion.

9.4.

Grinding to meet the above criteria and elimination of defects and surface preparation of
welds shall be done in such a manner as not to gouge, groove or reduce the adjacent base
material thickness below the minimum required. If flame or arc gouging is used, sufficient
material shall be removed by machining or grinding the gouged surfaces to bright metal to
ensure complete removal of surface contamination.

9.5.

Undercut shall not exceed the limits of the governing code or 0.8mm (1/32 inch), whichever
is less, and shall not encroach upon the required section thickness.

9.6.

All butt welds shall be flush with the base metal or have uniform crowns. Concavity on the

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR Welding Requirements for Document No. ASME Section VIII Items

KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet

11 of 13 Rev. 2

root side of single welded circumferential butt welds is permitted only when the resulting
thickness of the weld is at least equal to the thickness of the thinner member of the two
sections being joined. Abrupt transitions to concavity are not acceptable. Code reinforcement
limits shall apply to both the inside and outside surfaces.

9.7.

Butt welds shall be full penetration welds, unless otherwise specified and permitted by the
Code.

9.8.

Fillet welds shall be of the specified size and profile in accordance with the applicable code.

9.9.

If the weldments are to receive special coatings, additional requirements as specified by the
Purchaser or coatings applicator must be observed.

9.10.

The use of temporary welded annexes during fabrication shall be avoided whenever possible.
After fabrication is complete, they shall be removed flush with the base material without
encroaching on the required minimum wall thickness. All areas from which temporary
annexes have been removed shall be examined by the same methods required for
permanent fillet welds after the surface has been restored.

9.11.

Prior to welding, all surfaces shall be cleaned thoroughly by filing, grinding, wire brushing
and/or solvent cleaning.

9.11.1. For austenitic stainless steel materials, only stainless steel brushes, aluminum oxide grinding
wheels shall be used.

9.11.2. Tools used on austenitic stainless steel materials shall not have been previously used on
ferrite material.

9.11.3. Cleaning of austenitic stainless steel shall be performed with acetone, alcohol.

10.

TUBE TO TUBESHEET WELDING
All tube-to-tube sheet welding shall be qualified and performed according to the

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR Welding Requirements for Document No. ASME Section VIII Items

KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet

12 of 13 Rev. 2 following requirements 10.1.

Tube-to-tube sheet welding procedures shall be qualified on a test assembly which simulates
the conditions to be used in production with respect to the joint design, tube and
tube
sheet material combination, tube hole pattern, ligament distance, tube diameter and tube wall
thickness. The thickness of the tube sheet in the test assembly shall be as thick as the
production tube sheet, except that it need not exceed 51mm (2 inch). The minimum required
number of weld of weld joints shall be ten(10).

10.2.

The welded test assembly shall be examined by the solvent-removable, liquid-penetrant
method, in accordance with Article 6 of ASME SectionⅤ, for detection of cracks and porosity.
Following this test, at least ten of the welded joints shall be sectioned longitudinally. The four
faces of each tube exposed by sectioning shall be polished and etched with a suitable etchant
and shall be visually examined under 10× magnification for cracks, porosity and weld throat
thickness (minimum leak path).

10.3.

The liquid-penetrant and visual examinations of cross-sectioned samples shall show no
evidence or cracks or porosity. One half of the cross-sectioned and etched qualification test
assembly shall be submitted for the Purchaser's acceptance along with the tube-to-tube
sheet welding procedure specification.

10.4.

All production heat exchanger overlay welds and tube-to-tube sheet welds shall be examined
by the solvent-removable, liquid-penetrant method. This shall be done after final machining
and post weld heat treatment when machining and/or post weld heat treatment is required.

11. WELDING PROCEDURES 11.1.

The Supplier (or any Sub-suppliers) shall prepare written welding, brazing and heat-treating
procedures.

The Supplier shall submit the written welding procedures and procedure qualification
records for review and acceptance by the Purchaser. Each procedure must be prepared
and qualified in accordance with the requirements of ASME Section Ⅸ and this
specification and shall be reviewed and accepted by the Purchaser before the Supplier
or its sub-Supplier may perform such welding.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR Welding Requirements for Document No. ASME Section VIII Items

KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet

13 of 13 Rev. 2 11.2.

In addition, the Purchaser will require acceptance of the procedures and workmanship
sample for all corrosion-resistant overlay and hard facing welds prior to the start of fabrication.

11.3.

Procedures and procedure qualification records shall be in reproducible form and may be
submitted on forms QW-482 and QW-483 as shown in the ASME Code, section Ⅸ, or similar.

11.4.

When testing is performed in accordance with ASTM A 262, specimens shall be prepared
using the highest heat input conditions that will be used in production. Following corrosion
testing, bend tests shall be made with the specimen transverse to the weld and the weld root
in tension.
The detailed testing procedure shall be submitted with the intergranular corrosion test results
including the apparatus used, and the method of preparation of test specimens, and the
interpretation and classification of test results.

11.5.

The Supplier (and any Sub-suppliers) shall be responsible for the welding performed by
personnel of its organization and shall conduct the required qualification tests. Qualification
of welders and welding operators by others shall not be permitted.

11.6.

Purchaser's representative will review Welder Performance Qualification Records.

===== KJ-070-DT-410-016_IFC_5_General Requirement for Weld End Details_┤δ┐∞╡ε╖╧_1.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
General Requirement for Weld End Details
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-070-DT-410-016 5 NNS N/A Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 T S

Safety Class
N/A
Quality Class
Q
N/A
Seismic Category
Electrical Class

Ⅰ Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A Preliminary For Information For Approval

Submittal Purpose
For Construction

For Fabrication Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Verification Status Complete Incomplete CHO SANG UN Qualification Tests 2024-03-21

Prepared by :
설계담당자(DP AE)

Signature

Date
2024-03-22

Jong-Beom Song
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DP LE)

Signature

Date
2024-03-22

Hoon Lee
Approved by :
EM

Signature Date KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

General Requirements for
Weld End Details

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 1 of 7

Rev.5

Revision History
Document Title : General Requirements for Weld End Details
Document No.:KJ-070-DT-410-016

Rev.5

Rev
Date

Description of Revision 0 2016.05.20

1st Issue
(Reissued by CAR-KJ/DH-16-06, 2016.05.13)

1 2016.07.14

Revision as per KJ-L-KH/DH-16-0729, Table 1

2 2016.10.10

Revision as per KJ-L-KH/DH-16-0892, 0916

3 2020.04.30 Table 3. Note 4 2023.02.27

2.2, 4.1, Table1, Figure 2

5 결재정보참조 전면 개정 No KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

General Requirements for
Weld End Details

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 2 of 7

Rev.5 CONTENTS Para. Description Page 1.

SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 3

GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 3

BUTT WELD END PREPARATION AND TRANSITIONS ........................................... 3

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

General Requirements for
Weld End Details

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 3 of 7

Rev.5 1. SCOPE 1.1.

This Appendix provides the requirements for butt weld end preparation and transitions to be
used on pipe, fitting or component and weld preparation.

1.2.

This Standard Appendix doesn't cover Automatic Narrow Gap Welding. Weld end details for
Automatic Narrow Gap Welding shall be prepared under the responsibility of applicable
contractors or suppliers.

2. GENERAL 2.1.

There shall be no welds included in pipe bends because the machining diameter "C" may
remove the bending allowance. If available pipe lengths are not sufficient for a complete bend,
the actual pipe diameter and wall dimensions shall be submitted to the Purchaser with a
request for a special welding end detail.

2.2.

For large diameter piping where the joint is readily accessible for welding, double welded
joints may be used if the Purchaser accepts. After welding the first side, the weld shall be
back chipped or ground to sound metal from the second side, inspected by magnetic particle
or liquid penetrant method and then welded to completion.

BUTT WELD END PREPARATION AND TRANSITIONS

3.1.

Welding end transitions for component or fitting shall be in accordance with KEPIC
4250(ASME Section III, Fig. NX-4250-1) or ASME B31.1, Fig. 127.4.2, as applicable.
However when minimum wall thickness is specified in PMC, tmin shall be as specified in PMC.

3.2.

Pipe Weld End Preparation and Transition for GTAW root pass without Backing Rings shall
be As per Figure 1 (A), (B).

3.3.

Component Weld End Preparation and Transition for GTAW root pass without Backing Rings
shall be As per Figure 2

3.4.

The following piping shall be with gas tungsten arc root pass without backing rings
-

All stainless steel piping

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

General Requirements for
Weld End Details

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 4 of 7

- Rev.5 LNG Lines 3.5.

Welding end detail for all others shall be in accordance with ASME B16.25

3.6.

Weld end preparation “B” and “C” dimensions for pipe shall be in accordance with ASME B
36.10M, ASME 36.19M

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

General Requirements for
Weld End Details

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 5 of 7

Rev.5 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

General Requirements for
Weld End Details

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 6 of 7

Rev.5 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

General Requirements for
Weld End Details

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 7 of 7

Rev.5

===== ║┘└╙3. KJ-712-DM-416-001_IFC_2_Design Specification for Chemical Injection System_┤δ┐∞╡ε╖╧_3.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for Chemical Injection System
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-712-DM-416-001 2 Class 1 Class 2 NNS N/A Class 3 Q T S Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A For Construction For Fabrication Safety Class

Quality Class
N/A
Ⅰ
Seismic Category
N/A
Electrical Class
Submittal Purpose
Preliminary

For Information For Approval Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests Verification Status Complete Incomplete Min-Gi Jee 2021-04-30

Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DM LE)

Signature 2021-04-30

Sang-Hyuk Moon
Reviewed by :

품질보증책임자(DQ
QA)

Date Signature

Date
2021-04-30

Jong Seo Choi
Approved by :
기술책임자(EM)

Signature Date 2021-05-10

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for Chemical Injection System
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-712-DM-416-001 2 Class 1 Class 2 NNS N/A Class 3 Q T S Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A For Construction For Fabrication Safety Class

Quality Class
N/A
Ⅰ
Seismic Category
N/A
Electrical Class
Submittal Purpose
Preliminary

For Information For Approval Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests Verification Status Complete Incomplete Eom Sang Hyeon 2021-04-29

Prepared by :
설계담당자(NS AE)

Signature

Date
2021-04-29

Kim Tae Su
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(NS LE)

Signature 2021-04-29

Kwon Soon Bum
Reviewed by :

품질보증책임자(NS
QA)

Date Signature

Date
2021-04-29

Jang Jun Sang
Approved by :
기술책임자(NS EM)

Signature Date KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

1 of 41

Revision History
Document Title: Design Specification for Chemical Injection System
Document No: KJ-712-DM-416-001

Rev.2

Rev.
No.

Date Description of Revision 0 2016.08.01

Approved by KJ-L-KH/DH-16-0684

1 2020.04.20

Revised by KJ-L-KH/DH-16-0952

2 결재정보참조

Revised by KJ-L-KH/DH-20-1661

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

2 of 41 Rev. 2

CONTENTS
Para.

Description Page 1.0

SCOPE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 2.0

ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS ----------------------------------------

8 3.0

QUALITY ASSURANCE AND GUARANTEES------------------------------

10 4.0

SUBMITTAL --------------------------------------------------------------------------

13 5.0

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS -------------------------------------------------------

18 6.0

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ------------------------------------------------

24 7.0

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS ---------------

27 8.0

MATERIAL ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

28 9.0

FABRICATION -----------------------------------------------------------------------

30 10.0

SURFACE PREPARATION AND COATING --------------------------------

32 11.0

INSPECTION AND TEST ---------------------------------------------------------

33 12.0

NAMEPLATE -------------------------------------------------------------------------

36 13.0

SHIPPING REQUIREMENTS ----------------------------------------------------

37 14.0

INSTALLATION, STARTUP AND COMMISSIONING ----------------------------

39 15.0

ANNEXES -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

40 16.0

APPENDICES ------------------------------------------------------------------------

41 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

3 of 41

SCOPE
GENERAL
This specification covers the technical and associated requirement for design,
manufacturing and furnishing of the chemical injection system for KJRR. It is not the
intent to specify all details of design requirements and construction. It shall be the
responsibility of the Supplier to supply equipment that are in accordance with high
standard of engineering and workmanship suitable for the intended services as
described herein and consistent with general accepted standards and practices
whether or not specifically stated in this specification.
The Supplier shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the
drawings and information supplies by him, whether they have been approved by the
Purchaser or not.
All work and apparatus not expressly called for herein which are required for proper
operation of the Unit, shall be performed and furnished by the Supplier at no increase
in cost to the Purchaser.
WORK INCLUDED
In addition to the Supplier’s scope of supply specified in other section of this
specification, the Supplier shall furnish the services and equipment including all
necessary features components, accessories and appurtenances for the safe,
efficient and reliable erection, operation and maintenance whether mentioned in this
specification or not.
The Supplier shall design, furnish materials, fabricate, test, package and deliver in
accordance with this Specification for the following chemical injection system, specified
herein, complete with all specified and necessary accessories, including, but not limited
to, the following items. The goods shall be delivered to the point of delivery designated
in the Contract.

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

A. B. 4 of 41

The equipment shall be titled and numbered as follows:
Equipment No.

Description KJ-712-TK-001

Corrosion & Scale
Inhibitor Tank

KJ-712-TK-002 Slime Inhibitor Tank KJ-712-PP-004,005

Corrosion & Scale
Inhibitor Metering
Pumps

KJ-712-PP-006,007

Slime Inhibitor
metering Pumps

KJ-712-LP-001

Local Control Panel
for Corrosion &
Scale Inhibitor
Metering Pump

KJ-712-LP-002

Local Control Panel
for Slime Inhibitor
Metering Pump

Quantity Location 1

Demi
System &
Pump
BLDG

Remark

Chemical injection system shall comprise, but not limited to, the following:
-

Two (2) single-acting diaphragm pumps for corrosion & scale inhibitor
(corrosion & scale inhibitor metering pumps)

Two (2) single-acting diaphragm pumps for slime inhibitor; auto degassing
type (slime inhibitor metering pumps)

One (1) tank for corrosion & scale inhibitor (corrosion & scale inhibitor tank)

One (1) tank for slime inhibitor (slime inhibitor tank)

Agitator driven motor with mounting bracket to each tank

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

5 of 41 -

Metering cylinders and calibration ports

Gauge glass for each chemical feed tank

Pressure relief valves at metering pump discharge

- Eye and safety shower -

All internal power, control and instrument cables shall be supplied by
Supplier. Also the supplier shall provide the electrical equipment,
components, cables and accessories to complete the Package as listed
below ;
◼

One (1) Local control panel(LCP) for Corrosion & scale inhibitor
metering pump

◼

One (1) Local control panel(LCP) for Slime inhibitor metering pump

◼

All cables between supplier’s local control panel and skid, equipment, or
components

◼

All cables between skids and within skids

◼

All cables between solenoid valves/instruments/other electrical devices
which are within skid and skid mounted terminal boxes.

The Supplier shall provide all wiring within battery limits of Chemical injection
system and local control panel.

The Supplier shall be responsible for equipment control logic circuits
including 120V motor starters, relays and devices.

The Supplier shall furnish control units in local control panel including starter,
control power transformer, relay and other required devices for control of low
voltage heaters rated 75 kW and larger, and 460 Volts motors rated 45kW
and larger.

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

- 6 of 41 Rev. 2

All tubing, valves, fittings and support for all supplied I&C equipment and
instruments. (with accessories such as cap, plug, clamp, hanger)

The Supplier shall be responsible for providing all the power, control and
instrument cable, raceway design/materials such as cable tray, conduits
including supports/hangers, bolts, nuts, anchors, terminal box and equipment
groundings and installation of all the equipment supplied by Supplier.

Termination lugs or compression type terminals for power cable and
grounding cable and wire (for all terminals including incoming terminals from
purchaser)

Terminal boxes and junction boxes between field instruments/devices and
LCP.

Grounding pads with clamps or studs on the equipment.

Engineering, procurement, design and documentation for cable and raceway,
etc. in accordance with Purchaser’s cable and raceway numbering system,
document, drawing and others as specified in this specification.

Electrical heat tracing and cathodic protection system shall be in the
Supplier’s scope of supply, if necessary.

- -

Instrument & control devices
◼

Local control panel ◼ All field instruments ◼

Regulator, pressure safety / relief valves

◼

All level switch, hand switch, etc.

Companion flanges with bolts, nuts and gaskets for the connection of piping,
as applicable

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

- 7 of 41

All piping, valves, supports, fittings, flanges and appurtenance, which are
necessary to make a completely self-supporting system

Anchoring materials including grout, anchor connectors, anchor bolts, nuts
and accessories

- Nameplates -

Lifting lugs, assembly clips or other attachments as required facilitating
erection, assembly and maintenance

Initial filling of chemical and consumption

- Touch-up paint -

One (1) lot of special tools required for installation, disassembly,
maintenance, adjustment and operation

Recommended spare parts to be used during commissioning and erection.

Recommended spare parts, chemicals and consumables to be used during
two (2) years normal operation.

Service
The Supplier shall provide the following services:
-

Basic and detail design for Chemical injection system including System design
calculation report

All drawings and data in accordance with this specification

- Pump Performance Curves - Loading data -

3D Modeling including original file (Applicable format : DGN)

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

8 of 41 -

Surface preparation and coating

All tests and inspections of the equipment in the Supplier's shop prior to
shipping

Packaging, tagging and delivery to site

Field test and performance test

All necessary supervision for handling, erection, installation, test and start-up

RELATED WORK NOT INCLUDED
The following shall not be included in the Supplier’s scope of work:
-

Installation - Civil works - External piping works -

Main power supply and incoming cable for Supplier’s Local control panel

ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
ABBREVIATIONS
KJRR – KIJANG Research Reactor
KAERI – Korea Atomic Energy Research Institute
ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials
KEPIC – Korea Electric Power Industry Code
WPS– Welding Procure Specification
LCP – Local Control Panel
DEFINITIONS

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

9 of 41

A. Purchaser
Wherever the word “Buyer” appears in the specification or reference documents,
it shall mean “Purchaser”
B.

Wherever the word “Seller” appears in the specification or reference documents,
it shall mean “Supplier”

C. Shall - Compulsory requirement
D. Should - Recommendation
E. May - Permission, neither a requirement nor a recommendation.
F.

Commissioning
Commissioning is defined as “All test process which KJRR component and
systems, having been constructed, are made operational and verified to be in
accordance with design assumption and to have met the performance criteria.”
It includes both field test and performance test.

G. Field test
Field test consists of installation test of component/system and pre-operational
test. Pre-operational test is conducted by the Purchaser to test the operation and
safety of the entire process of the KJRR.
LANGUAGE AND UNITS
All data, specification, drawings and all other writings and instructions shall be in
English. The use of other languages shall not permit unless otherwise Purchaser’s
approval. The scales and ranges of instruments and the nameplates of equipment
shall be used the metric system. But dual units are permissible, if necessary. The
foot-pound system of measurement will be used in Supplier's calculation and will
appear on all drawings and other documents. However, start-up procedures and
operating instruction manuals shall be in the metric system. In cases where a definite
transition stage is unfeasible due to interactive engineering, dual units may be used.

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

10 of 41

GENERAL REQUIREMENT
All items shall be designed to ensure occupational radiation exposure and dose to the
public as low as reasonably achievable (ALARA). The ALARA principle shall be
applied to all items at the design and manufacturing stage, taking into account all
steps including design, fabrication, installation, testing, operation, maintenance and
decommissioning.
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND GUARANTEES
QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENT
The quality requirements for “S” Class items are not defined but manufacturer’s
quality assurance requirements or industry standards shall be applied selectively for
“S” class items.
QUALITY SURVEILLANCE
All designing, procuring, manufacturing, processing, assembling, testing, examination,
and inspection performed by the Supplier and its Subcontractor are subject to review
by the Purchaser or the Purchaser's authorized agents. This review shall in no way
relieve the Supplier of any contractual responsibilities.
Note: The term "review", here, may include surveillance, inspection, and/or audit.
Surveillance and documentation shall be in accordance with the Annex 3 and Quality
Assurance Requirements.
GUARANTEES
Guarantee of Availability and Compliance
The performance of the chemical injection system and all component parts are
guaranteed by the Supplier to be in full compliance with both this specification and his
own published technical data.

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

11 of 41

Chemical injection system component parts that are required to replacement and
maintenance shall identify stock level and recommended frequency of replacement
and maintenance period to bring the system life span in accordance with KJ-070-KT403-001, Rev.1.
The Supplier guarantees that the equipment shall be brand new incorporating the
latest design features and that no second hand or repaired parts shall be delivered.
Certificates shall be provided for the materials supplies showing the specified and
attained values in the various tests to be carried out according to the contract.
The Supplier is obliged to repair and/or replace the equipment or any part thereof
which may show any defects during the guarantee period.
Guarantees of Functioning
The design, workmanship and materials of chemical injection system are guaranteed
to be free of defect and suitable for the service conditions contained in this
specification.
QUALITY STANDARDS
All works must be performed in accordance with the latest edition of the codes,
addenda to the codes, standards and regulations applicable as of the date 21 March,
2012.
Codes and Standards
The Supplier shall control the quality of goods and services to meet the requirements
of this specification, and the following codes and standards including all addenda.
A. Hydraulic Institute Pump Standard (HI), 2000
B. American Petroleum Institute (API)
C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
1) B16.34 Valves - Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, 2004

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

12 of 41

2) B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, 2002
3) B31.1 Power Piping, 2004
D. American National Standards Institute (ANSI), 2000 Edition
1) ANSI/ANS-15.11, “Radiation Protection at Research Reactor Facilities”, 2009.
2) ANSI B16.5, Steel Pipe Flanges, Flanged Valves and Fittings
3) ANSI N45.2.2, Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage and Handling of
Items for Nuclear Power Plants
E. REG. GUIDE (RG)
1) REG. GUIDE 5.71, Cyber Security Programs for Nuclear Facilities, 2010.
F. International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA)
1) IAEA Safety Guide No. NS-G-4.6-2008, “Radiation Protection and
Radioactive Waste Management in the Design and Operation of Research
Reactors.
G. American Gear Manufacturer’s Association (AGMA)
H. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 2007
I.

American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC), 1989

National Electric Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA), 2003

K. American Welding Society (AWS)
1) D1.1 Structural Welding Code – Steel, 2002
L. International Organization for Standardization (ISO)
M. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC), 2009
N. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA)
O. Korean Industrial Standards (KS)
P. Korea Electric Power Industry Code (KEPIC), 2005 Edition to 2006 Addenda
Q. National Fire Safety Codes (NFSC)

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

13 of 41 Rev. 2

R. Safety Control of Dangerous substances act
S. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE), 2004
The other standards such as British Standards (BS), Deutsche Industrie Normen(DIN),
Japanese Industrial Standards (JIS), and etc. or manufacturer's standards can be
used after the Purchaser's approval.
Safety and Quality Classification
The chemical injection system is classified as Non-nuclear safety and quality class “S”.
Conflict
If conflict is generated among codes, standards and the technical specification
including Annexes and Appendices, the Supplier shall notify the Purchaser for
clarification prior to proceed with the work. All clarification from this specification shall
be documented on a SDDR (Supplier Deviation Disposition Request) that will be
attached "Quality Assurance Requirements” prepared by owner.
SUBMITTAL
GENERAL
The requirements for submittal of engineering and verification documents are
summarized in Annex 2 & 3 and are augmented by detailed requirements in “General
Requirement for Document Submittal” prepared by owner.
The Supplier shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the
drawings and information supplied by himself, whether they have been approved by
the Purchaser or not.
The Supplier shall submit the Supplier's work schedule to the Purchaser. It shall
include detailed activities (i.e. engineering, procurement, fabrication, inspection,
testing, delivery, installation, start-up and commissioning). This schedule shall show
the original duration of activity and the relationship between each activity. The

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

14 of 41

Supplier shall submit the monthly work progress report to the Purchaser.
ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS
Required at Time of Tender
The Supplier's proposal documents shall include the drawings and the data in
accordance with Annex 2.
Required after Award of Contract
After notification of award, the Supplier shall provide a list of drawings and documents
to be submitted in accordance with Annex 4. The list shall be cross referenced with
those documents itemized in Annex 2.
The Supplier shall submit the certified drawings and data to the Purchaser for
approval. They shall include the following information:
A. Outline/Interface drawing
The purpose of outline/interface drawing is to illustrate equipment layout and
specify supply boundaries and functional data required to solve interface
problems.
This drawing shall give overall dimensions and the external geometric shape of
the equipment; it indicates the dimensions of the space allowed for the
disassembly of removable components.
It likewise specifies the supply boundary, giving:
a. Geometric details, such as:
-

Location and geometric configuration of connections

systems(flanges, chambers, nozzles, etc.) or to other components
-

Description and location of support structures

Handling points and location of gravity center

to fluid Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

15 of 41

b. Operational details, such as:
-

Dead and live loads under various conditions and the point at which they
are communicated to the connection

Maximum allowable stresses and loadings on connections to other
components

Other operational characteristics at the interfaces

The drawing likewise specifies the location of nameplate and markings

c. Checked the following:
-

General arrangement and dimensions including removal clearance of the
equipment

All interface such as the allowable forces and moments that can be applied
to the nozzles at the interface with the Purchaser's piping

Operating weight, dry weight and maximum weight

Hydrostatic test condition

Foundation interface: Anchor bolt size and material, bolt hole size and
location, baseplate size, loading data and foundation information

B. Assembly drawing
Assembly drawings shall be showing cross section of the equipment taken along
the centerline. Detailed specifications shall cover construction and materials
used for components of all equipment. Materials shall be fully identified by the
appropriate ASTM and KS materials, specification number and grade or class in
each case. The assembly drawings shall include a welding map which includes,
as a minimum outline sketch depicting material specification, welding joint
details and symbols and WPS number for each joint.
C. Electrical and control drawings

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

16 of 41

Elementary (schematic) drawings, interconnection and wiring diagrams, logic
diagrams and complete part list shall be submitted for all control systems and
electrical components. In addition, panel related drawings (symbol & legend,
panel outline drawing, inside drawing, sequence drawing etc.), cable schedule,
signal input/output list, instrument datasheet, instrument calibration report and
instrument installation details shall be submitted.
The Supplier shall submit to the Purchaser for review, drawings and data in
accordance with KJ-070-DT-410-006, KJ-070-DT-410-007’ and Annex 2.
D. Performance curve
-

Plot test results showing flow rate versus capacity record

System design calculation report

E. 3D Modeling File
The Supplier shall submit the 3D model electronic files (PDS *.DGN, *.DRV,
*.DRI, *.PRP

file format) including equipment, piping, structural steel, cable

tray, HVAC duct and underground facilities, instrument lead line, etc. with 2D
CAD drawings at approval stage. Also the supplier shall submit latest eletronic
files.
QUALITY VERIFICATION DOCUMENTS
A. The Supplier shall submit the certified reports for all tests performed in
accordance with this specification, and the documents stated in Annex 3 shall be
approved by the Purchaser.
B. All significant supplier deviation from this specification shall be documented on a
SDDR (Supplier Deviation Disposition Request) that will be attached "Quality
Assurance Requirements” prepared by owner.
C. The documents for submission are not limited to the documents specified in
Annex 3 and "Quality Assurance Requirements” prepared by owner.

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

17 of 41

INSTRUCTION MANUALS
General
A. The Supplier shall furnish eight (8) bound sets to the Purchaser of instruction
manual for all equipment furnished by the Supplier. Such instruction books shall
include, but are not limited to, manufacturers' instruction books and leaflets, and
other instruction literature containing the following information:
-

Handling and storage Instructions

Installation instructions, including disassembly and assembly procedures

Final general arrangement, assembly and erection drawings

Complete start-up, operation, troubleshooting and maintenance instructions

Guaranteed performance data

Complete material/parts lists

Site storage requirements for equipment and appurtenances

B. Parts list: The instruction manual shall include complete parts listing for the
equipment. This parts list, using Microsoft Excel only, shall be inclusive for and
applicable to all equipment, components, auxiliaries, accessories, and materials
being furnished under the contract. Each part shall be completely identified by
part number, part description, material, part classification, and drawing
references. The following information shall be provided for each part:
-

Indicate if a spare part should be maintained in stock by the Purchaser
and/or recommended frequency of replacement.

Fabrication and material requirements including ASME/ASTM or other
specification numbers

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

- 18 of 41

Manufacturer's detail and dimensional drawing number(s), fabrication
procedure number(s), and quality control procedure number(s)

Identify expiration dates for the supplied parts/spare parts with limited shelflife.

C. The installation instructions, disassembly and assembly procedure(s), assembly
drawing(s), erection drawing(s), and material / parts list(s) shall be completely
and consistently cross referenced by drawing number, part number, piece mark
number, etc.
D. Each instruction book shall have an index listing of all leaflets, etc., in the same
order as they appear in the book. Individual submittal of various manufacturers'
instruction books, etc., will not be acceptable. The index shall also identify the
specific equipment, including all furnished options and accessories that the
instruction literature is to cover.
Erection Information
A. The Supplier shall furnish to the Purchaser for the erection of the equipment, a
detailed scope of the work involved in the complete erection of this equipment,
including all accessories and appurtenances furnished there with.
B. This information shall include all necessary drawings and a comprehensive
outline as to the extent of field fabrication required; and as to all temporary false
work, scaffolding, blocking, shoring, heating, disassembling, reassembling,
welding, bolting, cleaning, checking, inspection, painting, testing, etc. required to
be done by the Construction Contractor.
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL
A. The chemical injection system shall be capable of continuous service under all
conditions as specified, and be operated without undue strain or wear and

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

19 of 41

without damage to any part of the equipment. In addition, the equipment shall be
designed to provide such service without operating difficulty or undue
replacement of components. The functional description of equipment is as below.
B. Chemical injection system shall be designed in accordance with Safety Control
of Dangerous substances act.
OPERATING AND DESING CONDITIONS
General
A. Chemical injection system shall be designed according to Annex 1 "Data Sheet"
and the appropriate codes and standards.
B. The Supplier shall be responsible for providing the necessary design details to
assure proper performance for the conditions specified.
C. The external relief valves shall be provided on the discharge lines of all chemical
metering pumps and shall be piped to relieve back to the chemical inhibitor tank.
Relief valves shall be type 316L stainless steel.
D. The pulsation dampeners shall be provided all chemical metering pump
discharge lines. The pulsation dampeners shall have a surge chamber capacity
of 15 times the single stroke capacity of the chemical metering pumps and shall
be installed vertically. Material shall be type 316L stainless steel.
E. The strainer of type 316L stainless steel shall be provided all pump suction lines.
Cooling water quality requirements
The cooling water quality of secondary cooling system are as follows:
Ingredient

Specification
8.3 ~ 9.0

pH [25℃]
Conductivity [25℃]
Cl ‾

less than 3000 µS/cm
less than 300 ppm

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

20 of 41 Ingredient Specification

Acid consumption [pH 4.8] (mg CaCO3/L)

125 ~ 400 ppm

Calcium hardness (mg CaCO3/L)

150 ~ 400 ppm Turbidity less than 20 NTU T-Fe less than 2 ppm SiO2 less than 300 ppm Phosphoric acid Rev. 2 6.0 ~ 10 ppm

Secondary cooling system operating conditions
Supplier shall be designed the capacity of chemical injection system enough to
maintain cooling water quality requirement with consideration for below secondary
cooling system operation conditions.

Description Operating condition Flow rate (m3/hr) 2,100

Max. evaporation loss (m3/hr)

Blow down flow rate (m3/hr)

Max. cooling water temperature (℃)

39 Makeup water quality City water Chemical Inhibitor Tanks

No.
1

Description
Quantity

Slime Inhibitor
Tank

Corrosion &
Scale Inhibitor
Tank

1 1 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

No.

Slime Inhibitor
Tank

Description 21 of 41 Rev. 2

Corrosion &
Scale Inhibitor
Tank

2 Type

Vertical Cylindrical Vertical Cylindrical

3 Fluid Chlorine Dioxide Phosphate 4 Capacity(m3) 1 1 5 Design Pressure(kPag) ATM ATM 6 Design Temperature(℃) 93 93 7 Operating Pressure(kPag) ATM ATM 8 Operating Temperature(℃) 0 ~ 40 0 ~ 40 9 Diameter(mm) 1000 1000

Tank and Accessories shall be furnished FRP or PE, respectively.
Chemical Metering Pump

No. Description

Slime Inhibitor
Metering Pump

Corrosion & Scale
Inhibitor Metering
Pump

2 2 1 Quantity 2 Type

Solenoid driven
diaphragm,
auto degassing type

Solenoid driven
diaphragm

3 Fluid Chlorine Dioxide Phosphate 4 Capacity (mL/min)

Supplier’s
recommendation

5 Design Pressure (kPag) 1,000 1,000 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

22 of 41 No. Description

Slime Inhibitor
Metering Pump

Corrosion & Scale
Inhibitor Metering
Pump

6 Operating Temperature(℃) 0 ~ 40 0 ~ 40 7

Terminal
(kPag)

7 7 point Pressure Rev. 2

A. The slime inhibitor metering pumps are used to inject the chlorine dioxide (slime
inhibitor) to the secondary cooling system for slime control. Each pump shall
have 100 percent capacity.
B. The corrosion and scale inhibitor metering pumps are used to inject the
phosphate (corrosion & scale inhibitor) to the secondary cooling system for
corrosion control. Each pump shall have 100 percent capacity.
C. Chemical metering pump shall be provided solenoid driven diaphragm pump.
D. Slime inhibitor metering pump shall be provided auto degasing type.
E. The metering pump shall be furnished stainless steel.
Valves and Pipes
A. The metering pump shall be provided with pressure relief valves at the discharge
to project the pump against overload in case of blockage of the discharge piping,
suitably sized to relieve at a maximum pressure not to exceed 10 percent above
the operating pressure of the pump. The safety valve outlet flow shall return to the
storage/dosing tank.
B. For the material of piping, valves, fittings, etc., all components shall be furnished
with stainless steel.
When the Supplier suggests or applies the design change or deviation that is different
from the design conditions or requirements described in this specification, the Supplier
shall consult with the Purchaser and/or obtain approval through SDDR and so on; in
case that design change/deviation were occurred, all the cost due to the design change
to be approved shall be at the Supplier's expense.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

23 of 41 Rev. 2

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
The equipment shall serve under the following environmental conditions:
-

Temperature : Up to 50℃ - Pressure : Atmosphere - Relative Humidity : Up to 100%

LOADING CRITERIA
The equipment shall be designed considering the internal and external loads. During
its service life, a component is subjected to loads which must in no way impair its
functional capacity or structural integrity.
Furthermore, the component must be able to withstand transient caused by sudden
changeover of operating conditions
Internal Loads
Internal loads shall be defined and calculated by the Supplier in compliance with the
appropriate design and construction codes. (i.e. loads due to fluid pressure, fluid
temperature, fluid flow and component weight, for the operating conditions considered)
External Loads
Nozzle Loads
Nozzle loads are transmitted by connecting piping at equipment interfaces. These
loads include static loads such as fluid pressure, thermal expansion and component
weight.
The nozzles of equipment at terminal points with the Purchaser’s piping shall be
designed to meet the requirements for maximum allowable nozzle forces and
moments provided in Annex 6.
Seismic Loads
Not Applicable

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

24 of 41

SPATIAL REQUIREMENT
The Supplier shall confirm the installation & entry space and interference & interface
with their dimension of the planned installation area including the foundation,
penetration and connecting line(piping & cable), etc.; these results of confirm shall be
reflected into the design and fabrication of supplier work for bidding and after contract
stage.
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL
Electrical equipment and wiring shall conform to Appendices KJ-070-DT-410-006 and
KJ-070-DT-410-007 as well as all other applicable codes and standards listed in
Section 3.4.1.
Whenever two or more pieces of electrical equipment are mounted on one (1) skid, all
electrical equipment except power and motor leads shall be wired to one (1) common
equipment termination box mounted on the equipment. All such wiring shall be in rigid
steel conduit. Supplier shall furnish complete interconnection diagrams in order to
define the scope of work, the cables furnished by Purchaser shall be indicated with the
dotted line and the cables furnished by Supplier shall be indicated with the solid line or
by means of NOTE on the drawings. Power and motor leads shall be terminated in a
separate equipment termination box, motor conduit box, or enclosure.
All terminals and wires shall bear designations which correspond to the designations
shown on Supplier's interconnecting diagrams. The interconnecting diagrams shall
include the actual "as-built" arrangements of these terminal blocks.
All control equipment located remote local control panel shall be enclosed in NEMA
Type 3 enclosures equipped with threaded conduit fittings. Enclosures shall have liberal
space for incoming conduit and wiring connections suitable for 2.0mm2 wire insulated
with a highly flame retardant insulation. All wiring shall be capable of passing the test
indicated in NEMA WC70, as well as the flame test of IEEE 383.

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

25 of 41

Motor starters and contactors furnished by Supplier shall be equipped with necessary
auxiliary contacts.
All internal/external wire and cable provided by Supplier shall meet the requirements of
Appendices KJ-070-DT-410-006 and KJ-070-DT-410-007.
Terminal block shall have 20% spare terminal point at least.
INTERFACE
Purchaser will furnish 480V ± 10%, three-phase, 60Hz AC power supply for all 460
Volt motors, tank heaters or other equipment requiring 480 Volts.
Panels shall be equipped with 120 Volt control transformers provided by the Supplier.
A 120 Volt AC, single phase, 60Hz supply shall be provided by supplier Purchaser for
interior panel lighting and space heater, If space heaters are rated more than 2kW, an
independent three-phase, 480 volts AC, 60 Hz power shall be provided for the space
heaters by supplier.
The AC power supply may have transient conditions of 80% voltage during motor
acceleration, maximum 12 cycle voltage dip during fast bus transfer, and Appendix KJ070-DT-410-006. All equipment and circuits shall be designed and manufactured to
operate normally during these transient conditions. If required, motor power circuit and
control power circuit shall be designed to be powered independently.
Supplier shall finish any other power supply conversion units, if required.
The conduit thread type shall apply the PF.
The interrupting capabilities at 480V AC and 120V AC shall be rated 40kA (load center
40kA, MCC could be 30kA shall be considered) and 10kA, respectively.
The Equipment shall be furnished with two (2) grounding plates with two (2) 7/16 inch
(11 mm) diameter holes each. The grounding plates shall be located at diagonally

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

26 of 41 Rev. 2

opposite points and 11.8 inch (300mm). The grounding provisions shall be welded to
the baseplate before any coating is applied. The grounding provisions shall be shown
on the interface drawing.
MOTOR
Each motor shall conform to Appendices ‘KJ-070-DT-410-006’, ‘KJ-070-DT-410-007’
unless otherwise specified herein.
NEMA Design designation for motors 225 hp and below shall be NEMA Design B.
The Supplier shall submit a copy of this specification to the motor manufacturer and
shall advise the Purchaser if compliance with this specification will conflict with proper
assembly and performance of motor and driven equipment.
Where motor and driven equipment are mounted on a common base provided by the
Supplier, the Supplier shall be responsible for the design of the base and its
adequacy for proper operation of both driven equipment and motor.
The Supplier shall furnish the motor completed with connecting means to driven
equipment such as a coupling, pulley, sheave or gear. This shall be attached to the
motor shaft with extreme care and without scoring or permanently deforming the shaft.
As for grounding, a machine screw shall be provided inside terminal housing of the
motor for grounding.
MOTOR TESTS
All motors shall be shop-tested in accordance with the applicable codes and
standards. The Supplier shall submit the motor test procedure to the Purchaser.
The certified test reports of each motor shall be submitted in accordance with NEMA
and ANSI/IEEE standards for the Purchaser's approval. These reports shall include
the following as a minimum:
-

No load amps & kW -

Winding & insulation resistance

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

- Current balance - Dielectric test - Locked rotor test - Winding temperature rise 27 of 41

CABLE
All wiring shall be capable of passing the test indicated in NEMA WC70, as well as the
flame test of IEEE 383.
All internal/external wire and cable provided by Supplier shall meet the requirements of
Appendices KJ-070-DT-410-006, KJ-070-DT-410-007 and KJ-070-DT-410-016.
MISCELLANEOUS
All tools and construction equipment to be furnished by the Supplier shall be properly
maintained. Worn or damaged tools shall not be used on the work, but shall be
promptly repaired or replaced. Construction equipment that are deteriorated or
damaged shall not be used on any phase of the work.
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL
The instrumentation components associated piping, Instrument tagging, panel wiring
and labels shall be designed in accordance with the applicable codes and standards.
All instruments shall be provided weather-proof type.
CYBER SECURITY CONTROLS
“Cyber Security Controls” shall be provided to the digital equipment according to the
KJ-102-DJ-340-001, “Critical Digital Assets Identification Report for AE”, KJ-102-DJ340-002, “Defense in Depth for AE”, KJ-600-KI-340-008 “Cyber Security Plan”, RG 5.71

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

28 of 41

“Secure Development and Operational for Nuclear Facilities” and KJ-600-KI-340-004
“Secure Development and Operational Environment Plan for I&C”.
Devices requiring Cyber Security are as follows.
◼

Cooling tower control computer cabinet

INTERFACE
Local Panel
A. The local panel shall have the local control mode.
B. The local panel shall be installed near the metering pumps in Demi. System &
Pump Building.
INSTRUMENTATION
All detailed specification of instrumentation shall conform to the applicable
requirements of Appendix KJ-070-DT-410-009 and KJ-070-DT-410-010.
Local Panel
A. The lower end of the local panel shall be manufactured of stanchion type and
fixed anchor bolt with concrete floor.
B. The local panel shall include local hand switches and indicating lamp.
CHEMICAL INJECTION SYSTEM CONTROL
Chemical Metering Pumps Control
Four (4) chemical metering pumps are controlled manually by local hand switches. A
hand switch and indicating lamp are provided for each pump and located on the
control panel.
MATERIAL

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

29 of 41

GENERAL
The major components of the equipment shall be designed for a service life,
accounting for corrosion, erosion and material fatigue based on 100% use under the
condition defined in this specification.
The materials shall be suitable for the design and operating conditions specified in
this specification and shall be in accordance with all the engineering codes and
standards applicable to the specified services. The materials not specifically covered
by this specification should comply with manufacturer’s standard suitable for the
application. All the materials shall be the best suitable for the service intended and
shall be subject to approval by the Purchaser.
All the components shall be free from mercury and mercury shall not be used in any
manufacturing process. Using asbestos is prohibited. This prohibition includes items
such as packings and gaskets even though the item is encapsulated or the asbestos
fibers are impregnated with binder material.
METERIAL REQUIREMENTS
Materials shall comply with the special requirements of this specification. Materials
employed in all components shall meet the following requirements:
A. High resistance to corrosion and erosion by fluids and the environment
B. No likelihood of polluting conveyed fluids or rendering fluids unsuitable for their
design purpose
C. Absence of defects likely to develop or impair equipment resistance over a
period of time
D. All wetted parts of the chemical injection system shall be Type 316L stainless
steel, or resistant materials.
E. All parts of chemical injection system shall be made of materials with approved
fire protection qualities.
F. At the nozzle and connection points, all steel flanges shall be per ASME B16.5,
of class appropriate for the design pressure and temperature of the flanged

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

30 of 41

connections.
G. The tank shall be manufactured FRP material suitable for storage of chemicals
(acid, alkali, hydrochloric acid, etc.).
Unless otherwise specified, the materials of the same grade as the component shall
be selected for nozzles, branch connections and lifting rings.
Materials of spare parts shall comply with the same requirements as for the original
parts.
The Supplier shall certify all the materials and submit the certificate of compliance or
the material test reports for the major parts such as castings and tubing, covering
chemical analysis and physical properties to ensure material compliance in accordance
with the code and standard.
FABRICATION
GENERAL
Rules governing construction, fabrication, utilization and inspection shall be defined in
the Supplier's specifications. These rules shall comply with the requirements of this
specification.
The required cleaning shall be obtained and verified during the final fabrication phase.
In addition to the requirements of this specification, the Supplier shall perform all
analyses, inspections, tests and other operations considered necessary to obtain the
desired quality.
WELDING
Any welder having been qualified by an accredited inspection agency to perform
similar operations within a prior period of six (6) months shall be recognized as
acceptable. Where the welder has not been qualified, qualification tests shall comply
with ASME code. The Supplier shall submit welder qualification records for approval
upon request by the Purchaser.

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

31 of 41

The Supplier shall submit Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS), Procedure
Qualification Records (PQR), welding repair procedure, heat treatment procedure,
non-destructive examination (NDE) procedure and NDE personnel qualification
procedure to the Purchaser in accordance with the applicable codes and Appendix
KJ-070-DT-410-012, KJ-070-DT-410-013 and KJ-070-DT-410-016 for the Purchaser’s
review and approval prior to welding.
Welding shall be performed in accordance with applicable codes and Appendix KJ070-DT-410-012, KJ-070-DT-410-013 and KJ-070-DT-410-016 as applicable. Where
post-weld heat treatment is required and has been performed, no subsequent welding
shall be performed on the component without first submitting each specific instance to
the Purchaser for approval prior to the performance of such welding.
The maximum interpass temperature when welding austenitic stainless steel shall be
350℉(177℃). The heat input of welding processes shall be such that the
sensitization of the weld zone is avoided.
If the supplier shall be required to weld materials that require impact properties,
impact tests shall be included in the weld and procedure qualifications.
Welding repair of any pressure retaining components shall be made with the
Purchaser's approval of the welding repair procedure.
BOLTING
Bolting materials other than those constructed of stainless steel shall undergo
appropriate surface treatment to prevent corrosion.
MISCELLANEOUS
Appropriately designed and located davit and brackets shall be provided for all
removable covers and bonnets greater than 22kg (50 lb) on horizontal units.
The Supplier's installation outline drawings shall clearly identify the purpose of each
lifting lug and trunnion.
Through bolts shall be used rather than tapped studs unless the use of studs has

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

32 of 41

been approved in writing by the Purchaser. Stay bolts shall not be allowed.
Weld end nozzles shall be prepared for welding in accordance with ANSI B31.1, as
applicable.
Adequate jack screws shall be furnished in place to facilitate the breaking of gasketed
joints.
SURFACE PREPARATION AND COATING
Before shipment, all parts of the equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned of all mill
scale, rust, grease and other foreign matter, and all external unmachined ferrous
metal surfaces shall be coated. The paint shall be suitable for the service and
acceptable to the Purchaser.
All exposed machined ferrous metal surface shall be coated with a suitable anti-rust
compound before shipment.
Unless otherwise specified by the Purchaser, the following surfaces of the equipment
shall not be painted:
A. Stainless Steel
B. Galvanized Steel
C. Polished or machined surfaces
D. FRP
Surface finish of exposed stainless steel surfaces shall be equal to standard stainless
steel finish Number 4 in accordance with paragraph 7, 8, and 9 of ASTM A480.
The Supplier’s standard coating system and practice may be considered in lieu of the
specified system with the concurrence of the Purchaser. To be considered, the
Supplier shall submit the coating procedure including the surface preparation
specification and the technical data sheets of the proposed coating system for
approval prior to the start of coating work.
Item

Color Pump Light grey green

Munsell No
2.5G 7/2

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

Motor Light grey green 2.5G 7/2 Panel and Junction Box Light yellowish grey 5Y 7/1 Tank Light violet 2.5P 5/6 33 of 41

* The finish color to be confirmed by the Purchaser
INSPECTION AND TEST
GENERAL
The Supplier shall submit the inspection and test plan. In addition, all inspection and
test procedures shall be submitted to the Purchaser for approval. The procedures
shall specify the equipment to be tested, test objectives and the requirements of this
specification and the applicable codes and standards. The procedure shall also
include the test description, the acceptance criteria and the following as a minimum:
-

Measuring devices, tools and fittings not required during normal operation but
required to perform the test

Minimum conditions required to commence the test

Actual state of installation before performance of the test

Minimum design load and special precautions to be observed throughout the
duration of the test

Measures implemented to ensure personnel safety

Record of the test results(Results sheet)

- Methods of analysis

The Supplier shall responsibly perform the inspections and tests prior to shipment in
compliance with this specification and Supplier’s inspection and test plan and supply

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

34 of 41

all the test fixtures and instruments required to perform the tests. The Supplier shall
also protect the equipment to prevent damage during testing and shall bear all repair
or replacement costs for any item damaged as a direct or indirect result of the tests.
All inspections and tests shall be performed based on the procedures and the results
shall be recorded on certified test reports. The reports shall be prepared and
submitted to the Purchaser within ten (10) calendar days after inspection or test
completion. The report shall include test arrangement, instrumentation and calibration
data, test procedure, test data, acceptance criteria, test results and the check list
documenting that all tests have been satisfactorily performed.
Any rejection by the Purchaser shall be considered as a final decision, and the
Supplier shall furnish all costs and efforts resulting from any rejection until the
Purchaser accept at no expense. Acceptance shall in no way release the Supplier
from his contractual responsibility for equipment design, construction and
performance.
INSPECTION AND TEST
DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION
All dimensions shall be checked for conformance with the interface drawings.
NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION
All the nondestructive examination shall be performed in accordance with the
requirements of the ASME Section V.
Welds made on or in any part, when the ratio of thickness to local radius of the
worked part is greater than five (5) that are subjected to working by any means,
including spinning, pressing, and rolling, shall be given a complete radiographic
examination and either a magnetic particle or liquid penetrant examination after
completion of the working and before further fabrication is performed.
Weld surfaces of ferritic materials shall be examined by either the magnetic particle or
liquid penetrant method and of austenitic materials shall be examined by the liquid

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

35 of 41

penetrant method in accordance with the following:
A. Ferritic alloy steel with maximum nominal chromium content over 1/2percent:
nozzle and attachment welds.
B. Austenitic steels with a design metal temperature over 750℉ (399℃) or with a
lower design metal temperature and a thickness over 3/4 inch (19 mm):
longitudinal, girth, nozzle, and attachment welds.
C. Nozzle welds include the nozzle and the reinforcing pad. Welds that will be under
the reinforcing pad shall be examined before the pad is attached.
D. Attachment welds include structural support and skirt attachment welds.
Welds attaching welding pins or studs shall be tested by tapping with a light hammer.
HYDROSTATIC TEST
The Supplier shall perform hydrostatic test for water distribution system in accordance
with the applicable codes and standards. The test shall be so conducted as to
facilitate visual inspection. The temperature of the hydrostatic test medium should be
high enough to preclude the possibility of damage due to brittle fracture.
FIELD TEST AND PERFORMANCE TEST
Field Test
The running tests at site shall be carried out before the performance test of the entire
unit. During these tests the Supplier shall demonstrate satisfactory smooth operation
without vibrations under all possible operating conditions.
Supplier shall provide the Purchaser with detailed procedures for checking and testing
of the equipment one month prior to shipment.
Performance Test
All pumps shall be given a shop test to demonstrate suitability for the specified
service and operating condition in accordance with HI Standard.
The Supplier shall guarantee that the pumps and all accessories furnished will be
entirely suitable for the service described herein and will operate without undue

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

36 of 41

vibration or noise at any flow from Supplier’s stated minimum flow to maximum flow.
The pumps shall conform to all applicable codes, satisfactorily meet all conditions of
performance and design requirements specified herein.
WITNESS AND HOLD POINTS
After reviewing the Supplier's inspection and test plan, the Purchaser shall decide the
witness points and the hold points, which identify the specific operations during the
Supplier's manufacturing and inspection sequence that are subject to witnessing and
approval by the Purchaser's authorized representative. The Purchaser reserves the
right to designate the witness points and the hold points based on the Supplier's
recommendation in its proposal.
The Supplier shall provide written notification to the Purchaser at least thirty (30)
calendar days prior to the date of upcoming inspection. The Supplier may execute if
the Purchaser's representative is not present at the witness points but the Supplier
shall not perform without the Purchaser's representative at the hold points. If the
Purchaser declines inspection or witnessing of a test, it will be waived in writing.
NAMEPLATE
The Supplier shall supply and install all labels, name, nominal load and instruction
necessary for the identification and safe operation. The samples shall be submitted
for the approval of the Purchaser.
The chemical injection system shall be fitted with a permanent corrosion resistant
nameplate containing the following information:
A. Purchaser’s purchase order number
B. Equipment name and number
C. Manufacturer’s name and model/serial number
D. Year built
E. Rated Capacity
F. Rated rpm
G. Max discharge pressure

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

37 of 41

H. Hydrostatic test pressure
I.

Power requirement (voltage, amperage, phase)

Nameplates or labels shall be of non-hygroscopic, non-deterioration and non-warping
material with engraved lettering of a contrasting color. All the above labels and plates
shall be securely fixed to items of plant and equipment with stainless steel rivets,
plated self tapping screws or other approved means. The use of adhesives will not be
permitted.
The nameplate shall be mounted on a bracket extending from the surface sufficiently
to clear the insulation and marked in accordance with the requirements of the code
and shall be located in a readable position.
The Supplier shall confirm the equipment title and number before fabrication of
nameplate. Nameplate drawing shall be submitted for the Purchaser’s approval.
Finally, the sample of nameplate shall be submitted for the Purchaser’s approval.
All plates and forged materials which are subject to pressure such as heads, etc shall
be legibly stamped before fabrication with the material manufacturer's name or
symbol, the melt or slab numbers, or other identification marks on the outside of parts.
Stamping shall be done with blunt-nosed continuous or blunt-nosed interrupted dot
die stamps.
SHIPPING REQUIREMENTS
IDENTIFICATION
All boxes, crates and shipments shall be identified by tag number, identification letter
and contract number. Total number of containers for each equipment shall also be
identified on each container.
Any assembly or part of accessory equipment shipped separately shall be marked for
identification to facilitate assembly in the field. Shipping containers shall be clearly
marked indicating items enclosed. All subassemblies shall be clearly match-marked to
facilitate field identification and erection.

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

38 of 41

CLEANING
The Supplier shall submit the cleaning procedure to the Purchaser for approval.
Cleaning of components and the control of their cleanness shall be furnished by the
Supplier to ensure the removal of deleterious contaminants, to minimize
recontamination of cleaned surfaces, and to minimize the cleaning required after
installation, repair or modification.
PACKAGING
The Supplier shall submit the packaging procedure to the Purchaser for approval.
All wetted parts shall be thoroughly dried after hydrostatic test. A solid, leak tight
cover shall be fitted on all openings. The component shall be put into dry lay-up as
required by the relevant cleanness class.
Spare parts shall be packaged to ensure full protection until the moment of use.
All equipment and parts of equipment assemblies shall be packed and protected to
prevent corrosion, entrance of foreign matter, damage or loss during shipment. The
Supplier shall protect and brace the equipment assemblies to prevent damage during
transportation and shall prominently display, on shipping containers, the instructions
for loading, transporting, unloading, storing, and other handling.
Non-interchangeable components shall be packed separately. Packages shall be
sealed to prevent entry of dirt, dust, water, or other foreign material. Parts subject to
rusting shall be suitably protected by such materials as silica-gel placed inside
packing. Vapor phase inhibitors (VPI Paper, for example) may be used in boxes or
crates, but shall not be used internally to the equipment.
SHIPPING
The Supplier shall submit the shipping procedure to the Purchaser for approval.
The equipment shall be prepared for shipment after the shop tests have been
completed. The equipment including piping of skid mounting type shall be completely

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

39 of 41

assembled prior to shipment. The equipment shall be protected from weather, rust,
mechanical damage and entry of harmful foreign material during shop fabrication and
shipment.
Lifting points shall be clearly marked and openings shall be covered. Before the
equipment is shipped, the original shipping stops, bolts, ties, and etc shall be
reinstalled in all devices.
Temporary structural bracing shall be provided as required to allow for normal field
handling (skidding and hoisting).
RECEIVING
The Supplier shall submit the receiving inspection procedure to the Purchaser for
approval.
The Supplier shall perform on-site receiving inspection. The activities shall include the
following items as a minimum:
A. To receive and inspect packages containing the equipment
B. To verify the contents
C. To check for possible damage during shipment
D. To report the receiving inspection results to the Purchaser
STORAGE
The storage instructions shall be included in the installation manual.
HANDLING
The handling instructions shall be included in the installation manual.
INSTALLATION, STARTUP AND COMMISSIONING
INSTALLATION
The Supplier shall completely perform the services of competent installation

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

40 of 41

supervision.
The Supplier’s installation manual shall be submitted to the Purchaser for approval.
Installation and erection methods and procedures shall conform to the best
engineering practice accepted and the requirements of the applicable codes.
The Supplier shall coordinate, in advance, with the Purchaser and other Construction
Contractors, all work pertaining to the equipment erection to avoid delays,
interferences and unnecessary rework.
STARTUP AND COMMISSIONING
The Supplier shall perform the services of competent start-up and commissioning
supervision.
The Supplier shall submit the startup procedure and the commissioning procedure to
the Purchaser for approval. The startup procedure shall be included in the operation
and maintenance manual.
The commissioning procedure shall include the following information as a minimum:
-

Supplied item check list -

Submitted document check list

- Commissioning check list -

Operator training program

ANNEXES
Annex 1 Data Sheets
Annex 2 Drawing and Data Requirements
Annex 3 Quality Verification Document List
Annex 4 Forms for Supplier’s Technical Data
Annex 5 Reference Drawing

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Chemical Injection System

Document No.
KJ-712-DM-416-001
Sheet

41 of 41

Annex 6 Minimum Nozzle Load Specification
APPENDICES
Appendices below shall be referred with the latest revision document.
KJ-600-KI-340-004, “Secure Development and Operational Environment Plan for I&C”
KJ-600-KI-340-008, “Cyber Security Plan”
KJ-102-DJ-340-001, “Critical Digital Assets Identification Report for AE”
KJ-102-DJ-340-002, “Defense in Depth for AE”
KJ-070-DT-410-006, “Standard Appendix for Alternating Current Motors”
KJ-070-DT-410-007, “Standard Appendix for General Electrical Requirements”
KJ-070-DT-410-009, “Standard Appendix for General Instrumentation and Control
Requirements”
KJ-070-DT-410-010, “Instruction for Instrument Tagging and Nameplate”
KJ-070-DT-410-012, “Welding Requirements of ASME Section VIII Items”
KJ-070-DT-410-013, “Welding Requirements for Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)”
KJ-070-DT-410-016, “General Requirements for Weld End Details”
Quality Assurance Requirement and General Requirement for Document Submittal
will be prepared by owner (or purchase)

Rev. 2

Annex 1-1
Rev. 2

Annex 1-1. Data Sheet for Corrosion & Scale Inhibitor Metering Pump
CLIENT
PROJECT
LOCATION
GENERAL
Item No.
Quantity
Type
Function

KAERI
KIJANG Research Reactor
Demi.system & pump building
KJ-712-PP-006, 007
2
Diaphragm, continuous
Corrosion & scale inhibitor supply

DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE
Design pressure
Design temperature
NPSH. Available
NPSH. Required
Min. flow
Shut off flow
Run out flow
NPSHre run out flow
Fluid
Fluid temperature (Min/Nor/Max)
Specific gravity @P.T
MATERIAL
Diaphragm
Piston ring
Packing
Valve
Gasket

MANUFACTURER
NO. REQUIRED
NAME : Corrosion & Scale Inhibitor Metering Pump
P&ID No.
Safety class
Quality class
Seismic Category

1,000
93
*
*
*
*
*
*
Phosphate
0 / 25 / 40
*

kPa.g
°C
m
m

m3/hr
m3/hr
m3/hr
m3/hr

PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Stainless steel

KJ-710-DM-171-001
Non-nuclear safety
S
Non-seismic

Capacity
Total differential head
Discharge pressure
Suction pressure
Vapor press
Motor speed
Design BHP
Pump speed
Design Efficiency
Max efficiency
Viscosity @P.T
Seat
dampener
Plunger
Gear house

TEST
Hydrostatic / Witnessed
NPSH / Witnessed
Performance / Witnessed

*
*

WEIGHT AND DIMENSION
Pump
Driver
Dimension (LxWxH)

*
*
*

CONSTRUCTION
Piston – Nos
Piston – Diameter
Piston – Stroke
Piston – Speed
Lubricant
Automatic stroke adjustment
Electrical signal required (mA)
Stroke position device – Manufacturer
Stroke position device – Model No.
Stroke position device – NEMA Class
Manual control – Manufacturer
Manual Control – Model No.

kg
kg
m

kPa.g
kPa.g

*
*
800
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

mL/min
m

kPa,a
kPa,a
kPa,a
RPM
kW
RPM
%
%
cp

Stainless steel

/
/
/

Required
Required
Required

Base * kg For maintenance * kg

Connection – size
Connection – rating
Connection – facing
Connection – position

Note. 1. The data marked with an asterisk(*) will be descripted by the Supplier.
DAEWOO ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION
PUMP DATA SHEET
SERVICE : Chemical injection system

SPEC. NO.
: KJ-712-DM-416-001
EQUIP. NO.
: KJ-712-PP-006, 007
Sheet 1 OF 1
Revision

Annex 1-2
Rev. 2

Annex 1-2. Data Sheet for Slime Inhibitor Metering Pump
CLIENT
PROJECT
LOCATION
GENERAL
Item No.
Quantity
Type
Function

KAERI
KIJANG Research Reactor
Demi.system & pump building
KJ-712-PP-008, 009
2
Diaphragm, continuous auto degassing
Slime inhibitor supply

MANUFACTURER
NO. REQUIRED
NAME : Slime Inhibitor Metering Pump

1,000
93
*
*
*
*
*
*
Chloride dioxide
0 / 25 / 40
*

P&ID No.
Safety class
Quality class
Seismic Category

kPa.g
°C
m
m

m3/hr
m3/hr
m3/hr
m3/hr

PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Stainless steel

KJ-710-DM-171-001
Non-nuclear safety
S
Non-seismic

Capacity
Total differential head
Discharge pressure
Suction pressure
Vapor press
Motor speed
Design BHP
Pump speed
Design Efficiency
Max efficiency
Viscosity @P.T
Seat
dampener
Plunger
Gear house

TEST
Hydrostatic / Witnessed
NPSH / Witnessed
Performance / Witnessed

*
*

WEIGHT AND DIMENSION
Pump
Driver
Dimension (LxWxH)

*
*
*

kg
kg
m

kPa.g
kPa.g

*
*
800
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

mL/min
m

kPa,a
kPa,a
kPa,a
RPM
kW
RPM
%
%
cp

Stainless steel

/
/
/

Required
Required
Required

Base * kg For maintenance * kg

Connection – size
Connection – rating
Connection – facing
Connection – position

Note. 1. The data marked with an asterisk(*) will be descripted by the Supplier.
DAEWOO ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION
PUMP DATA SHEET
SERVICE : Chemical injection system

SPEC. NO.
: KJ-712-DM-416-001
EQUIP. NO.
: KJ-712-PP-006, 007
Sheet 1 OF 1
Revision

Annex 1-3
Rev. 2

Annex 1-3. Data Sheet for Motor
CLIENT : KAERI
PROJECT : KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
LOCATION : DEMI SYS. & PUMP BLDG.

MANUFACTURER :
NO. REQUIRED : FOUR (4)

MOTOR CLASSIFICATION □ Class 1E ■ Non-Class 1E

MOTOR APPLICATION
TYPE
ROTOR TYPE / POLE
NEMA DESIGN LETTER
RATED HORSE POWER
COOLING METHOD
AREA CLASSIFICATION

460 V
3
60 Hz

VOLTAGE
PHASE
FREQUENCY
FULL-LOAD CURRENT
LOCKED ROTOR CURRENT/SAFE STALL TIME
FULL LOAD
TORQUE

LOCKED ROTOR
BREAKDOWN
100% LOAD

EFFICIENCY

75% LOAD
50% LOAD
100% LOAD

POWER FACTOR

75% LOAD
50% LOAD
AT STARTING

INSULATION CLASS
TEMPERATURE RISE AT FULL LOAD
RATED SPEED
ENCLOSURE
PROTECTION GRADE
BEARING TYPE
LUBRICATION
SHAFT

EXTENSION
EXTERNAL THRUST

SPACE HEATER RATING, WATT/VOLT

W V MOTOR NET WEIGHT kg NOISE LEVEL dB OTHER REQUIREMENTS

Note.1. The Supplier shall fill in all blanks, if not applicable "N/A"

DAEWOO ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION

SPEC. NO. : KJ-712-DM-416-001

MOTOR DATA SHEET

EQUIP. NO. : KJ-712-PP-006~009

SERVICE : CHEMICHAL INJECTION SYSTEM

SHEET 1 OF 1 REVISION NO. : 2

Annex 1-4
Rev. 2

Annex 1-4. Data Sheet for Corrosion & Scale Inhibitor Tank

Nozzle location
Note 1. Nozzle locations are schematic only, final arrangement will be marked on Supplier’s drawing.
No.

Description Dia. Class Conn No. Description Dia. Sch/Class Conn 1 Inlet * 150# RFSW 7 Level gauge * 150# RFSW 2 Level switch * 150# RFSW 8 Level gauge * 150# RFSW 3 Relief return * 150# RFSW 9 4 Vent * 150# RFSW 10 5 Outlet * 150# RFSW 11 6 Drain * 150# RFSW 12 Name

Corrosion & scale inhibitor tank

Tag Number KJ-712-TK-001 Type Vertical, cylindrical P&ID No.

KJ-710-DM-171-001
1

Safety class NNS Quantity Seismic category Non-Seismic Corrosion allowance Quality class S Test Location

Demi system & pump building

Service condition
3

N/A - Leak test press(kPag) As per code - Radiograph As per code - Total/Net volume (m ) */1 - Others As per code

Operating Press(kPag)/Temp(℃)

ATM / 0~40

Relief valve set press(kPag)

N/A

Design Press(kPag)/Temp(℃)

ATM / 93

Applicable codes & standard

As per code - Fluid type Phosphate Isulation N/A

Weight Empty/Full/Test(kg)

*/*/*

Material

Tank

FRP Dimension (D, H, m) 1 X (*) Mounting Floor mounting Tank bottom slope *

Note. 1. The data marked with an asterisk (*) will be descripted by the Supplier.
Note. 2. The Supplier shall fill in all blanks, if not applicable "N/A"

DAEWOO ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION

SPEC. NO. : KJ-712-DM-416-001

DATA SHEET

EQUIP. NO. : KJ-712-TK-001

CORROSION & SCALE INHIBITOR TANK

SHEET 1 OF 1 REVISION NO. : 2

Annex 1-5
Rev. 2

Annex 1-5. Data Sheet for Slime Inhibitor Tank

Nozzle location
Note 1. Nozzle locations are schematic only, final arrangement will be marked on Supplier’s drawing.
No.

KJ-710-DM-171-001
1

Safety class NNS Quantity Seismic category Non-Seismic Corrosion allowance Quality class S Test Location

Demi system & pump building

Service condition
3

N/A - Leak test press(kPag) As per code - Radiograph As per code - Total/Net volume (m ) */1 - Others As per code

Operating Press(kPag)/Temp(℃)

ATM / 0~40

Relief valve set press(kPag)

N/A

Design Press(kPag)/Temp(℃)

ATM / 93

Applicable codes & standard

As per code - Fluid type Chlorine dioxide Insulation N/A

Weight Empty/Full/Test(kg)

*/*/*

Material

Tank

FRP Dimension (D, H, m) 1 X (*) Mounting Floor mounting Tank bottom slope *

Note. 1. The data marked with an asterisk (*) will be descripted by the Supplier.
Note. 2. The Supplier shall fill in all blanks, if not applicable "N/A"

DAEWOO ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION

SPEC. NO. : KJ-712-DM-416-001

DATA SHEET

EQUIP. NO. : KJ-712-TK-002

SLIME INHIBITOR TANK SHEET 1 OF 1 REVISION NO. : 2

Annex 2-1
Rev. 2

Annex 2. Drawing and Data Requirements
Spec.No. KJ-712-DM-416-001
SUBMIT
FOR
A
I
P
N
P
F
R
O

Rev.No. 2
REQUIREMENTS

DOCUMENT/DRAWING
DESCRIPTION

SPEC.
PARA.
PARA.NO.

QT’Y/TYPE
(1)

SUBMITTAL
WEEKS
(2)

REMARKS
(3)

D0. Submittal with Proposal
Drawings Showing General Arrangement
Anchorage, Principal Dimension Weight of
Equipment

4.2.1 * PR

(1*)
One Copy
Per Each
Proposal

Characteristic Curve 4.2.1 * PR ”

Control Panel Elevation, Layout Interior
and G/A Drawing with Parts List

4.2.1 * PR Electrical Load List 4.2.1 * PR Spare Parts List 4.2.1 * PR Special Tool List 4.2.1 * PR Detailed Specification 4.2.1 * PR

Description of any Variance

4.2.1 * PR ” Evaluation Data Required 4.2.1 * PR ” Equipment Data Sheet 4.2.1 * PR Work Schedule 4.2.1 * PR

ASME/ ISO Certificate, etc.

4.2.1 * PR ” Quality Assurance Manual 4.2.1 * PR ” Sub-Supplier List 4.2.1 * PR

D1. Quality Assurance
/ Quality Surveillance
X

Quality Assurance Manual 3.0 X

Inspection Plan(including tests)

3.0 X

Sub-Supplier's Quality Assurance Manual
& Surveillance / Inspection procedure

3.0 X Sub-Supplier List 3.0

3P+1EN or
1EP
3P+1EN or
1EP
3P+1EN or
1EP
3P+1EN or
1EP

AW+4
FB-8
AW+4
AW+4

(1) Quantity: In numeral, Type: P=Paper Printing/Photocopy
E = Electronic Files (N : NATIVE, P: PDF, T:TIFF, D:DXF, X:EXCEL)
(2) Submittal due time in calendar weeks prior to (-) or after (+) the event indicated.
PR = With Proposal, AW = Award, FB = Fabrication, SH = Shipping,
*= Other Event/Activity defined in remarks column.
(3) Tenderer to indicate his schedule in remarks column if different from (2).

Annex 2-2
Rev. 2

Annex 2. Drawing and Data Requirements
Spec.No. KJ-712-DM-416-001
SUBMIT
FOR
A
I
P
N
P
F
R
O

Rev.No. 2
REQUIREMENTS

DOCUMENT/DRAWING
DESCRIPTION

SPEC.
PARA.
PARA.NO.

QT’Y/TYPE
(1)

SUBMITTAL
WEEKS
(2)

REMARKS
(3)

D2. Schedule and Progress

Drawing and Data Submittal Schedule

4.1 3P+1EX AW+4 X

Supplier's
Work Schedule including
Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication &
Delivery

4.1 5P

AW+ 4
&*1

*1: To
Purchaser*

X Work Progress Report 4.1 5P AW+4 &*2

*2:Monthly
to
Purchaser

X D3. Lists X

List of Drawings and Documents

4.2.2 X

Quality Verification Document List

4.2.2 X Electrical Load List 4.2.2 X Spare Parts List 4.2.2 X Special Tool List 4.2.2 X Lubricant List 4.2.2 Utility Consumption List 4.2.2 Bill of Material 4.2.2 X Equipment List 4.2.2 X Instrument List 4.2.2 X Valve List 4.2.2

X
X

3P+1EN or
1ET
3P+1EN or
1ET
34P+1EN or
1ET
3P+1EN or
1ET
3P+1EN or
1ET
3P+1EN or
1ET
3P+1EN or
1ET
3P+1EN or
1ET
3P+1EN or
1ET
3P+1EN or
1ET
3P+1EN or
1ET

AW+4
AW+4
AW+4
AW+4
AW+4
AW+4
AW+4
AW+4
AW+4
AW+4
AW+4

D4. Data X

Data Sheet (including motor data sheet)

X Pump Performance Curves

Annex 1
1.2.2

4P+1EN or
1ET
4P+1EN or
1ET

AW+4
AW+4

Annex 2-3
Rev. 2

Annex 2. Drawing and Data Requirements
Spec.No. KJ-712-DM-416-001
SUBMIT
FOR
A
I
P
N
P
F
R
O

Rev.No. 2
REQUIREMENTS

DOCUMENT/DRAWING
DESCRIPTION

SPEC.
PARA.
PARA.NO.

Loading Data and Foundation Information

4.2

QT’Y/TYPE
(1)

SUBMITTAL
WEEKS
(2)

4P+1EN or
1ET

AW+4

D5. Drawings
X

Elementary (Schematic) Drawings

4.2.2 X

Interconnection and Wiring Diagrams

4.2.2 X Logic Diagrams 4.2.2 X

General Arrangement Drawing

4.2.2 X

Outline/Interface Drawing (Incl. Equipment,
Panel, Motor, Terminal Box and Etc.)

4.2.2 X Assembly Drawing 4.2.2 X Cable Schedule 4.2.2 X

Control Panel Elevation, Layout Interior
and G/A Drawing with Parts List

4.2.2 X

Grounding & Lightning Protection
Drawing

4.2.2 X

Cable Tray/Conduit Plan Drawings

4.2.2 X Nameplate Drawing 4.2.2

4P+1EN or
1EP
4P+1EN or
1EP
4P+1EN or
1EP
4P+1EN or
1EP
4P+1EN or
1EP
4P+1EN or
1EP
4P+1EN or
1ET
4P+1EN or
1ET
4P+1EN or
1ET
4P+1EN or
1ET

4P+1EN or
1EP

AW+4
AW+4
AW+4
AW+4
AW+4
AW+4
AW+4
AW+4
AW+4
AW+4
SH-30

D6. Procedures X WPS and PQR 9.2 X Welding Repair Procedure 9.2 X Heat Treatment Procedure 9.2 X Coating Procedure 10.0 X

NDE Procedure
Qualification)

(Including Personnel 9.2

3P+1EN or
1EP
3P+1EN or
1EP
3P+1EN or
1EP
3P+1EN or
1EP
3P+1EN or
1EP

AW+12
AW+12
AW+12
AW+12
AW+12

REMARKS
(3)

Annex 2-4
Rev. 2

Annex 2. Drawing and Data Requirements
Spec.No. KJ-712-DM-416-001
SUBMIT
FOR
A
I
P
N
P
F
R
O

Rev.No. 2
REQUIREMENTS

DOCUMENT/DRAWING
DESCRIPTION

SPEC.
PARA.
PARA.NO.

Hydrostatic Test Procedure

11.2.3 X

Performance Test Procedure

11.2.4 X Cleaning Procedure 13.2 X Packaging Procedure 13.3 X Shipping Procedure 13.4 X

Receiving Inspection Procedure

13.5 X Commissioning Procedure 14.2

QT’Y/TYPE
(1)

3P+1EN or
1EP
3P+1EN or
1EP
3P+1EN or
1EP
3P+1EN or
1EP
3P+1EN or
1EP
3P+1EN or
1EP
3P+1EN or
1EP

SUBMITTAL
WEEKS
(2)
AW+12
AW+12
AW+12
AW+12
AW+12
AW+12
AW+12

D7. Reports
1.2.2

System Design Calculation Report

Manufacturer's Data Reports

Reports for all Inspections and Tests

11.0 X

Certificate of Compliance

8.2.2 -

3P+1EN or
1EP
3P+1EN or
1EP
3P+1EN or
1EP
3P+1EN or
1EP

AW+4
SH
SH
SH

D8. Manuals X Installation Manual 14.0 8P + 1EP AW+16 X

Operation and Maintenance Manual

14.2 8P + 1EP AW+16

QVDL and It’s Sample Forms Listed in
Annex 3

4.3

3P+1EN or
1EP

AW+4

Quality Verification Documents

4.3 3P+1EP SH

D9. Quality Verification Document

X
X

REMARKS
(3)

Annex 2-5
Rev. 2

Annex 2. Drawing and Data Requirements
Spec.No. KJ-712-DM-416-001
SUBMIT
FOR
A
I
P
N
P
F
R
O

Rev.No. 2
REQUIREMENTS

DOCUMENT/DRAWING
DESCRIPTION

SPEC.
PARA.
PARA.NO.

QT’Y/TYPE
(1)

SUBMITTAL
WEEKS
(2)

REMARKS
(3)

D10. 3D Modeling Electronic File

X
X

3D Modeling File Format 1.2.2 1EN+1ED AW+16

Index of Equipment Part List

4.2.2 1EN AW+16

D11. AS-Built Drawing & Document

X All As-Built Documents - X All As-Built Documents -

1P+1EN or
1EP
1P+1EN or
1EP

*
*

*After
Installation

Annex 3
Rev. 2

Annex 3. QUALITY VERIFICATION DOCUMENTATION LIST

품질증빙서류목록
(Quality Verification Documents List)
용역명

계약자 (Project (Contractor)

Name)
계약자

KAERI 서류명 쪽번호 확인 확인 비고 (Doc. Title) (Page)

(Verified by
Contractor)

(Verified by
KAERI)

(Remark) 품질증빙서류목록(QVDL) 16 □ □ 품질보증서 10 □ □ 품질검사계획 (종결본) 10 □ □ 재료일람표 17 □ □ 원자재성적서 30 □ □ 검사성적서 10 □ □ 재료시험보고서 (MTR) 29 □ □

준수인증서 (Certificate of Compliance)

30 □ □ 비파괴검사 (NDE) 보고서 30 □ □

용접수리보고서 (Weld Repair Reports)

30 □ □

청소확인보고서 (Cleaning Verification Report)

37 □ □

NEMA Routine Test Report for Motor

26 □ □ 치수검사보고서 34 □ □ SDDR / NCR / CAR if ANY 13 □ □ 33 □ □

11장 (검사 및 테스트)에서 요구하는
모든 검사 및 테스트 보고서
Contractor Certification

We certify that the QVD meet the requirements of the
purchase order and applicable specification.

KAERI Acceptance
KAERI accept contractor's QVD.

Certified by : Accepted by :

Contractor's QA/QC Date
Manager

KAERI Inspector Date

Annex 4-1
Rev. 2

Annex 4. Forms for Supplier’s Technical Data (1/9)
The Supplier shall submit the Technical data in accordance with Annex 1 using the following forms;
A.

Electrical Load List B.

Spare Parts List for Installation & Start-up

Spare Parts List for Operation & Maintenance

Special Tool List for Installation & Start-up

Special Tool List for Operation & Maintenance

Loading Data and Foundation Information

G. Lubricant List
H.

Utility Consumption List

Annex 4-2
Rev. 2

A. Electrical Load List (2/9)
PROJECT NAME: KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
EQUIPMENT NAME / NO:
ITEM
NO.

DESCRIPTION

LOAD
TYP
M

S SERVICE

RATED BHP
(kW)
(kW)

Q'TY
CON INT S.B

CURRENT TIME

FULL
EFF. P.F LOAD VOLT
RPM
FULL LOCKED
M.P
S.T
LOAD ROTOR
S.T

※ Definition
M=Motor, S=Static, CON=Continuous, INT=Intermittent, S.B=Stand-By, S.T=Starting Time, M.P.S.T=Max. Permissible Stall Time,
EFF.=Efficiency, P.F = Power Factor

Annex 4-3
Rev. 2

B. Spare Parts List for Installation & Start-up (3/9)
PROJECT NAME: KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
EQUIPMENT NAME / NO:
ITEM NAME

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
(Material, Size, Rating, Grade, Type, etc.)

PART NO. MANUFACTURER

MFR’S
RECOM.
PART NO.
Q’TY

PERIOD
OF
REPLACEMENT

Annex 4-4
Rev. 2

C. Spare Parts List for Operation & Maintenance (4/9)
PROJECT NAME: KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
EQUIPMENT NAME / NO:
ITEM NAME

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
(Material, Size, Rating, Grade, Type, etc.)

PART NO. MANUFACTURER

MFR’S
RECOM.
PART NO.
Q’TY

PERIOD
OF
REPLACEMENT

Annex 4-5
Rev. 2

D. Special Tool List for Installation & Start-up (5/9)
PROJECT NAME: KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
EQUIPMENT NAME / NO:
TOOL NAME

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
(Material, Size, Rating, Grade, Type, etc.)

PART NO. MANUFACTURER

MANUFACTURER’S RECOM.
REMARK
PARTNO.
Q’TY

Annex 4-6
Rev. 2

E. Special Tool List for Operation & Maintenance (6/9)
PROJECT NAME: KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
EQUIPMENT NAME / NO:
TOOL NAME

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
(Material, Size, Rating, Grade, Type, etc.)

PART NO. MANUFACTURER

MFR’S
RECOM.
PART NO.
Q’TY

PERIOD
OF
REPLACEMENT

Annex 4-7
Rev. 2

F. Loading Data and Foundation Information (7/9)
PROJECT NAME: KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
EQUIPMENT NAME / NO:
BASE PLATE
P

HEAVIEST PARTS

A
R
T
STATIC WEIGHT

T
O
T
A
L

DRY WT.
OPERAING WT.
TEST WT.

DRIVEN EQUIPMENT
DYNAMIC
WEIGHT

SUPPLIER TO SKETCH THE DIMENSIONAL OUTLINE DWG. AND
FOUNDATION DWG. SHOWING ANCHOR BOLT LOCATION AND CENTER OF
GRAVITY. ETC.

DRIVER
ECCENTRICITY OF
UNBALANCED MASS
DRIVEN EQUIPMENT

SPEED
DRIVER
TYPE
Q’TY

DIA.

PROJECTION
ANCHOR BOLT
TOTAL LENGTH
BLOCK OUT SIZE
GROUTING THICKNESS

Annex 4-8
Rev. 2

G. Lubricant List (8/9)
PROJECT NAME: KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
EQUIPMENT NAME / NO:
MAKER’S BRAND
ITEM NO

EQUIPMENT

PARTS TO BE
LUBRICATED

GRADE
RECOMMEND

EQUIPMENT

INITIAL
CHARGE
(LITERS)

REPLACEMENT CHARGE
REMARK
QUANTITY
(LITERS)

INTERVAL
(MONTHS)

Annex 4-9
Rev. 2

H. Utility Consumption List (9/9)
PROJECT NAME: KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
EQUIPMENT NAME / NO:
MAKER’S BRAND
ITEM NO

EQUIPMENT

PARTS TO BE
LUBRICATED

GRADE
RECOMMEND

EQUIPMENT

INITIAL
CHARGE
(LITERS)

REPLACEMENT CHARGE
REMARK
QUANTITY
(LITERS)

INTERVAL
(MONTHS)

Annex 5
Rev. 2

Annex 5. Reference Drawing
Reference drawings below shall be referred with the latest revision document. These documents
shall be used for reference only.

[1] Drawing No. KJ-710-DM-171-001, “P & I Diagram for Secondary Cooling System (1/3)”
[2] Drawing No. KJ-262-DM-190-002, “General Arrangement for Demi System & Pump
BLDG. FL.+1 (Level 2)”
[3] Drawing No. KJ-262-DP-173-201, “Piping Arrangement Dwg. for Demi. System &
Pump House FL.+1”

Bong-Woo Baik 2019-07-09 / Nam-Kwon Cho 2019-07-09 / Jong Seo Choi 2019-07-09

Annex 6
Rev. 2

Annex 6. Minimum Nozzle Load Specification (Non-seismic category)

EQUIPMENT NOZZLE LOADS EQUIPMENT NOZZLE LOADS TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. SCOPE........................................................................................................................................... P2-1
2. NOZZLE FORCES AND MOMENTS FOR VESSEL AND HEAT EXCHANGER ............. P2-2
3. NOZZLE FORCES AND MOMENTS FOR ROTARY EQUIPMENT .................................. P2-5
4. CALCULATION OFALLOWABLE FORCES AND MOMENTS ON EQUIPMENT NOZZLES .......... P2-9

P2-i

1. SCOPE
This Appendix specifies the design load requirements on the nozzles for vessel, heat
exchanger, and rotary equipment. The resultant force (FR) and the resultant moment(MR),
calculated in piping system stress analysis by OWNER will satisfy the following relationship.

Therefore, the Supplier shall design equipment nozzles to withstand loads equal to, or higher
than the applicable loads specified in tables.

2. NOZZLE FORCES AND MOMENTS FOR VESSEL AND HEAT EXCHANGER

Axes Orientation for Nozzles
Attached to Cylinderical Sections
of Vessel and Heat Exchanger

Axes Orientation for Nozzle
Attached to Sphericaland Elliptical
Surfaces of Vessel and Heat Exchanger

FR(max) = Maximum Resultant Force on Nozzle (Kg) (due to normal operating
condition) when all moments
MR(max)=

Maximum Resultant Force on Nozzle
operating condition) when all forces are zero

(Kg-m) (due to normal

The components of forces and moments in X, Y, and Z directions will not exceed the
following values.
FX(max) ≤ 100% FR(max)
FY(max) ≤ 50% FR(max)
FZ(max) ≤ 100% FR(max)

MX(max) ≤ 50% MR(max)
MY(max) ≤ 80% MR(max)
MZ(max) ≤ 50% MR(max)
2

3 4

3. NOZZLE FORCES AND MOMENTS FOR ROTARY EQUIPMENT
3.1 Horizontal Rotary Equipment

FR(max) = Maximum Resultant Force on Nozzle (Kg) (due to normal operating
condition) when all moments are zero
MR(max)=

Maximum Resultant Force on Nozzle
operating condition) when all forces are zero

(Kg-m) (due to normal

The components of forces and moments in X, Y, and Z directions will not exceed the
following values.
FX(max) ≤ 50% FR(max)
FY(max) ≤ 80% FR(max)
FZ(max) ≤ 50% FR(max)

MX(max) ≤ 80% MR(max)
MY(max) ≤ 50% MR(max)
MZ(max) ≤ 80% MR(max)

3.2 Vertical Rotary Equipment

FR(max) = Maximum Resultant Force on Nozzle (Kg) (due to normal operating
condition) when all moments are zero
MR(max)=

Maximum Resultant Force on Nozzle
operating condition) when all forces are zero

(Kg-m) (due to normal

The components of forces and moments in X, Y, and Z directions will not exceed the
following values.
FX(max) ≤ 60% FR(max)
FY(max) ≤ 50% FR(max)
FZ(max) ≤ 60% FR(max)

MX(max) ≤ 60% MR(max)
MY(max) ≤ 80% MR(max)
MZ(max) ≤ 60% MR(max)

6 7 8

4. CALCULATION OFALLOWABLE FORCES AND MOMENTS ON EQUIPMENT NOZZLES
Nozzle forces and moments, which are not indicated on the selection tables, are calculated in
accordance with the criteria, hereinafter, as described. The criteria to calculate allowable
nozzle reaction are based on the properties of the connecting pipe and allowable stresses in
the material. The maximum forces and moments imposed by the piping connected at each
nozzle of the specified equipment will not exceed those which satisfy the following
equations :

FR(max) =
MR(max) =
Where :
FR(max) = Maximum resultant force on nozzle(kg) (due to normal operating
condition) when all moments are zero
FR

= Actual resultant force on nozzle(kg)

MR(max) = Maximum resultant moment on nozzle(kg-m) (due
operating condition) when all forces are zero

to normal MR

= Actual resultant moment on nozzle(kg-m)

= Nominal thickness of connecting piping(mm) as specified in the
equipment specification

= Limiting reference stress

D = Pipe size factor a

= Force multiplication factor

= Moment multiplication factor

The values of a, b and D for the applicable type of equipment are given in

the followings.

o Multiplication factors for rotary equipment.
Nominal Pipe Size

Multiplication Factor
a
b
D

DN 100 & Under
11.76
35.29
* NPS+1

DN 150 to DN 200
9.41
32.94
* NPS

DN 250 & Over
7.06
28.23
(* NPS+16)/3

o Multiplication factors for vessel and heat exchanger
Nominal Pipe Size

Multiplication Factor
a
b
D

DN 100 & Under
9.00
25.00
* NPS+1

DN 150 to DN 200
7.06
23.53
* NPS

(* NPS: Inch Unit) 10

DN 250 & Over
5.88
18.83
(* NPS+16)/3

===== KJ-070-DT-410-009_IFC_2_STANDARD APPENDIX FOR GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
REQUIREMENTS
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-070-DT-410-009 2 NNS N/A Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 T S

Safety Class
N/A
Quality Class
Q
N/A
Seismic Category
Electrical Class

Ⅰ Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A Preliminary For Information For Approval

Submittal Purpose
For Construction

For Fabrication Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Verification Status Complete Incomplete Kyung-Eun Kim Qualification Tests 2025-07-01

Prepared by :
Signature

Date
2025-07-01

Eugene Park
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DJ LE)

Signature

Date
2025-07-01

Hoon Lee
Approved by :
EM

Signature

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

Date KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

Revision History
Rev.
No.

Description of Revision 0

First Issue
(Reissued by CAR-KJDH-16-06.2016.05.19)

Revised
2.2, 3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12

Revised
4.4.2, 4.4.11
Added
Attachment 1.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

1 of 34 Rev.2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

2 of 34 Rev.2

CONTENTS
Para.

Description Page 1.

SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 3

CODE & STANDARDS ................................................................................................. 4

UNIT AND SCALE ........................................................................................................ 6

GENERAL DESIGN AND REQUIREMENT .................................................................. 7

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

3 of 34 Rev.2 1. SCOPE 1.1.

This appendix is applicable to furnishing components, associated piping or tubing, and package
specification. Instrumentation wiring within a package specification.

1.2.

All control panels and associated panel mounted devices for safety related system shall be
designed to meet the Human Factors Engineering design requirements.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

4 of 34 Rev.2 2. CODE & STANDARDS 2.1.

The following standards can be used as a guide for this specification; equivalent or higher
standards may be used but those shall be approved by the purchaser.

2.2.

The code cut-off date is 31 March 2012. The latest edition of codes and standards issued and
in force on the code cut-off date shall be used.

2.2.1 IAEA-NS-R-4

Safety of Research Reactors Safety Requirements.

2.2.2 NS-G-1.6

Seismic Design and Qualification for Nuclear Power Plants Safety
Guide.

2.2.3 10CFR50

Appendix A, General Design Criteria.

2.2.4 RG 1.29

Seismic Design Classification

2.2.5 RG 1.75

Physical Independence of Electric Systems

2.2.6 RG 1.152

Criteria for Digital Computer System Software in Safety Systems of
Nuclear Power Plants

2.2.7 RG 1.180

Guideline for Electromagnetic and Radio-Frequency Interference in
Safety Related I&C System

2.2.8 IEEE 7-4.3.2

Standard Criteria for Digital Computer in Safety Systems of Nuclear
Power Generating Stations

2.2.9 IEEE 577

Requirements for Reliability Analysis in the Design and Operation of
Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations

2.2.10 IEEE-Std 1012

Software Verification and Validation

2.2.11 IEEE-Std 1074

Developing a Software Project Life Cycle Process

2.2.12 IEEE-Std 12207

Systems and Software Engineering-Software Life Cycle Process

2.2.13 IEEE-Std 730

Software Quality Assurance Plans

2.2.14 IEEE-Std 828

Software Configuration Management Plans

2.2.15 IEEE-Std 830

Practice for Software Requirements Specifications

2.2.16 IEEE-Std 472

Surge Withstand Capability Test

2.2.17 IEC 60880 Ed. 2.0

Nuclear Power Plants - I&C systems important to safety - Software
aspects for computer based systems performing category A
functions

2.2.18 IEC 60801.2 Electrostatic Discharge 2.2.19 IEC 61131

Standard for Controller Language

2.2.20 ASME NQA-1

Subpart 2.2, “Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging,
Shipping, Receiving,

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

5 of 34 Rev.2 2.2.21 NEMA ICS-1-110

Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems

2.2.22 NEMA ICS-6

Standard for Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems

2.2.23 ANSI/ISA 67.02.01

Nuclear Safety-Related Instrument-Sensing Line Piping and Tubing
Standard for Use in Nuclear Power Plant

2.2.24

USNRC NUREG-0700 Human-System Interface Design Review Guidelines”, Rev.02, 2002

2.2.25

KEPIC ENB
2006 Add.

2.2.26 KJ-600-KI-340-001

Software Program Manual for I&C

2.2.27 KJ-600-KI-340-008 Cyber Security Plan 2.2.28 KJ-600-KI-348-004

Design Guidelines for Display

2.2.29 KJ-600-KI-348-005 HFE Design Guideline 2.2.30 KJ-577-DJ-416-001

Design Specification for Control, Instrument, Communication and
Specialty Cables

2.3.

6360- Recommended Practice for the Application of Human Factors
Engineering to Systems Equipment, and Facilities of Nuclear Power
Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities, 2006.

The Purchaser has an option to incorporate requirements resulting from changes in code,
standard and regulation between dates of the purchase order and the Supplier’s initiation of
fabrication. Advising the Purchaser of resulting effect is a Supplier's responsibility. In the event
of any apparent conflict among standards, codes or this specification, the Supplier shall submit
the conflict details to the Purchaser for written resolution. The Purchaser will have a right for
decision and approval of the conflict.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

6 of 34 3. UNIT AND SCALE 3.1.

Application of measuring unit based on S.I. unit system shall be followed as follows.

3.1.1.

Pressure measurement
a) Gauge pressure

: kPa G b) Absolute pressure : kPa A c) Draft pressure : kPa d) Vacuum pressure : kPa 3.1.2. Temperature measurement : ℃ 3.1.3. Level measurement : m, mm 3.1.4.

Flow measurement
a) Liquid

: kg/s b) Steam, water and fuel : kg/s c) Air and gases : Nm3/h 3.1.5. Density measurement : kg/m3 3.1.6.

Analysis
a) Conductivity

: μS/cm b) pH : pH c) Position measurement :%

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

Rev.2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

7 of 34 Rev.2 4.

GENERAL DESIGN AND REQUIREMENT

4.1. General Requirement 4.1.1.

The following requirements generally are applicable only to custom-built package systems.
Package systems, especially those that have been built in a particular configuration through
several units of manufacture, will normally be purchased on the standardized version. The
Purchaser reserves the right to evaluate and approve system drawings before fabrication.

4.1.2.

Equipment shall be arranged to prevent hazard to personnel or damage to major equipment in
the event of mechanical failure or loss of power.

4.1.3.

Adequate spacing shall be provided for personnel performing operation or maintenance
procedures and for servicing, maintaining, removing, and replacing components.

4.1.4.

Local indicating instrumentation shall be visible to the operator at the normal floor level. Where
instrumentation is elevated or arranged such that it is not accessible from a floor or a major
structure, the Supplier shall supply permanent platforms, ladders, or other access.

4.1.5.

The Supplier shall furnish the instrument data sheet, instrument list. The required data and
general device information shall be provided via data base or text file which is a PC compatible
magnetic media.

4.1.6.

Ingress protection of all field-mounted instruments and associated electrical devices shall be
IP65 rated or located in NEMA type 4 or Type 12 enclosure.

4.1.7.

The Supplier shall furnish the cyber security controls according to the KINAC/RS-015 and
KINAC/RS-019.

4.1.8.

Cyber security shall be provided to digital equipment to restrict unauthorized access and shall
follow KJ-600-KI-340-008, “Cyber Security Plan”

4.2.

Installation
Instrumentation and control equipment shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the
following requirements. In case not specified herein, the Supplier's standard practice shall be
applied following Purchaser's approval.

4.2.1.

Package system control panels or cabinets will be located in the vicinity of the related equipment
so that easy operation and monitoring can be made.

4.2.2.

The materials used in fabrication or installation shall be as follows:
a) Sensing lines
Material of tubing, fittings, valves and manifold valves shall be austenitic stainless steels.
b) Air distribution / pneumatic signal lines
Material of tubing, fittings, valve and manifold valves shall be austenitic stainless steels in
case of related to non safety or safety instruments, but non safety related instrument could
be applied seamless copper for tubing and brass/bronze for fittings and valves with approval
by the Purchaser.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

8 of 34 Rev.2

c) Tubing clamps : Stainless steel
d) Process tap and root valve : Main line class
e) Quality class shall be applied to Q, T, S class satisfied with process system and certified
material test report shall be supplied.
4.2.3.

Root valve shall be located as close to the process tap as practical but they shall be accessible.

4.2.4.

The type and size of process taps shall be as follows, root valve size shall be the same as the
process tap size:
a) Pressure (including differential pressure) : 3/4”, Socket weld or thread construction shall
be in accordance with the branch table on each Piping Material Classification. Fitting shall
be 3000 lb (in case of threaded : 2000 lb) minimum.
b) Temperature: 1 1/2", Socket weld
c) Orifice flange.
-

Class 900 and higher / 800°F and higher : Socket weld or Screwed (3/4")

Less than Class 900 / Less than 800°F : Socket weld or Screwed (1/2”)

d) Averaging Pitot Tube: depend on type and size
e) Sampling probe: S.W type. size to be dependent on probe size
4.2.5.

Sensing tubing shall be 3/8” O.D and be suitably selected thickness depend on process class
and shall meet in accordance with ASME B31.3 and ASME B31.1. Sensing tubing shall not be
over 50 feet long. Sensing tubing run shall be continuously sloped by 1 inch per 1 foot. Reversal
slope without a separate drain or vent valve shall be avoided.

4.2.6.

Safety-related instrument sensing lines shall be as short as practical and shall be installed
according to ANSI/ISA 67.02.01 Nuclear Safety-Related Instrument-Sensing Line Piping and
Tubing Standard for Use in Nuclear Power Plant.

4.2.7.

The discharge points of vents or drains shall be away from electrical equipment or operational
areas. In case of hazardous fluid, the discharge Iines of drains and vent shall be connected to
a safe disposal point.

4.2.8.

Instruments shall be located in accessible areas where they will be free from vibration, missile
or jet-impingement, and rigidly mounted, and protected against physical damage, shock, high
temperature freezing, or adverse effect on the process fluid.

4.2.9.

Preferred instrument elevations relative to process taps shall be as follows:

4.3. a) Liquid

: below process connection

b) Slurry

: below process connection

c) Steam above 20 psi A

: above process connection

d) Steam below 20 psi A

: above process connection

e) Gas or Air

: above process connection

Programmable Logic Controller (if necessary)

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

9 of 34 Rev.2 4.3.1.

The main control and monitoring system of the microprocessor based control system,
programmable logic controller system (PLC) may be used for the large volumes of sequential
processing package system.

4.3.2.

The PLC shall be a digital operating electronic apparatus which uses a programmable memory
for the inter storage of instructions for implementing specific functions, such as logic, sequencing,
timing, counting and arithmetic to control various type of machines or processes.

4.3.3.

The PLC shall be composed of redundant and fault-tolerant control processors, communications
and power supplies to allow continued system operation while maintaining the block fully operational.

4.3.4.

The PLC shall be provided from reputable manufacturer with proven experience of the
manufacturer of nuclear facilities.

4.3.5.

The supplier shall confirm the continuous supporting of the supplied equipment during the
lifetime of the plant. The support shall be included :
a) The continuing availability of hardware spares compatible with the characteristics of the
system provided.
b) The continuing availability of system equipment and expertise to enable hardware
expansions and extensions which are compatible with the original system.
c) The availability of services to modify the system software to enable hardware expansions or
extensions to be accommodated.
d) The availability of services to produce effective new application programs to cater for modified
operational needs using the original equipment or with additional equipment.

4.3.6.

A sufficient spare capacity shall be provided for the proposed PLC equipment for the future
expansion and/or modification of the system. At least 20% of spare capacity shall be provided
for I/O modules, slot and terminal block. CPU loading shall be less than 60%.

4.3.7.

Digital/Analogue inputs to the PLC shall be made via suitable input modules. Each input shall
be electrically isolated and shall be provided with a state indicator.

4.3.8.

Digital/Analogue outputs from the PLC shall be provided via suitable output modules. The output
channels and the supply shall be isolated from the processor circuitry. Each output shall be
electrically isolated. Output modules shall source current from the control system power supply.
Where necessary suitable interposing relays shall be incorporated in the output circuitry to drive
loads such as solenoid valves and contactors.

4.3.9.

The PLC offered shall be capable of supporting a proven communication interface compatible
with an international standard. The Supplier shall provide details of the proposed link
specification. This shall include diagrams of the network topology, details of the link cable, baud
rate, protocol specification, error detection and correction and character encoding.
Communication links to I/O modules and other peripherals shall also be detailed by the Supplier.

4.3.10. The PLC main processor and memory shall be suitably sized for the application. The Supplier
shall provide details of the equipment proposed. This information shall include the unit
configuration, memory structure, type and capacity, execution times, the effects of adding
peripherals and a description of the diagnostic functions. The Supplier shall also provide details
of the capability of the equipment to cater for future expansion.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

10 of 34 Rev.2

4.3.11. The Supplier shall provide program loader. This program loader shall be available for the control
system whilst the system is running and include on-line programming, configuration,
downloading and diagnostic functions. The Supplier shall provide details of the facilities to be
included. This shall cover the method of programming, program storage, program loading and
program documentation. Any modifications to an existing program shall be protected by
password or key switch security.
4.3.12. Comprehensive self testing and self diagnostic facilities are required to be included in the PLC,
I/O and communication equipment.
4.3.13. The PLC software program shall be in accordance with KJ-600-KI-340-001, “Software Program
for I&C”

4.4.

Control Panels, Cabinets, and Racks

4.4.1.

All enclosed control panels shall be NEMA Type 12 for indoor use and NEMA Type 3 for outdoor
use. Control panels shall be fabricated steel construction, unless provided as integral parts of a
prewired, skid-mounted package. Each panel, cabinet and rack shall be rigid, suitably braced,
stiffened, and reinforced to withstand all stresses incidental to shipping, installation and
operation without warping or twisting.

4.4.2.

Control panels, cabinets and racks enclosures shall be constructed of stainless steel. The steel
plate thickness of control panels, cabinets and rack enclosures shall be of minimum 3.2 3.0 mm
for surfaces with instrument cutouts and minimum 2.3 2.0 mm for other surface.

4.4.3.

Control panels, cabinets, and racks shall be completely tubed, wired, and assembled with all
instruments, devices, and controls installed so that the assembly is an operating unit ready for
installation.

4.4.4.

All panels, cabinets, and racks shall be of the self-standing, wall mounted, and floor mounted
type provided with ways and means for supporting devices. All required base frames, anchors,
supporting material etc., shall be provided.

4.4.5.

Each freestanding control panel/cabinet shall be provided with sufficient interior lighting and
duplex, grounded type 120VAC 1Ø receptacles. Control panel/cabinet heater when required
during construction stage and during long storage shall also be provided. Anti condensation
heaters thermostatically controlled shall be rated at 240V, 60Hz single phase for operation
120VAC, 60Hz single phase system.

4.4.6.

The Supplier shall provide incoming circuit breakers for the incoming power circuit and
documents showing the characteristics of the circuit breakers shall be submitted to the
Purchaser for coordination with the Purchaser's upstream circuit breakers.

4.4.7.

Where 480VAC circuits are required to be terminated, this area shall be physically segregated
form the control and instrument wiring termination points.

4.4.8.

Each control panel load shall be limited to 2KVA at 120VAC, 60Hz. For higher control panel
loads, the panel shall be provided with a step down transformer 480-120V of adequate capacity
with incoming circuit breakers.

4.4.9.

Piping, tubing, fittings, and wiring shall be arranged such that instruments or devices may be
removed or serviced without disturbing piping, tubing, or wiring.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

11 of 34 Rev.2

4.4.10. Instruments exerting strong cantiIever forces on the panel surface shalI be adequately
supported to remain plumb and true within 1/16 inch of vertical and horizontal alignment.
4.4.11. The size and shape of the operator desks and cabinet shall be designed on the basis of human
factors consideration. It shall be accordance with KJ-600-KI-348-005, “HFE Design Guideline”
Also, The colors of the lamps and buttons installed on the panel should be manufactured in
accordance with the specifications outlined in Attachment 1.
4.4.12. Wiring
Control panels, cabinets, racks wiring shall be performed in accordance with KJ-070-DT-410007 “Standard Appendix for General Electrical Requirements”, Paragraph 5 and the following:
a) Extra flexible wiring shall be provided over door hinges or other locations where leads may
be subject to flexing.
b) Interconnecting wiring between components mounted on package (skid mounted) units shall
be run in minimum 3/4” rigid steel galvanized metallic conduit except where vibratory
conditions require the use of flexible metal conduit or where galvanized steel is prohibited.
For outside containment applications, flexible metal conduits shall be liquid tight galvanized
steel flexible conduits covered with a synthetic outer jacket. All cables shall be capable of
passing the tests indicated in ICEA Standard S-66-524. S-68-516 and S-1981 as well as the
flame test in IEEE 383.
c) Conductor insulation shall be cross-linked polyethylene or ethylene propylene rubber
compound. Cable jacket shall be Neoprene, Hypalon or equivalent, if required. PVC is not
acceptable for insulation or jacket material.
d) Wires shall be identified by individual wire numbers or letters at all terminal points. Wires shall
be identified by individual sleeve-type wire markers slipped over the ends of and fastened to
wires at each termination. Sleeves shall be flame-resistant, non-conducting, a minimum of
25mm in length, lettered length-wise. PVC sleeves are not acceptable.
e) All control panels and cabinets shall be completely wired at the factory prior to shipment in a
manner to ensure satisfactory and reliable operation. Particular attention shall be given to
factors such as vibration, temperature, ease of installation, testing, and routine maintenance.
All wiring shall be protected from sharp edges and corners.
f) External wire entrances shall be in accordance with the Purchaser's standard for wiring
segregation.
g) All electrical equipment and instruments which require external connections shall be prewired
to terminal boxes mounted on skids.
h) Control panels containing both Class 1E and Non-Class 1E devices shall follow the
separation and isolation requirements identified in IEEE-384 and USNRC RG 1. 75.
i) Instrument cables nearby electric wire shall have shield type and sufficient separation
distance form electric wire to avoid the electric noise. And a separation distance shall be
applicable as per IEEE 384 (ENB 2000).
j) The Supplier shall provide enough space in each control panel for cable training bend radius.
4.4.13. Connections and Terminations

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

12 of 34 Rev.2

Control panels, cabinets, racks wiring shall be performed in accordance with KJ-070-DT-410007 “Standard Appendix for General Electrical Requirements” Paragraph 7, 8 and the following:
a) Circuits connecting to the Purchaser's external equipment shall be terminated at heavy duty
terminal blocks including shield wires for instrumentation cable. Instruments interfaced with
the Purchaser's equipment shall be wired to a centralized terminal block. The Supplier's
wiring shall not have more than two wires connected to any terminal point.
b) Wiring connections shall be made with compression crimp on type ring-tongue terminals with
insulated ferrules.
c) Any electronic components, which are arranged in sliding drawers for rack mounting shall be
provided with quick disconnect type connectors for ease of removing the drawers. Mating
connectors shall be supplied with an apparatus where such terminations are provided as
manufacturer's standard.
d) Provisions shall be made for the entrance of all power cables to the cabinets with adequate
space provided for termination. The Supplier shall furnish cable supports with a flameresistant non hygroscopic material suitable to withstand the maximum short circuit stresses.
e) Terminal block bars for thermocouple circuits shall be of appropriate material such as chromel
or constantan for signal continuity.
f) The Supplier shall furnish terminal blocks with a minimum of 20 percent spare terminals for
each panel.
g) Terminal blocks shall be suitable for external wires and shall be approved by the Purchaser.
4.4.14. Insulation
a) All insulation and clearances to ground shall be designed such that the live parts will
withstand a high potential test of not less than 2500 volts at 60Hz for 1 minute (except for
solid state equipment).
b) The insulation of all control device coils shall be impervious to moisture and suitable for
operation in a salt laden air. The insulation shall completely seal the conductors to prevent
penetration of moisture or other contaminants and shall be suitable for continuous operation
at a rated total temperature of 130°C (266°F) (CIass B). The type of insuIation desired shall
be one in which the coil windings are fully encapsulated with an epoxy resin, resulting in a
homogeneous watertight seal.
4.4.15. Ground Bus
a) A ground bus of 50mm by 6mm thick copper bar shall be installed to extend the length of
each cabinet at a convenient location just above the mounting base. Each section of the
cabinet and all instrument and device grounds shall be grounded directly to this bus. The
ground bus shall be dried for NEMA tow-hole compression type for QWG 1/0 (50mm2)
ground cable at each ent of the ground bus. The lug will be furnished by the Purchaser.
b) Ground bus for equipment and instrument shall be separated in the instrument control panel,
cabinet and racks. And each ground bus shall be connected with the exclusive ground system.
4.4.16. Insofar as practical, arrangement of instruments and conduits on panels, cabinets and racks
shall place the electrical devices out of likely paths of condensate or water drains that may occur
during testing or calibrating of instruments.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

13 of 34 Rev.2

4.4.17. With the multiple instrument arrangement, the panels, cabinets and racks shall be arranged so
any instrument can be serviced without taking the other instruments out of service.
4.4.18. Panels, cabinets and racks, when requested, shall have hinge, gasket, removable doors. The
doors shall be equipped with handles. The doors shall be of the lift-off type secured with 3-point
locking system. Cabinets and doors shall be structurally stiff and braced to withstand twisting
without distortion flush fitting and sealed with a gasket of rubber or other approved material to
prevent the ingress of dust and vermin.
4.4.19. Instrument with pigtail electrical connections, such as solenoid valves, shall have all pigtails
terminated with ring tongue-type lugs adjacent to the device in Iieu of spliced connections.
4.4.20. All instrument piping, tubing, valves, and fittings shall be installed and securely fastened to the
panels, grouped in an orderly manner, and terminated with fittings and plugs at points located
at the top or bottom of each panel. Each terminal point shall be identified by a stainless steel
tag bearing the number of the instrument associated with the sensing Iine. All clamps, pads, and
supports in direct contact with stainless steel pipe or tubing shall be of stainless steel material.
4.4.21. All process-sensing line piping, tubing, fittings, and welding within the panels, unless otherwise
noted, shall conform to the ASME B31.1 Code for Power Piping. The Supplier shall certify that
the design, materials, fabrication, construction, and testing of all piping provided by the Supplier
conforms to the ASME B31.1 Code.
4.4.22. Test connections shall be provided such that each device can be calibrated and checked without
its removal from the panel.
4.4.23. All valves located within tubing runs (tube connection at inlet and outlet) shall be mechanically
supported from the panel structure. Valves in piping runs may be supported by the pipe, provided
adequate pipe supports are utilized.
4.4.24. All process-sensing line fittings and connections for safety related shall be of welded
construction except final connections to the instruments and test connections at the instruments,
which shall be threaded.
4.4.25. Connections from control devices shall be terminated in bulkhead fittings unless specified
otherwise.
4.4.26. Tubing runs shall be continuous from equipment to terminal area except where tees are required
or where tubing cannot properly be formed, attached, or removed in one piece without
deformation.
4.4.27. Each air supply stop valve and tube terminal connection shall be identified by a stainless steel
tag stamped with a Purchaser's tag number of the connecting instrument on the instrument panel.
4.4.28. Control switches, indicating instruments and alarm lamps shall be located in front of the panel.
Relays, contactors, etc., shall be located on the inside of the rear and side panels. The
arrangements of equipment inside the panel shall be such as to provide ample access and meet
applicable separation requirements as called in the Technical Specification.
4.4.29. The freestanding control panel shall be designed to receive cables from above and below unless
otherwise specified. Top cover plates shall be removable in sections for the Purchaser's drilling
of conduit and cable entrance fittings. The top of the panel shall be designed for attaching and
supporting the Purchaser's cable trays with space allowed for cable entry.
4.4.30. An internally mounted motor-driven blower, if required, shall be provided complete with intake

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

14 of 34 Rev.2

filter and necessary grills. The blower shall be of sufficient flow capacity to limit the air
temperature rise of 10°F.
4.4.31. Fuses shall be non reusable cartridge type with indication when blown and shall be assembled
in NEMA 1 type enclosure with adequate lighting for maintenance and service. There shall be a
proper protective coordination between main fuses or circuit breakers and branch fuses or circuit
breakers where the control panels provide the main and feeder fuses and circuit breakers. The
Supplier shall provide coordination verification documents for the Purchaser's approval.
4.4.32. The Supplier shall supply all necessary power sources for the components which are operated
or controlled by the control panel. The Supplier shall also supply adequate terminal blocks for
external wirings for the components. The Supplier shall also supply suitable voltage regulating
transformers for instrumentation when required.
4.4.33. If plug-in relays are used, a plug-in test device shall be furnished.
4.4.34. Timers, relays, stepping switches, logic controllers and other similar devices shall be provided
with dust-tight enclosures.
4.4.35. All recorders and indicators shall be arranged for optimum viewing by the operator and ease of
chart removal. In no case shall recorders be mounted that maintenance and chart changing will
require ladders or foot stools.
4.4.36. Control and instrument wiring running inside the panels shall be installed in raceways having
removable covers.
4.5.

Cable 4.5.1.

Material and fabrication shall be suitable for the design and operating conditions mentioned in
KJ-577-DJ-416-001, “Design Specification for Control, Instrument, Communication and
Specialty Cables” and shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements of KJ-577-DJ416-001, “Design Specification for Control, Instrument, Communication and Specialty Cables”,
unless otherwise specified in the design specification.

4.5.2.

The cables shall be manufactured in accordance with the approved procedure/process utilized
for Environmental Qualification of the specimen cables. Otherwise, the Supplier shall submit the
manufacturing procedure/process for the Purchaser’s review and approval before
manufacturing.

4.5.3.

Materials that are known to produce toxic effects shall not be permitted unless a suitable nontoxic material is not available. If it is required to use the material that produces toxic effects, the
Supplier shall submit the instruction for special attention and maintenance procedure for the
Owner’s approval before manufacturing.

4.5.4.

No splicing, repair or rework during manufacture shall be allowed in any point of cable, insulation
or jacket.

4.5.5.

The cable shall comply with the flame test of KEPIC END 3810 (2005), IEEE 383 (2003), IEEE
1202 (2006), NRC Regulatory Guide 1.189 (2009) and NRC Regulatory Guide 1.211 (2009).

4.5.6.

Class 1E and Non-Class 1E 600V Control Cables
a) General
-

Cables shall be either single conductor or multi conductor as specified in this specification.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

15 of 34 Rev.2

Single conductor cables shall have jackets. Multi conductor cables shall consist of a core
of insulated single conductors with common overall jacket.
b) Single conductor cable
-

Single conductor cables shall consist of either an insulated conductor with a flame
resistant outer jacket or a conductor covered with a homogeneous material with both
insulating and jacketing properties.

c) Multi-conductor cable
-

Individual conductors of multi-conductor cables shall be identified in accordance with
method 1 for 3 or less conductor cable and method 3 for more than 3 conductor cable, in
NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532).

The total covering of each single conductor shall have an average thickness as stated in
NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532). This covering may consist of a single layer or of multiple
layers of insulation.

Fillers material shall not contain asbestos or PVC.

The cable core assembly shall be covered with a flame resistant common overall jacket.

The cable core assembly shall be covered with a flame-resistant and radioactivityresistant common overall jacket.

d) Conductor
-

Conductors shall be tin coated soft or annealed copper in accordance with the
requirements of KEPIC ECB 1200 - 2010 for tin-coated copper conductors as specified
in NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532), Paragraph 2.3.1

Conductor stranding shall be Class B in accordance with requirements for stranded softannealed copper in KEPIC ECB 1400 - 2010.

Conductors shall be coated or other means provided to ensure clean stripping of
insulation.

e) Insulation
-

The insulation shall be made of a heat, flame, moisture, ozone, radioactivity resistant and
ethylene-propylene rubber (EPR) or cross-linked polyethylene(XLPE) material.

The minimum thickness at any point shall not be less than 90 percent of the nominal
design thickness.

Filler materials shall not contain asbestos or PVC.

Cable strand and insulation shall be free of water or water vapor. The Supplier shall full
describe its methods and procedures for drying and testing cables to ensure the absence
of water or water vapor.

If a strand separator tape is used over the metallic conductor and under the primary
insulation, it shall be pigmented to be readily visible to ensure its complete removal before
termination.

f) Shielding

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

- 16 of 34 Rev.2

For Class 1E 600V Control cable
∙ Control cables as specified with shielding shall have tinned copper tape overall shielding.

For Non-Class 1E 600V Control cable
∙ Control cables as specified with shielding shall have tinned copper tape overall shielding
with minimum 25% overlapping.

g) Jacket
-

Cable jacket, where used in the following cases, shall be a durable and moisture, flame
and radioactivity resistant material.

- PVC is not acceptable. -

The jacket shall maintain its color for the service life of the plant.

Cable jacketing and the interstitial spaces within the jacket shall be free of water or water
vapor. Supplier shall fully describe its methods and procedures for drying and testing
cable.

The overall jacket shall be clean, dry and free of grease.

h) Cable identification
-

All cables shall have a permanent identification such as distinctive color code, pigmented
compounds or a printed legend on the jacket. The identification shall be durable enough
to remain legible for the service life of the plant.

Each cable shall be marked on the overall jacket, at a maximum of 1 meter intervals, with
the Supplier’s name, year date, voltage class, number and size of conductors, and a
unique serial number indicating the production run or batch.

Each cable shall also be marked, at a maximum of 1 meter intervals, with sequential
meterage markings, with the lowest numbered meterage marker innermost on the reel.

For Class 1E 600V Control Cable
∙ The overall jacket color shall be “Red” for channel A, “Green” for channel B, “Yellow” for
channel C, “Black” for channel N/A.

For Non-Class 1E 600V Control Cable
∙ The overall jacket color shall be “Black”.

i) Test voltage
4.5.7.

The voltage levels shall be as specified for the insulation levels of Table 3-3 of NEMA
WC 57 (IECA S-73-532).

Class 1E and Non-Class 1E Instrument Cables
a) General
-

Cables shall be twisted pairs, twisted triplet or multi-conductor as specified in this
specification. Cables shall consist of a core of insulted single conductors with shielding
and common overall jacket.

Instrumentation cables shall consist of core of insulated single conductors with shielding

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

17 of 34 Rev.2

as specified, and an overall jacket.
-

Twist pairs, twisted triplet, or multi-conductor cables shall be assembled in accordance
with Part 5, KEPIC ECB 3000 - 2010.

The total covering of each single conductor shall have an average thickness.

Filler shall be non-hygroscopic, flame-resistance, and compatible with the jacket and
insulation material.

The cable core assembly shall be covered with a flame-resistance and radioactivityresistance common overall jacket.

If necessary to achieve the required flame-resistance characteristics, the cable may have
a flame-resistance binder tape of non–hygroscopic material beneath an outer overall
jacket.

b) Conductors
-

Conductors shall be tin-coated soft or annealed copper in accordance with the
requirements of KEPIC ECB 1200 - 2010 for tin-coated cooper conductors as specified
in KEPIC ECB 3000 - 2010, Paragraph 2.3.1

Conductor stranding shall be Class B in accordance with requirement for stranded softannealed cooper in KEPIC ECB 1400 - 2010.

Conductor shall be coated or other means provided to ensure clean stripping of insulation.

c) Insulation
-

The insulation shall be made of heat, flame, moisture, ozone and radioactivity resistant
material. Insulation of instrumentation cables shall be type II as per KEPIC ECB 3000 2010.

The minimum thickness at any point shall not be less than 90 percent of the nominal
design thickness.

Filler materials shall not contain asbestos or PVC.

Cable strand and insulation shall be free of water or water vapor. The Supplier shall fully
describe its methods and procedures or drying and testing cables to ensure the absence
of water or water vapor.

If a strand separator tape is used over the metallic conductor and under primary insulation,
it shall be pigmented to be readily visible to ensure its complete removal before
termination.

d) Shielding
-

Instrumentation cables as specified with shielding in the design table shall have flame
resistance copper (inner) mylar (outer) tape not less than one(1) mil thick with 100
percent coverage and at least 25 percent overlap with a tinned copper drain wire for each
shield. Drain wire shall be bare, stranded and 18 AWG minimum and shall be in contact
with the metallic side of the tape.

Instrument cable shield shall be applied for each individual pair and overall.

e) Jacket

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

18 of 34 Rev.2 -

The jacket shall be durable and moisture, radioactivity and flame resistant material.

PVC material is not acceptable.

The jacket shall maintain its color for the service life of the plant.

Cable jacketing and the interstitial spaces within the jacket shall be free of water or water
vapor. The Supplier shall fully describe its methods and procedures for drying and testing
cables.

The overall jacket shall be clean, dry and free of grease.

f) Cable identification
-

For pairs, one conductor of each pair shall be colored “black” or “white” and the other
conductor shall be colored with any other contrasting color. Pairs shall be identified in
sequence by same printed numbers on both conductor in each pair, beginning with the
number 1.

For triads, each triad shall consist of one black conductor, one white conductor and one
red conductor. Triads shall be identified in sequence by the same printed numbers on
three conductors in each triads, beginning with the number 1.

Multi-conductor instrumentation cables shall be identified by the same method of control
cable.

Cable identification shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Attachment A
The requirements and Test Summary of KJ-577-DJ-416-001, “Design Specification for
Control, Instrument, Communication and Specialty Cables”.

For Class 1E 600V Instrument Cable
∙ The overall jacket color shall be “Red” for channel A, “Green” for channel B, “Yellow” for
channel C, “Black” for channel N/A.

For Non-Class 1E 600V Instrument Cable
∙ The overall jacket color shall be “Black”.

g) Test voltage
4.5.8.

The test voltage levels for instrumentation cables shall be as specified for 600V in table
10 in KEPIC ECB 3000 - 2010.

Non-Class 1E Communication Cables
a) General
-

Twist pairs or Multi-conductor cables shall consist of a core of insulated single conductors
with a common overall jacket and shall be assembled in accordance with Part 5 of NEMA
WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532) or KEPIC ECB 3000 - 2010.

Fillers, if used, shall be non-hygroscopic, flame-resistance, and compatible with the
jacket and insulation material.

Multi-conductor cables specified in pairs shall have twisted pairs with systematically
varying lay, designed to enable the cable to meet the transmission characteristic stated
in Section 6.2.3 6). The components shall be paired and cabled together with a maximum

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

19 of 34 Rev.2

lay length as specified in Part 5 of NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532) or KEPIC ECB 3000 2010.
-

The cable core assembly shall be covered with a flame-resistant and radioactivityresistant common overall jacket.

If necessary to achieve the required flame-resistant characteristics, the cable may have
a flame-resistant binder tape of non-hygroscopic material beneath outer overall jacket.

These cables shall be used as follows:

SF/UTP Cable
∙ CAT.5E
∙ Jacket shall be use LSZH(Low Smoke Zero Halogen) material
∙ Color code shall comply with Attachment-A part 9.2 of KJ-577-DJ-416-001, “Design
Specification for Control, Instrument, Communication and Specialty Cables”.

Fiber Optic Cable
∙ Single-Mode (9/125 μm)
∙ The insulation and cable jacket shall be flame retardant and shall be capable of passing
the flame resistance test of IEEE 1682-2011.
∙ Details specification shall comply with Attachment-A part 9 of KJ-577-DJ-416-001,
“Design Specification for Control, Instrument, Communication and Specialty Cables”.

Above-mentioned cable or cable consists of equal or higher material shall be used. Also,
connector and pigtail about this communication cables shall be supplied.

b) Conductors
-

Conductors shall be solid or stranded tin coated annealed copper in accordance with the
requirements of KEPIC ECB 1200 - 2010 for tin-coated copper conductor.

Conductor stranding shall be Class B in accordance with requirements for stranded softannealed copper in KEPIC ECB 1400 - 2010.

Conductor shall be coated or other means provided to ensure clean stripping of insulation.

c) Insulation
-

The insulation shall be made of heat, flame, moisture, ozone and radioactivity-resistant
cross-linked polyethylene or ethylene-propylene rubber compound type II.

The nominal average thickness of the insulation shall be not less than that given in Table
3-1 of NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532) or KEPIC ECB 300 - 2010.

The minimum thickness at any point shall not be less than 90 percent of the nominal
design thickness.

Filler materials shall not contain asbestos or PVC.

Cable strand separator tape is used over the metallic conductor and under the primary
insulation. It shall be pigmented to be readily visible to ensure its complete removal before
termination.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

20 of 34 Rev.2

d) Shielding
-

Communication cables as specified with shielding in the design table shall have tinned
copper tape overall shielding. The shield shall be applied spirally with a minimum of 25
percent overlap. However 1P 14AWG plus 7P 16AWG cables shall have flame resistant
copper mylar tape not less than one(1) mil thickness with bare, stranded and 16 AWG
drain wire. Drain wire shall be in contact with the metallic side of the tape.

e) Jacket
-

The jacket shall be a durable and moisture, radioactivity, and flame-resistant material.

- PVC is not acceptable. -

The overall jacket color shall be black. The jacket shall maintain its color for the service
life of the plant.

Cable jacketing and the interstitial spaces within the jacket shall be free of water or water
vapor. The Supplier shall fully describe its methods and procedures for drying and testing
cables.

The overall jacket shall be clean, dry, and free of grease.

f) Transmission Characteristics
-

The communication cable shall be satisfied with 100Mbit/s.

g) Cable Identification
-

Multi-conductor Communication cable
∙ Individual conductors of multi-conductor cables shall be identified on the outer surface
by permanent color compound in accordance with method 1 or 3, Table E-1 of Appendix
E in KEPIC ECB 3000 - 2010.

Pairs Communication Cable
∙ For pairs, one conductor of each pair shall be in accordance with following table for
cable of 25 pairs in accordance with Attachment-A part 9.2. This color sequence shall be
repeated for cable of more than 25 pairs.

4.6. Instrument air systems 4.6.1.

Small Air Systems
a) If instrument air consumption to the package system is less than 600 scfh (Standard cubic
feet per hour), individual combination filter reducers shall be used with each instrument or
with a panel or rack header using less than 600 scfh for the complete panel.

4.6.2.

Large Air Systems
a) On large systems, the Supplier shall provide a dual instrument air regulator filter station to
reduce the nominal 100 psig instrument air to 20 psig.
b) The valve and manifold arrangement shall permit removal of one reducing valve and one
filter from service without disturbing the other or affecting its operation.
c) A minimum 4 inch diameter and more than Grade 2A, 0 to 30 psig pressure gauge shall be

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

21 of 34 Rev.2

provided downstream of each reducing regulator but ahead of manifold valves.
d) If instruments requiring air pressures different described here are furnished, the Supplier shall
additional filter / reducing station for each different system.
e) All filter / reducing stations shall be furnished with a separate relief valve downstream of the
reducing valve.
f) On panels, individual air supply takeoffs for an instrument shall be made from the top of a
brass air header through 1/4 inch brass packless valves attached to 1/4 inch brass nipples
brazed into the header.
g) Each instrument and valve shall be tagged with the instrument number in accordance with
the Purchaser's Numbering system.
h) The Supplier shall furnish 20 percent extra valve branches on each header installed.
4.7.

Calibration 4.7.1.

The Supplier shall provide One (1) set of portable HART calibrator (handheld programmer) for
each different type transmitters.

4.7.2.

Performance
The Following are minimum acceptable performance requirements for instruments of package
systems, all expressed as percentages of instrument operating span.
a) Panel mounted indicator
Accuracy(%)
±1.5

Repeatability(%)
±0.2

b) Field mounted instrument
Accuracy(%)

Repeatability(%) ±0.5 ±0.2 Span to 50 mmHg ±1.0 ±0.5 Span exceeding 50 mmHg ±0.5 ±0.1 Span to 500 in H2O ±0.5 ±0.2 Span 500 to 850 in H2O ±0.75 ±0.2 Resistance ±0.5 ±0.15

Transmitter
-

Gauge Pressure - Absolute Pressure - - Different Pressure

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

- Milli volts - Level - 22 of 34 ±0.5 ±0.15 Displacer ±0.5 ±0.2

Flanged Different Pressure

±1.0 ±0.1 Current/Pneumatic ±0.5 ±0.2 Local Indicator / Switch Rev.2 Accuracy(%) - Diff. Pressure Indicator ±0.75% of F.S -

Diff. Pressure Indicator Switch

±1.5% of F.S - Pressure Indicator ±0.5% of F.S - Pressure Switch ±0.5% of F.S - Temperature Indicator ±1.0% of F.S - Temperature Switch ±1.0% of F.S - Flow Indicator ±5.0% of F.S - Flow Switch ±2.0% of F.S - Level Indicator ±1.0% of F.S - Level Switch ±1/4 inch

c) Instrument Loop Set point Uncertainty and Calculation:

4.8. -

The Supplier shall perform a set point calculation for all safety-related instruments and
devices which the Supplier is furnishing with the equipment. The set point calculation
shall be performed in accordance with USNRC RG 1.105 and lSA standard RP 67.04.
The Supplier shall include in performing the set point calculation the instrument accuracy,
calibration accuracy, drift, repeatability, temperature effect, seismic effect, cycling, aging,
etc. Any other effect on instrument accuracy shall also be included. The Supplier's set
point margin calculation methodology shall be submitted for review prior to completion of
the calculation. Certified copies of the calculation shall be submitted to the Purchaser.

The Supplier shall furnish all relevant data in performing the set point calculation required
by USRG 1.105 and ISA RP 67.04, statistical basis of accuracy limits, based on two
sigma values.

Electronic Field-Mounted Instruments
The following features shall be incorporated as applicable into all electronic field-mounted
instruments included in this specification :
a) Signals : 4 to 20 mA DC, two-wire

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

23 of 34 Rev.2

b) Electronic circuitry : solid-state
c) Electrical connection : 3/4 inch PF conduit
d) Non-interacting zero and span adjustments
e) Diaphragm seals shall be provided for pressure, flow and level transmitters in application
such as acid, caustic, radioactive fluids, etc.
f) Transmitters shall be provided with shop-filled capillaries where required.
4.8.1.

Pressure Transmitters (gauge, absolute and differential)
a) Type

: 2 wire b) Wetted parts

: Type 316 stainless steel
(except body, gaskets and seals)

4.8.2. c) Amplifier : integral d) Housing

: suitable for specified service environment

e) Junction box

: integral with wiring terminals

f) Elevation and suppression capability

: as required

Temperature Transmitters (resistance to current)
a) Sensor

: RTD
platinum
100 ohm rating at 0 ℃ base temperature.
coefficient of exactly 0.00385 ohm/ohm-C
three or four wire
ungrounded

b) Range and span : field adjustable c) Output : linear d) Housing

: suitable for specified service environment

e) Adaptability to : 3 wire system

f) Thermowells shall be provided with RTD
4.8.3.

Temperature Transmitters (mV to current)
a) Sensor

: thermocouple (E, K, J Type)

b) Range and span : field adjustable c) Output : linear with mV input d) Housing

: suitable for specified service environment

e) Thermowells shall be provided with thermocouple
4.8.4.

Temperature Transmitters (Filled-system type)

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

a) Output 24 of 34 Rev.2 : 4 - 20 mA

b) Bulb furnished with a companion thermowell
c) Ambient temperature compensation for Class II thermal systems without compensation (bulb
elevation calibration correction may be required), all other system classes with compensation
either fully compensated or easily compensated as suited for the accuracy requirements.
4.8.5.

Level Transmitters (Displacer type)
a) Displacer length

: to suit application range

b) Displacer material

: type 304 or 316 stainless steel

c) Hanger rod

: 300 series stainless steel

d) Mounting type

: external cage type (preferred)
or internal displacer

e) Mounting orientation and connections to suit application
f) Housing suitable for specified service environment.
4.8.6.

4.8.7. 4.9.

Level Transmitters (differential-pressure type, flanged or extended diaphragm)
a) Mounting

: Side of vessel b) Flange

: material, size and rating to match application

c) Wetted parts

: type 316 stainless steel

d) Housing

: suitable for specified service environment

Converters (current to pneumatic)
a) Input / Output

: 4 to 20 mA to / 3 to 15 psig

b) Air line connection : 1/4" NPT preferred c) Accessories

: pressure reducing valve with filter and gauge

d) Housing

: suitable for specified service environment

Panel Mounted Instruments
The following features, as applicable, shall be incorporated into all panel mounted instruments
included in this specification
a) Signal transmission

: 4 to 20mA b) Electronic circuitry

: microprocessor based solid state
or equivalent

4.9.1. c) Scale

: white with black numerals.

d) Accessories

: mounting hardware and shelves.

Electric Indicators
a) Terminal connections

: studs on rear of instrument

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

4.9.2. 4.9.3. 4.9.4. 25 of 34 Rev.2

b) Engineering units and scaling factors

: metric unit c) Zero adjustment : front of instrument d) Scale

: printed, engineering units and scaling factors

e) Mounting Method

: from the front of the panel.

Recorders (Miniature strip chart)
a) Pens

: color coded in multi pen units

b) Chart capacity : for 30 days c) Inking system : capsule d) Ink and chart supply

: for 2 years plant normal operation

e) Chart speed : variable speed f) Chart drive : 120 VAC, 60Hz g) Display : LCD or LED

Indicating Controllers
a) Control modes

: non interactive and to suit application

b) Control action : reversible c) Indicators

: set point, controlled variable, and output

d) Scale : fixed e) Display : LED or LCD f) Servicing

: provision for maintaining manual control.

Manual Control Station
a) Setting device

: thumbwheel, knob, or pushbuttons

b) Scale

: calibrated 0 to 100 percent
unless otherwise required by application

4.9.5. 4.9.6. c) Output indicator

: If furnished, scaled 0 to 100 percent

d) Measured variable indication

: when required by application

Manual/Automatic Transfer Stations
a) Scale

: calibrated 0 to 100 percent

b) Indication

: measured variable and output

c) Switch

: manual/automatic transfer

d) Signal biasing

: when required by application

e) Manual/automatic transfer

: bumpless and balanceless

Signal Comparators (electronic receiver switches)
a) Set point capability

: 0 to 100 percent of input

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

26 of 34 b) Dead band : adjustable c) Output relay : SPDT d) Relay contact rating

: 0.5 A, at 125 VDC inductive load,

Rev.2

5A, at 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load.
4.9.7.

4.10.

Signal Selectors (high-low)
a) Capability

: select on 1 percent difference

b) Type : non indicating c) Field convertible : on high or low signal Alarm and Alarm Contacts

4.10.1. Alarm contacts shall be normally open and shall close to alarm.
4.10.2. The alarm system shall incorporate the momentary acknowledge, test and reset pushbuttons
and buzzer.
4.10.3. Twenty percent spare active windows complete with logic circuits shall be provided for the
Purchaser's future use.
4.10.4. The center of all analog indicators shall have an elevation of 50 inches from the floor lever
whenever possible.
4.10.5. All control switches and pushbuttons shall be located below the analog indicators whenever
possible
4.10.6. A minimum clearance of 1 inch on either side and 2 inch on top and bottom of the analog
indicator to any other instrument or raceway shall be provided whenever possible.
4.10.7. A minimum clearance of 2 inches on all sides of control switches any other instruments or
equipment shall be provided.
4.11.

Miscellaneous Instrument and Hardware
The following are miscellaneous instruments and hardware, so defined because they do not
specifically fall into any of the previously defined categories. However, they are part of many
package systems and therefore must meet the following specifications. With regards to process
related switches, high set point contact shall be energized to close on process rising action while
low set point contact be energized to close on process falling action.
ANSI B16.104 shall be applied to control valves seat leakage test. MMS-SP-61 shall be applied
to on-off valves seat leakage test.
The maximum allowable sound level at 1m downstream of the line mounted item and 1m from
the pipe surface shall be under 85dBA and noise calculation in accordance with IEC 60534-8-3.
Where the process service conditions required, the following accessories shall be provided:
Differential pressure instrument : 5-way manifold
Pressure instrument : 2-way manifold

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

27 of 34 Rev.2

4.11.1. Control Valves
a) Minimum body size 1 inch, with reduced trim as required
b) Use of butterfly or ball valves for special applications
c) Valve sizing : Valve sizing and Cv rating shall be specified based on minimum and maximum
pressure drop, pressure and flow requirement of the system. Valve shall be 70 to 85 percent
open during rated maximum process condition.
d) All positioners and electro/pneumatic converters shall be furnished with more than two, air
supply, signal input and control air output, and an air filter regulator set with a lubricator.
e) Pneumatic actuators and drive units shall automatically return to a safe/pre-determined
position upon signal and/or air supply failure unless the process operating requirements or
the specification dictates a “stay put” response. In this case, “lock up” devices shall be
provided where necessary to ensure the actuator remains in the operating position prevailing
immediately before an air failure.
f) Valve body and trim material shall be adequately selected depend on piping material class.
g) Valves shall be equipped with hand-wheels shall be arranged so that rotating the hand-wheel
in a clockwise direction shall close the valve. Hand-wheels shall be marked with the words
‘open’ and ‘shut’ with the relevant arrow to indicate the direction of rotation
4.11.2. Motor Operated Valves
a) The actuator shall be sized to control the valve action from wide open, fully modulating to
shut-off condition without excess oscillation, hunting or fluid produced disturbances.
b) The actuator shall be equipped with a direct-coupled adjustable travel or position indicator
for local indication. The position shall be indicated by a permanent mark on a reversible scale
with the words (‘open’ and ‘close’) at the travel limits.
c) The material of the actuator case or housing shall be steel or other metallic materials.
Aluminum shall not be used. The actuator spring shall be fully enclosed in a metal housing
and permanently treated to resist atmospheric corrosion and other environmental hazards.
d) The stroking times shall be calculated by the Supplier.
e) The accessories shall be suitable for specified environment.
f) Valve body and trim material shall be adequately selected depend on piping material class.
g) Valve shall be equipped with hand-wheels shall be arranged so that rotating the hand-wheel
in a clock wise direction shall close the valve. Hand-wheels shall be marked with the words
‘open’ and ‘shut’ with the relevant arrow to indicate the direction of rotation.
h) The actuator shall be sized to control the valve action from wide open, fully modulating to
shut-off condition without excess oscillation, hunting or fluid-produced disturbances. To
achieve this aim, the Supplier shall ensure that the actuator has at least 150 percent of
required force during modulation and 125 percent at the shutoff condition.
4.11.3. Solenoid Valves
a) Coil insulation

: Class H

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

28 of 34 Rev.2 b) Power : 120VAC, 60Hz

c) Solenoid valve enclosures

: Suitable for specified service environment
junction box enclosure type for wiring
3/4 inch PF threaded conduit hub

d) Solenoid coil

: screw terminal coils on junction box enclosure

e) Solenoid valves : Mounted such that conduit and cable may be connected without causing
misalignment or incorrect operation
f) Solenoid valves shall be as approved by Purchaser.
4.11.4. Pressure, Temperature and Flow Switches
a) Enclosures: suitable for specified service environment
b) Switches rigidly fastened to panel, rack, or cabinet such that removal of tubing, piping, and
wiring may be accomplished without dismounting of the instrument.
c) Contact rating 5A, 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load and 0.5A, 250 VDC inductive load. Switches
shall be snap acting micro switch type and have one DPDT or two SPDT contacts.
d) Pressure, temperature and flow switches : Installed such that the Purchaser's connections
are to terminal blocks.
4.11.5. Level Switches
a) Displacer type
-

Contact rating

: 5A, 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load
0.5A, 125VDC inductive load

- Switch type : DPDT or 2 X SPDT -

Others refer to Paragraph 3.7.5

b) Electronic type (ultrasonic, capacitance, etc)
-

Enclosures

: suitable for specified service environment

Switch contact rating and type

: see Paragraph 4.11.5.a

4.11.6. Limit Switches
a) Enclosures

: suitable for specified service environment

b) Contacts : DPDT or 2 X SPDT c) Contact rating

: 5A, 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load
0.5A, 125 VDC inductive load.

4.11.7. Auxiliary Relays
a) Auxiliary relays shall be rated 600 VAC self-reset front connected surface mounted with cover,
coil rated for 5A, 120VAC, 60Hz and 0.5A, 125 VDC continuous duty.
b) Contact rating : 5A, 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load and 0.5A, 125 VDC inductive load.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

29 of 34 Rev.2

4.11.8. Pressure Gauges
a) Pressure gauges : Minimum 4 inch diameter dial (white face with black graduations) and
blowout protection
b) Dial inscriptions shall not be used : The service shall be indicated by a permanent label
attached to the gauge case.
c) Diaphragm seals : On instruments used for handling viscous liquids or liquids with suspended
solids. Means shall be provided for onsite calibration of all instruments furnished with
diaphragm seals.
d) Wetted part material shall be 316 stainless steel.
e) Over range protection device, siphon tube and dampner shall be supplied to suit application
service.
4.11.9. Thermowells
a) Type

: Socket weld (1 1/2") b) Location

: After fluid mixing but not in the minimum
straight run of pipe upstream or downstream
of a flow element.

c) Material

: To suit application service

4.11.10. Thermometers
a) Dial type

: Bimetallic with 4 inch diameter

b) Orientation type

: Every angle type for adjustment

c) Stem

: 1/4 inch stainless steel

d) Thermowell shall be provided.
4.11.11. Averaging Pitot Tubes
a) Averaging pitot tubes shall provide suitable signal for proper recording, totalizing or control
of complex systems
b) The sensing probes shall be designed to sense flow velocity in each of several equal annular
cross sectional areas of the flow stream and provide an output signal proportional to the
average flow.
c) Material

: To suit application service

4.11.12. Vibration Sensors
All the vibration sensors furnished by the Supplier shall provide the same generation of design,
from the same manufacture of vibration monitoring system.
a) Radial Transducer
-

Two radially oriented transducers shall be provided for each guide bearing.

Two probes located at each bearing shall be 90 degrees apart.

b) Axial Transducer

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

- 30 of 34 Rev.2

Axial transducer shall be located on or as near as possible to the thrust bearing housing.

c) Phase-Reference Transducer (Keyphasor)
-

Keyphasor with a one-event-per-revolution mark shall be provided on the driver for each
machinery train.

d) Proximity (non contact) Transducer
-

Proximity shall be used for machinery having fluid film bearing.

Proximity (non-contact) transducer shall consist of probe, extension cable and proximitor
(oscillator-demodulator: a signal-conditioning device powered by -24V DC).

Probe
∙ Body diameter

: 3/8”-24-UNF ∙ Integral cable

: Stainless steel armor type

Stainless steel connector shall be provided.

Extension Cable
∙ Armored coaxial cable with flexible conduit shall be provided.

Probe-Driver (Proximitor)
∙ Input Voltage

: -24 VDC Nominal ∙ Input impedance : 1kΩ ∙ Output Sensitivity : 200 mV/mil ∙ Output impedance : less than 50Ω ∙ Performance - Accuracy : ± 5% of 200 mV/mil Frequency range : 0 to 10 kHz ∙ Connection type

: Barrier screw with size 6-32 screws of 316SS

Environmental Requirements
∙ Operating temperature range
Probe and extension cable

: -35℃ to 120℃ Proximitor : -35℃ to 65℃ ∙ Relative humidity : To 95% noncondensing

e) Accelerometer Transducer
-

Accelerometer shall be generally used for machinery having high shaft-to-bearing
transmissibility, such as with rolling element bearing, for speed changer except when it
is difficult to use the accelerometer, in which case an alternate design may be substituted
as mutually agreed upon by the Purchaser and Supplier.

Accelerometer transducer shall consist of an accelerometer, extension cable and charge

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

31 of 34 Rev.2

amplifier (a conditioning device powered by -24VDC).
-

Probe
∙ Mounting stud

: 1/4”-28-UNF ∙ Material : Stainless steel ∙ Case

: Electrically isolated from machine case
and hermetically sealed.

Stainless steel connector shall be provided.

Extension Cable
∙ Armored coaxial cable with flexible conduit shall be provided.

Charge-Amplifier (Interface Module)
∙ Input Voltage

: -24 VDC Nominal ∙ Input impedance : 10kΩ ∙ Output Sensitivity : 100 mV/g ∙ Output impedance : less than 60Ω ∙ Performance - Accuracy : ± 5% of 100 mV/g Frequency range : 5 to 20 kHz ∙ Connection type

: Barrier screw with size 6-32 screws of 316SS

Environmental Requirements
∙ Operating temperature range
Probe and extension cable

: -55℃ to 120℃ Proximitor : -35℃ to 85℃ ∙ Relative humidity : To 95% noncondensing

4.11.13. Timers
a) The type of timers shall be timer selector switch, reset timer or program timer as required.
b) Each timer shall have proper adjustable range and 120VAC, 60Hz continuous duty coils.
c) Contact rating : 5A, 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load and 0.5A, 125 VDC inductive load.
4.11.14. Control Switches, Pushbuttons, Selector Switches
a) The number of stages and contacts, number of switch positions, and handle style and color
shall be specified or reviewed by the Purchaser.
b) All contacts shall have contact rating designations as defined in NEMA ICS-2.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

32 of 34 Rev.2

c) Removable handles or keys for control switches shall not be interchangeable with other
switches. Supplier shall furnish two handles per unit for use with all control switches. .
4.11.15. Uninterruptible Power Supply System
In case of supply of UPS is necessary,
a) All equipment are subject to short period of power interruption during the fast bus transfer
from normal power source to standby power source. Standby power source is supplied
approximately 5 to 10 cycle after initiation of bus transfer.
b) All equipment shall continue to operate without any degradation of performance during or
after bus transfer. Also, Purchaser will supply UPS power to package LCP.
4.12.

EMI/RFI

4.12.1. The equipment supplied by the Supplier shall minimize both the generation of the EMI/RFI and
susceptibility of the equipment to the externally generated EMI/RIF and Power surges in
accordance with Reference USNRC Reg.Guide 1.180. In addition, the equipment supplied by
the Supplier shall have immunity to electrostatic discharge in accordance with Reference IEC
61000 Series, Part 4 and Part6.
4.12.2. The equipment supplied by the Supplier shall be designed and manufactured to avoid upset and
malfunctions caused by EMI, RFI, power surges and electrostatic discharge.
4.13.

Instrument Tagging
Refer to Appendix KJ-070-DT-410-010 " Standard Appendix for Instrument Tagging &
Nameplate"

4.14.

Document & Drawing list
Supplier shall submit the document & drawing list as followings:
a) Control system configuration
b) Panel arrangement drawing
c) Control logic/Loop diagram
d) Electrical schematic diagram
e) Instrument and control valve data sheet
f)

Instrument and control valve list

g) Instrument detail drawing
h) Instrument Installation detail drawing
i)

Instrument location drawing

Instrument wiring drawing

k) Cable Schedule

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

l) Cable connection diagram

m) Instrument calibration report
n) Interface signal list with Man-Machine Interface System
o) Bill of Material
p) Catalogue
q) Quality Verification Document List
r) Test Reports
s) CMTR or CoC (if required)
t)

Plan, procedure and report for Cyber Security (if required)

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

33 of 34 Rev.2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

34 of 34 Rev.2

Attachment 1.
Type

Description Color

"START"(RUN) Push Button Switch

White

"STOP" Push Button Switch

Black

"EMERGENCY STOP" Push Button Switch

Red READY White RUN Red STOP Green ALARM Yellow EMERGENCY STOP Red DUTY Blue FAULT Yellow SILENCE Red Push Button for ACKNOWLEDGE Yellow Annunciator RESET Green LAMP TEST Black Push Button Status Lamp Remark

Button arrangement order:
(from left to right)
Silence, Ack., Reset, Lamp
Test

Note. 1) If color requirements are not specified in the specifications or the scope of work instructions, it is
recommended to apply the colors listed in this table.
Note. 2) In unavoidable cases, such as when manufacturing has already been completed, different colors
may be used; however, even in such cases, the provisions of KS C IEC 60204 must be followed.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

===== KJ-070-DT-410-013_IFC_3_Welding Requirements for Piping - Valves (ASME B31.1).pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-070-DT-410-013 3 NNS N/A Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 T S

Safety Class
N/A
Quality Class
Q
N/A
Seismic Category
Electrical Class

Ⅰ Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A Preliminary For Information For Approval

Submittal Purpose
For Construction

For Fabrication Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Verification Status Complete Incomplete CHO SANG UN Qualification Tests 2025-02-17

Prepared by :
설계담당자(DP AE)

Signature

Date
2025-02-17

Jong-Beom Song
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DP LE)

Signature

Date
2025-02-17

Hoon Lee
Approved by :
EM

Signature

Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

Date KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet

Revision History
Document Title: Welding Requirements for Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)
Document No: KJ-070-DT-410-013
Rev.
No.

Description of Revision 0

1st Issue
(Reissued by CAR-KJ/DH-16-06, 2016.05.13)

General Revision
(Revision as per KJ-L-KH/DH-16-0916)

Revised as per KJ-L-KH/DH-16-1080

3 REVISION OF 6.3

Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

1 of 12 Rev.3 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet

2 of 12 CONTENTS Para. Description Page 1.

SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 3

CODES .......................................................................................................................... 3

WELDING PROCESSES .............................................................................................. 3

WELDING PROCESS RESTRICTIONS ....................................................................... 4

WELDING MATERIALS ................................................................................................ 6

PREHEAT AND INTERPASS TEMPERATURE........................................................... 8

POSTWELD HEAT TREATMENT ................................................................................ 9

WORKMANSHIP, VISUAL QUALITY EXAMINATION AND INSPECTION ................ 9

REPAIR OF WELDS ................................................................................................... 11

10.

WELDING PROCEDURES ......................................................................................... 12

Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

Rev.3 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet

1. 3 of 12

SCOPE
This standard appendix establishes the welding requirements for the shop fabrication,
and field installation of ASME B31.1 Power Piping.

CODES
Welding, Welding procedure qualification and other criteria covered by this appendix
shall meet the requirements of the following Codes and/or Standards, as applicable:

2.1.

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section Ⅸ

2.2.

ASME B31.1 Code for Power Piping

3. WELDING PROCESSES 3.1.

The following processes are permitted, subject to the restrictions of Section 4.0.

3.1.1.

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW)

3.1.2.

Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW)

3.1.3.

Submerged Arc Welding (SAW)

3.1.4.

Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW)

3.1.5.

Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW)

3.2.

SMAW and GTAW processes shall be applied to the installation for above piping

Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

Rev.3 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet

4 of 12 Rev.3 3.3.

Other welding processes may be considered to provide:

3.3.1.

The Supplier demonstrates its capability to use the process within procedural limitations that
are acceptable to the Purchaser. Process acceptance shall also be based upon the
Purchaser's evaluation of the required reliability of the piping being fabricated. Information
submitted to the Purchaser shall include complete detail of the Supplier's material and joint
preparation, welding equipment, welding techniques, welding procedures and record of
qualification tests for each specific application, and appropriate additional tests required by the
Purchaser.

3.3.2.

The Supplier's preheat, in-process welding quality control program and postweld heat
treatment procedures shall be accepted by the Purchaser. Information submitted to the
Purchaser shall include the extent of nondestructive examination and all inspection techniques
employed throughout fabrication.

WELDING PROCESS RESTRICTIONS

4.1.

The following restrictions shall apply for SAW

4.1.1.

The maximum individual layer thickness shall not exceed 1/2 inch for materials 1-1/4 inch or
greater, and 3/8 inch for materials less than 1-1/4 inch thickness.

4.1.2.

Steels containing 2-1/4 Cr-1 Mo and higher alloys shall be welded only with an alloy wire and
a neutral flux unless specific Purchaser's approval in given for individual applications.

4.1.3.

Removable starting and stopping tabs shall be used for longitudinal welds.

4.2.

The FCAW process is permitted for the following applications

4.2.1.

For pressure-retaining applications, a shielding gas shall be used except that corrosionresistant weld overlays may be deposited without gas shielding in the flat positions.

4.2.2.

For structural, low-pressure and atmospheric tanks, FCAW may be used with or without a gas
shield.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet

5 of 12 Rev.3 4.2.3.

Specific applications, other than those listed above, may be submitted for Purchaser's review.
Full particulars, such as filler metal classification, material type, thickness, joint design, weld
bead sequence and welding position shall be submitted with the request for review to use the
process.

4.3.

Gas metal-arc welding in the short circuiting mode is permitted for;

4.3.1.

All ferritic materials up to and including 1/4 inch nominal thickness and for all austenitic
stainless steel and nickel base materials up to and including 3/16 inch nominal thickness.

4.3.2.

The root pass in single sided circumferential pipe welds in the flat and rolled (1GR) position.

4.3.3.

Tack welds, temporary attachment, double welded joints or other applications where weld
metal deposited by the GMAW short circuiting transfer process is subsequently removed.

4.3.4.

Specific applications, other than those listed above, nay be submitted for Purchaser's review.
Full particulars, such as filler metal classification, material type, thickness, joint design, weld
bead sequence and welding position shall be submitted with the request for review to use the
GMAW short circuiting transfer process.

4.4.

Except for SAW, at least two weld layers are required on groove weld thickness up to 1/4
inch on pressure-retaining piping, and two or three weld layers are required for thickness
between 1/4 inch and 3/8 inch and at least three weld layers for groove weld thickness of 3/8
inch over. Socket welds shall be made using at least two weld layers, except that one weld
layer may be used on piping up to 1 inch diameter if the GTAW process is employed.

4.5.

The root pass of all single welded circumferential butt welds where radiography is required,
shall be welded with the GTAW process. Welds in austenitic stainless steel piping shall have
at least the root pass welded GTAW process.

4.5.1.

An inert backing gas (helium or argon) purge shall be used on 2-1/2 Cr - 1 Mo and higher
alloys. A nitrogen backing gas may be used on austenitic stainless steel.

4.5.2.

The use of consumable inserts is optional and shall be of the same nominal composition as
the filler metal.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet

6 of 12 Rev.3 4.6.

Permanently installed backing rings and strips shall not be used in piping without prior
acceptance by the Purchaser. Where backing rings are emitted, the backside of the weld
shall be examined, back-chipped, ground and welded as required to provide a full penetration
weld.

4.7.

Double groove welding is permitted on all joints accessible from both sides. Where double
groove welding is employed, the backside of the first root pass shall be gouged, chipped
and/or ground to bright metal before welding the second side.

4.8.

Peening shall not be used without prior written acceptance by the Purchaser of the method
and controls to be used. Peening of root and cover passes will not be acceptable. The use of
pneumatic tools for slag removal is not considered peening and is acceptable.

4.9.

Welded joints shall be made by completing each weld layer before succeeding weld layers
are deposited. Prior review and written acceptance by the Purchaser is required for proposed
use of block welding techniques.

4.10.

The application of heat to correct weld distortion and dimensional deviations in austenitic
stainless steel materials is not permitted unless the items are given a full solution anneal
followed by water quenching or spraying from the solution heat treating temperature to below
426°C (800°F) (or block metal) within 3 minutes.

4.11.

Flame cutting of austenitic stainless steel is not permitted.

5. WELDING MATERIALS 5.1.

Unless specifically waived, SMAW shall be permitted using low hydrogen type electrodes
when any of the following conditions apply;

5.1.1.

In welds made with GTAW root passes.

5.1.2.

In services with design temperatures below 0°C (32℉) or in a piping system with a primary
valve and flange rating of 600 pounds or greater.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet

7 of 12 Rev.3 5.1.3.

With steels having either specified allowable carbon content above 0.3%, or having a 0.50%
total alloy content or greater, E7010-A1 electrodes may be used for welding C-l/2 Mb Steel.

5.1.4.

With steels which have to upper limit specified for carbon unless a carbon content of 0.30% or
less is reported in the certified material test report directly traceable to the materials to be
welded.

5.2.

Electrode classifications E6012, E6013, E7014, and E7024 shall not be used in the welding
of pressure-retaining parts or annexes to pressure-retaining parts. These electrodes,
however, may be used for other non pressure-retaining fillet welds.

5.3.

SMAW may be performed using E6010 or E7010-A1 electrodes in non-critical carbon steel
systems, with a maximum specified or reported carbon content of 0.30%. For components
with a carbon content in excess of 0.30% the root pass may be welded with E6010 or E7010A1 electrodes and the balance shall be welded with low hydrogen electrodes.

5.4.

For GTAW, filler metal shall meet the chemical and mechanical test requirements of AWS A5.18 for carbon steel and A-5.9 for stainless steel.

5.5.

Welding materials of type 309, or 309L with a maximum carbon content of 0.40%, shall be
used for welding carbon and low alloy steels to austenitic stainless steels, including the first
layer of corrosion-resistant overlays.

5.5.1.

When postweld heat treatment of a dissimilar joint is required, the carbon or low alloy steel
member shall be "buttered" with Type 309 with a maximum carbon of 0.40%, and postweld
heat treated prior to welding to the austenitic stainless steel member.

5.5.2.

For corrosion-resistant overlays, where the carbon or low alloy steel base metal requires
postweld heat treatment, the first weld layer shall be made with Type 309 with a maximum
carbon content of 0.04%. All other layers shall be made with low carbon grade welding
materials.

5.6.

The electrode diameter used for SMAW of austenitic stainless steel shall not exceed 5/32
inch.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet

8 of 12 Rev.3 5.7.

The tungsten electrode diameter for GTAW of austenitic stainless steel containing more than
0.03% carbon content shall not exceed 1/8 inch.

5.8.

A written procedure shall be established to describe the method used to control the receipt,
testing, storage, baking, drying, and disbursal of all welding materials. The welding material
control procedure shall be submitted to the Purchaser for review and acceptance prior to
performing any welding.

5.9.

For GMAW of carbon steels, solid wire electrodes shall confirm to AWS A5.18.
-

For GMAW of austenitic stainless steels, only solid wire electrodes conforming to AWS
A5.9 shall be used.

5.10.

For FCAW of carbon steels, the electrodes shall conform to AWS A5.20.

PREHEAT AND INTERPASS TEMPERATURE

6.1.

Preheat as recommended in ASME B31.1, paragraph 131 shall be mandatory.

6.2.

Welding may be performed only when the metal temperature is above 10°C (50°F).

6.3.

The maximum interpass temperature for all austenitic stainless steels shall be 177°C (350°F).

6.4.

Preheat and interpass temperatures shall be determined by temperature indicating crayons,
infrared non-contact, contact pyrometers or other equally suitable means accepted by the
Purchaser.

6.5.

Preheat and interpass temperature requirements listed above shall also apply to tack welding,
fillet welds, annex welds, overlays and thermal gouging and cutting. These requirements do
not apply to thermal gouging and cutting of P1 materials.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet

9 of 12 Rev.3 7. POSTWELD HEAT TREATMENT 7.1.

Postweld heat treatment for pressure-retaining components shall be in accordance with the
code and the following:

7.1.1.

Sufficient thermocouples shall be in contact with the components so as to accurately indicate
metal temperature.

7.1.2.

Time-temperature diagrams or charts shall be produced for heat treatment operations. The
records shall clearly indicate the heating rate, holding temperature and time, cooling rate and
identification of parts which received the heat treatment.

7.1.3.

Austenitic stainless steel items shall not be heated above 176°C (350°F) (except during
welding) unless they are given a full solution anneal at the temperature recommended for the
individual types of stainless steels followed by water quenching from the solution heat treating
temperature to below 426°C (800°F) (or black metal) within 3 minutes.

WORKMANSHIP, VISUAL QUALITY EXAMINATION AND INSPECTION

8.1.

Each weld shall be uniform in width and size throughout its full length. In addition, the cover
pass (final weld layer) shall be free of coarse ripples, grooves, overlaps, abrupt ridges and
valleys. The surface smoothness of the finished weld after grinding where necessary, shall
be suitable for the proper interpretation of nondestructive examination of the weld.

8.2.

Undercut shall not exceed 1/32 inch or as limited by the applicable code, whichever is less,
and shall not encroach upon the required section thickness.

8.3.

All butt welds shall be full penetration with uniform crown, with reinforcement blending
smoothly into the base material. Concavity on the root side of a single welded circumferential
butt weld is permitted when the resulting thickness of the weld is at least equal to the
thickness of the thinner member of the two sections being joined.

8.4.

Each weld layer or pass shall be visually free of slag, inclusions, cracks, porosity and lack of
fusion.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet

10 of 12 Rev.3 8.5.

Weld reinforcement limits apply to both the inside and outside surfaces in accordance with
the Code

8.6.

Fillet welds shall be in accordance with the Code or as shown on the design drawings.

8.7.

Elimination of defects and surface preparation of welds by chipping, grinding, or gouging shall
be done in such a manner as not to gouge, groove, or reduce the adjacent base material
thickness below the minimum required. If flame or arc gouging is used, sufficient material
shall be removed by machining or grinding the gouged surfaces to bright metal to ensure
complete removal of surface contamination.

8.8.

Prior to welding, all surfaces shall be cleaned thoroughly by filing, grinding, wire brushing
and/or solvent cleaning.

8.8.1.

For austenitic stainless steel piping, only stainless steel brushes, aluminum oxide or silicon
carbide grinding wheels shall be used.

8.8.2.

Tools used on austenitic stainless steel materials shall not have been previously used on ferrite
material.

8.8.3.

Cleaning of austenitic stainless steels shall be performed with acetone alcohol or solutions
complying with chemical requirements of appendix KJ-070-DT-410-008.

8.8.4.

Each pass shall be cleaned and free of slag before the next pass is deposited.

8.9.

Where pipe to be joined has unequal outside or inside diameters, or when a fitting has a
thickness greater than the connecting pipe, the weld end transition drawing referenced in the
applicable Piping Class Sheet shall be followed.

8.9.1.

No part of the weld shall, on the thicker side beyond the crown, be of a lesser diameter than
the crown.

8.9.2.

In cases where welds are ground smooth, 9.9.1 applies after grinding.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet

11 of 12 Rev.3 8.10.

Socket welds shall have a gap of 1/16 inch minimum to 1/8 inch maximum between the
bottom of the socket and the end of the pipe prior to welding.

8.11.

Where pipe or fittings to be joined have equal outside diameters, the weld shall be flush or
crowned at the center and tapered on each side to the surface being joined.

8.12.

The welding of butt welds in carbon or low alloy steel pipe with a wall thickness 3/4 inch or
greater, may only be interrupted provided a minimum of at least 3/8 inch thickness of weld
deposit or 25% of welding groove, whichever is greater, is filled. If the welding is interrupted
prior to that, then the weld shall be covered with adequate insulating material to ensure slow
cooling. The partially completed weld shall be examined by magnetic particle or liquid
penetrant methods before resuming welding.

8.13.

The use of temporary welded annexes during fabrication shall be avoided whenever possible.
After fabrication is complete annexes shall be removed flush with the base material without
encroaching on the required minimum wall thickness. Removal of annexes by breaking is not
permitted except with prior Purchaser acceptance. All areas from which temporary annexes
have been removed shall be examined by the same methods required for permanent fillet
welds after the surface has been restored.

9. REPAIR OF WELDS 9.1.

Repairs of defective welds shall be made in accordance with the Code and the following:

9.1.1.

Major weld repairs shall be made using a written procedure that has been accepted by the
Purchaser. A detailed written report shall be made of any such repairs and a copy furnished to
the Purchaser for record purposes. The report shall state the type, size, depth, location and
extent of the defect, how repaired, subsequent heat treatment and shall include copies of all
examination records.

9.1.2.

Major repairs are defined as the repair of any crack other than crater cracks or the repair of
defects which are indicative of a fundamental materials problem or a process out of control.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet

12 of 12 10. WELDING PROCEDURES 10.1.

The Supplier (and any subcontractors) shall prepare written welding procedures.

Rev.3

10.1.1. Each procedure must be prepared and qualified in accordance with the requirements of ASME
Section Ⅸ and this specification.

10.1.2. The Supplier shall submit the written welding procedures and procedure qualification records
for review and acceptance by the Purchaser. Each procedure shall be reviewed and accepted
by the Purchaser before the Supplier or his subcontractor may perform such welding.

10.1.3. Joint preparation sketches (to be included with the welding procedures) shall show all
dimensions, including tolerances, bevel angle, land size, offset root gap.

10.2.

Procedures and procedure qualification test record shall be in reproducible form and may be
submitted on forms QW-483 as shown in the ASME Code Section Ⅸ, or similar.

10.3.

The Supplier shall be responsible for the welding performed by personnel of his organization
and shall conduct the required qualification tests. Qualification of welders and welding
operators by others shall not be permitted.

10.4.

Purchaser's representative will review Welder Performance Qualification Records.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

===== 붙임7. 시운전조건부계약 추가특수조건(조달청지침)(제7356호)(20260101).pdf =====
시운전조건부계약 추가특수조건

시운전조건부계약 추가특수조건
[시행 2026. 1. 1.] [조달청지침 제7356호, 2025. 12. 30., 일부개정]

조달청(구매총괄과), 070-4056-7302, 7259

제1조 (적용) 이 조건은 계약물품을 인도조건대로 납품하고, 시운전을 실시하여 성능을 입증하는 물품구매(제조)계
약(이하 "시운전조건부 계약"이라 한다)에 적용한다.
제2조 (검사) ① 시운전조건부계약의 검사는 『물품구매(제조)계약 품질관리 특수조건』(이하 "특수조건"이라 한다)
제11조제3항에 따른 검사와 성능을 입증하는 시운전을 실시한다.
② 시운전은 계약상대자가 시운전에 필요한 소요 자재, 인력, 경비 등을 부담하며, 검사공무원 입회하에 계약상대
자의 책임으로 실시한다.
제3조 (납품기한과 시운전기간) 계약서상의 납품기한은 계약물품을 납품장소에 납품하는 기한이며, 시운전기간은
시방서에서 정한 기간을 말한다. 다만, 계약서에 별도로 기재한 경우에는 그 기간으로 한다.
제4조 (납품과 납품영수) ① 계약상대자는 계약물품을 납품하기 전에 수요기관과 납품예정일, 시운전 계획 등을 협
의하여야 한다.
② 수요기관은 검사에 합격한 경우 물품 및 납품영수증(이하 "납품영수증"이라 한다)을 발행한다. 다만, 시운전기
간이 1월 미만으로서 검사와 동시에 시운전을 실시하는 경우에는 시운전 완료시에 발행한다.
제5조(시운전) ① 계약상대자는 납품한 물품의 성능을 시운전으로 입증하며, 시운전은 납품검사 완료 후 실시한다.
② 수요기관의 불가피한 사정으로 시운전이 연기되는 경우에는 수요기관과 계약상대자가 합의하여 정한 날에 실
시한다.
② 계약상대자는 시운전 결과 성능이 미달되는 경우에는 시운전에 합격될 때까지 이에 따른 조치를 하여야 한다.
제6조(시운전 성능이행 보증) ① 계약상대자는 시운전 합격 시까지 납품한 물품의 성능을 보증하여야 한다. 단, 제
4조제2항 단서의 경우를 제외한다.
② 계약상대자는 성능을 보증하기 위하여 계약금액의 15%범위 이내에 해당하는 금액(이하 "시운전 성능이행 보
증금"이라 한다)을 계약예규「정부 입찰ㆍ계약 집행기준」제35조 또는 「지방자치단체 입찰 및 계약 집행기준 제
6장 선금ㆍ대가지급요령 제2절 제4호에 따른 증권 또는 보증서를 납품영수증 발행 시까지 수요기관에 제출하여
야 한다. 다만, 계약상대자가 원할 경우 이를 현금으로 제출하게 할 수 있다.
③ 제2항의 성능이행보증금은 특수조건 제19조제2항 및 제4항을 준용하며, 보증기간은 납품검사 완료일부터 시
운전기간 만료일까지로 한다.
④ 제2항 및 제3항의 성능이행보증금은 계약상대자와 수요기관이 협의하여 정한다.
⑤ 수요기관은 계약상대자가 다음 각 호의 어느 하나에 해당하는 경우 성능이행보증금을 수요기관에 귀속시켜야
한다. 이 경우 계약상대자는 보증금 귀속사유가 발생한 날로부터 10일 이내에 이의를 제기할 수 있다.

법제처 1 국가법령정보센터 시운전조건부계약 추가특수조건

1. 계약상대자의 부도 또는 파산 등으로 시운전이 불가능한 경우
2. 시운전 요구에 불응하거나, 완료하지 않을 경우
3. 시운전이 연기되어 보증기간 연장요청에 불응할 경우
4. 시운전 결과 성능이 미달한 경우로서 이에 대한 조치를 하지 않을 경우
제7조 (입찰참가자격 제한) (삭제)
제8조(재검토기한) 조달청장은「훈령ㆍ예규 등의 발령 및 관리에 관한 규정」에 따라 이 지침에 대하여 2026년 1월
1일 기준으로 매 3년이 되는 시점(매 3년째의 12월 31일까지를 말한다)마다 그 타당성을 검토하여 개선 등의 조
치를 하여야 한다.

부칙 <제7356호,2025.12.30.>
이 규정은 2026년 1월 1일부터 시행한다.

법제처 2 국가법령정보센터

===== 붙임9. 수출용신형연구로 화학제주입시스템 상세설계, 제조 입찰안내서(세부기준 포함).hwp =====

수출용신형연구로 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조 입찰안내서

수출용 신형연구로 개발 및 실증사업

수출용신형연구로 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System)

입찰안내서 2026. 09. 수출용신형연구로실증사업단 Contents 1.0 입찰안내서 1.1 제작 개요

1.2 사업자 선정방법
3

1.2.1 입찰참가 자격
3

1.2.2 입찰 방법
3

1.3 입찰 추진일정 및 현장설명회
3

1.3.1 입찰 추진일정
3

1.3.2 현장설명회
4

1.4 입찰서 제출 및 기술(규격) 입찰서 작성방법
4

1.4.1 입찰서 제출일시 및 방법
4

1.4.2 기술(규격) 입찰서의 작성방법
4

1.5 기술(규격) 입찰서 평가
4

1.5.1 평가 방법
4

1.5.2 평가 일정
5

1.5.3 적격자 선정
5

1.6 낙찰자 선정
5

1.6.1 낙찰자 선정 방법
5

1.7 제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함) 1부. (별도첨부)
5

1.0 입찰안내서 제작 개요

(1) 품 명: 수출용신형연구로 화학제주입시스템(Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조

(2) 제작기간: 계약일로부터 16개월 이내, 물품납품일: 계약후 6개월 이내

(* 상세 과업지시서 참조) (3) 사업예산: 입찰공고문 참조

(4) 과업 역무범위: 과업지시서 및 설계시방서 참조

※ 본 계약은 ‘총사업비관리지침(기획예산처훈령 제59호, '260511)’에 따라 운영, 관리됩니다.

1.2 사업자 선정방법 1.2.1 입찰참가 자격

(1)『국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률』시행령 제12조(경쟁입찰의 참가자격) 및 동법 시행규칙 제14조(입찰 참가자격 요건의 증명)의 규정에 의한 자격을 구비하고, 같은 법 시행령 제76조에 따라 입찰참가자격을 제한받지 않는 업체

(2)「중소기업제품 구매촉진 및 판로지원에 관한 법률」 제9조 및 같은 법 시행령 제10조에 의한 직접생산확인증명서[세부품명:①용수처리및공급장비 4710996001 약품투입기 또는 ②수처리및공급장비 4710150501 염소투입기 또는 ③탱크및원통형저장소 2411180501 약품탱크]를 소지한 자

1.2.2 입찰 방법

(1) 입찰방법: 2단계 입찰 [기술(규격)/ 가격 동시입찰]

(2) 단독계약 방식으로 공동계약(공동수급)을 불허함

(3) 본 입찰은 국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령 제18조(2단계 경쟁등의 입찰) 제3항에 따른 “기술(규격)과 가격 동시입찰”로 기술(규격) 입찰서와 가격 입찰서를 동시에 제출하고, 기술(규격) 심사 결과 적격자로 확정된 자에 한하여 가격입찰을 개찰하며, 기술(규격) 적격자 중 예정가격 이하 최저가로 입찰한 업체를 낙찰자로 선정함

1.3 입찰 추진일정 및 현장설명회 1.3.1 입찰 추진일정 1.3.2 현장설명회 해당없음

”현장설명회는 제안요청서 및 서면질의로 갈음”.

본 입찰 관련 문의사항 및 도면의 열람은 입찰서 제출 마감일 이전까지 한국원자력연구원 수출용신형연구로실증사업단 (공사관리팀,신성기 051-726-7632 또는 공사관리팀장 최민호, 051-726-7612)으로 연락하여 주시기 바랍니다.

1.4 입찰서 제출 및 기술(규격) 입찰서 작성방법

1.4.1 입찰서 제출일시 및 방법

입찰서 제출일시 및 방법: ’입찰공고서.에 의함’.

1.4.2 기술(규격) 입찰서의 작성방법 (1) 제출서류: 제안요청서 참조

(2) 제출부수: A4 규격의 기술(규격)입찰서 및 요약서 파일 각 1부

(3) 작성분량: 제한없음/ 요약서의 경우 PDF 25페이지 이내

(4) 작성요령: 1.7 제안요청서(별도첨부) 참조

※ 요약서는 발표자료로 활용될 예정이므로, 작성분량을 준수하시기 바랍니다.

1.5 기술(규격) 입찰서 평가 1.5.1 평가 방법 평가위원회 구성

평가위원장 포함하여 전문가 5명이상으로 구성하며, 명단은 비공개로 함

평가위원회 구성 및 운영은 발주기관의 기준을 적용함

평가 항목 및 배점

평가항목 및 배점은 1.7 제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함, 별도첨부) 참조

∙ 정량평가(20점): 제출된 서류에 의함

∙ 정성평가(80점): 제출된 서류 및 발표평가에 의함

제출된 기술(규격) 입찰서에 기재되지 않은 사항 및 부적합한 내용은 평가대상에서 제외함

※ 발표평가는 접수 상황 및 기타 연구원 사정 등에 따라 비대면 평가, 서면평가 등으로 대체 될 수 있음

1.5.2 평가 일정 평가일시: 제안서 접수 마감 후 별도 공지 발표순서: 제안서 접수 순

발표시간: 총 40분(발표 30분, 질의응답 10분)

발표자료: 기 제출된 요약서에 의함

※ 제안업체 수 및 기타 연구원 사정에 따라 시간은 변동될 수 있음

1.5.3 적격자 선정

배점한도의 85% 이상 획득한 경우 적격자로 선정함

각 평가위원별 평가점수의 평균값으로 함(단, 평균점수 산정시 최고점 및 최저점을 제외하며, 소수점 이하의 숫자가 있는 경우에는 소수점 다섯째 자리에서 반올림하여 소수 넷째자리까지 산출함)

획득점수 = 각 위원별 평가점수의 합 ÷ 평가위원 수

1.6 낙찰자 선정 1.6.1 낙찰자 선정 방법

기술(규격) 심사 결과 적격자로 확정된 자에 한하여 가격입찰을 개찰하며, 가격입찰서 개찰 결과 예정가격 이하의 최저가격으로 입찰한 자를 낙찰자로 결정함. 단, 낙찰될 수 있는 동일가격으로 입찰한 자가 2인 이상인 때에는 규격 또는 기술우위자를 낙찰자로 결정하되, 규격 또는 기술평가 결과도 동일한 때에는 추첨에 의하여 낙찰자를 결정함

1.7 제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함) 1부. (별도첨부)

===== 붙임10. 수출용신형연구로 화학제주입시스템 상세설계 제조 제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함).hwp =====

수출용신형연구로 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조 제안요청서 /27

수출용 신형연구로 개발 및 실증사업

수출용신형연구로 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System)

제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함) 2026. 09. 수출용신형연구로실증사업단 Table of Contents Contents 1.0 제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함)

1.1 제안서 작성
3

1.1.1 품명 및 사양
3

1.1.2 제안서 작성 순서
3

1.1.3 제안서 작성 일반사항
3

1.1.4 제안서의 효력
4

1.1.5 제안서 제출

1.2 제안서 평가항목 및 배점표
6

1.3 평가 세부기준
7

1.3.1 정량지표 세부 평가기준
7

1.3.2 정성지표 세부 평가기준
10

1.3.3 제출서류 목록 및 서식
14

1.0 제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함) 제안서 작성 1.1.1 품명 및 사양

품 명: 수출용신형연구로 화학제주입시스템(Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조

사 양: 과업지시서 참조 1.1.2 제안서 작성 순서

제안서는 다음의 평가항목 순서로 목차를 구성하여 작성한다.

평가항목 및 배점 구분 평가항목 평가 기준 배점 소계

정량
지표

신용도 ○ 신용평가등급별 배점 3 (20) 참여기술자 (8점) ○ 기술등급 4 ○ 경력 4 수행실적 ○ 최근 3년간 납품실적 4 보유시설 (5점) ○ 공장등록증 보유 여부 2 ○ 가공기계 및 시험/검사 장비 보유 3

정성
지표

제작이해도 ○ 업무수행 범위 및 목표 이해도 ○ 제안요청서와의 일치성 20 (80) 제작수행계획 (20점) ○ 추진방법 및 체계의 타당성 15 ○ 추진일정의 적정성 5

제작수행 기술성
(25점)

○ 기기검사/검증시험 수행능력 15 ○ 제작 후 관리방안 10 제작기관 수행능력 ○ 조직구성 및 업무능력 5 품질보증 ○ 품질보증 체계 적합성 10 합 계 100 1.1.3 제안서 작성 일반사항

제안자는 입찰 안내서 및 제안요청서를 충분히 숙지하고 이를 준수하여야 한다.

제안자는 관련규정에 적합하게 설계, 제작될 수 있도록 계획을 작성한다.

제출 도서의 작성은 한글, 아라비아숫자, 미터법으로 표기한다.

(다만, 문구의 특성상 영문이 불가피한 경우 사용이 가능함)

제출 서류의 작성시 정량 평가 요소는 지정 서식에 따라 작성한다.

제안서는 명확한 용어를 사용하며, “~를 제공할 수도 있다”, “~이 가능하다”, “~를 고려하고 있다” 등 모호한 표현은 제안서 평가 시 불가능한 것으로 평가한다.

공고에 포함되지 않은 사항은 제안요청서에 따르며, 그 외에 명시되지 않은 사항은 한국원자력연구원의 결정에 따라 작성한다.

실적증명서 등 사실 확인을 요하는 사항에 대하여는 해당 증명서 또는 계약서 사본(원본대조필 날인)을 첨부한 것에 한하여 인정한다.

컨소시엄(공동, 분담)은 불허하며, 하도급은 제안서에 명시되어야 하며, 계약자의 신청에 의해 발주자의 승인 후 수행이 가능하다.

1.1.4 제안서의 효력

제안서의 내용은 제안사가 사업자로 선정된 후 계약서에 명시 되지 않더라도 계약서의 일부로서 효력이 있다.

제출된 제안서의 내용은 발주기관의 요청에 의해서만 변경할 수 있으며, 계약체결 시 계약의 일부로서 효력이 있다.

발주기관의 필요에 따라 입찰참가자에 대한 추가 제안/자료를 요청할 수 있으며, 이에 따라 제출된 자료는 제안서와 동일한 효력을 가지며 계약의 일부로 효력을 가진다.

계약의 이행과정에서 발생하는 산출물은 계약서에 별도의 명시가 없더라도 한국원자력연구원이 소유권을 갖는다.

제안서의 모든 기재사항은 객관적으로 입증할 수 있는 관련증빙서류를 첨부하여야 하며, 제출된 자료 중 일부라도 허위가 있을 경우 평가대상에서 제외 함은 물론 계약체결 후라도 계약해지와 함께 민·형사상 책임을 져야한다.

1.1.5 제안서 제출

제안서는 제출기간 내에 일괄 제출하여야 하며, 제출된 서류는 사업자 선정 여부와 관계없이 일체 반환하지 않는다.

제출 서류는 어떠한 경우에도 수정, 보완, 변경이 불가하다. (누락 서류 제출시 보고)

기술(규격)입찰서에는 반드시 제안사의 대표자가 서명 날인 하여야 한다.

다음의 각호에 해당하는 경우, 실격처리 또는 계약을 취소할 수 있으며, 이에 따른 변상 등의 손해에 대해서는 제안자(또는 계약자)의 책임으로 한다.

제1호. 등록구비서류에 허위 사실을 기재하거나, 중대한 미비 사항이 있을 경우

제2호. 제안한 내용과 달리 사업이 수행되거나, 현저하게 사업목적을 충족시키지 못하는 경우

본 제안요청서에 거론되지 않은 사항에 대하여는 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률」등 관련 법령을 적용한다.

제안서 평가항목 및 배점표

▣ 제작명:수출용신형연구로 건설공사 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System)

구분 평가항목 평가 기준 배점 소계 비고 기술능력평가 (1)

정량적
평가

신용도 ○ 신용평가등급별 배점 3 (20) 제출

서류
평가

참여기술자 (8점) ○ 기술등급 4 ○ 경력 4 수행실적 ○ 최근 3년간 납품실적 4 보유시설 (5점) ○ 공장등록증 보유 여부 2 ○ 가공기계 및 시험/검사 장비 보유 3 (2)

정성적
평가

제작이해도 ○ 업무수행 범위 및 목표 이해도 ○ 제안요청서와의 일치성 20 (80) 제출

서류 및 발표
평가

제작수행계획 및 능력 (20점) ○ 추진방법 및 체계의 타당성 15 ○ 추진일정의 적정성 5

제작수행 기술성
(25점)

○ 기기검사/검증시험 수행능력 15 ○ 제작 후 관리방안 10 제작기관 수행능력 ○ 조직구성 및 업무능력 5 품질보증 ○ 품질보증 체계 적합성 10 합 계 100 평가 세부기준 1.3.1 정량지표 세부 평가기준 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 1.신용도 ○ 신용평가등급

○ ‘신용정보의 이용 및 보호에 관한 법률’ 제4조 제1항 제1호 내지 제3호의 업무를 영위하는 신용정보업자가 입찰공고일 이전에 평가한 유효한 기간 내에 있는 회사채, 기업어음, 기업신용평가등급을 기준으로 평가하며, 가장 최근의 신용평가등급으로 평가

[3] <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항>

○ 제출서류 : 입찰공고일 현재 유효한 신용평가등급 확인서

[입찰 참가용으로 사용이 불가한 확인서는 제외하며, 확인되지 않은 경우 최저등급으로 평가함]

○ 신용평가 등급에 따른 평가 기준표 회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 기업어음에 대한 신용평가등급 기업신용평가등급 배점한도 [3점] AAA, AA+, AA0, AA, A+A0,A-, BBB+,BBB0 이상 A1, A2+, A20, A2-, A3+, A30 이상

회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 A+에 준하는 등급 ~

회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 BBB0에 준하는 등급

(3.00) (배점의100%) BBB-,BB+,BB0, BB- A3-, B+, B0

회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 BB-에 준하는 등급

(2.85) (배점의95%) B+, B0, B- B-

회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 B-에 준하는 등급

(2.70) (배점의90%) CCC+ 이하 C 이하

회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 CCC+에 준하는 등급 이하

(2.1) (배점의70%)

*등급별 평점이 소수점 이하의 숫자가 있는 경우 소수점 다섯째자리에서 반올림 함.

평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 2.참여 기술자 [8] (1) 기술등급 ○ 자격 및 등급에 따라 평가 평가방법: Σ참여기술자 점수/참여기술자수 자격 특급기술자 이상 고급기술자 중급기술자 초급기술자 점수 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 (4) (2) 경력 ○ 누계경력기간에 따라 평가 평가방법: Σ참여기술자 점수/참여기술자수 기간 15년 이상 15년미만 ~10년이상 10년미만 ~5년이상 5년미만 점수 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 (4) <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항>

○ 참여기술자는 총 5인 이상으로 구성되어야 하며, 품질(QA) 분야의 경우 전문 분야에서의 경력을 보유한 인력이여야 함.

○ 참여 기술자는 납품 후 설치 및 시운전 관련 업무에 필수적으로 지원 필요.

○ 경력은 관련분야의 누계 경력임. ○ 제출서류

투입예정기술자의 기술등급, 경력, 실적 총괄표 【서식2】

투입예정기술자의 개인별 상세설계경력, 설계실적 【서식3】

한국건설기술인협회, 한국엔지니어링진흥협회 발행 경력증명서 첨부 (기술등급 평가에 활용)

경력기간에 해당하는 회사에서 발급한 재직증명서, 경력증명서 각 1부 첨부

(해당회사에서 발급한 경력증명서는 누계경력기간 평가에 참고 자료로 활용되며, 기술등급에 따른 평가 자료로는 불인정함)

○ 입찰공고일 현재 파견근로자(당원 및 타 기관포함)는 평가대상 인력에서 제외함

○ 기술 등급: [별첨1]의 기술등급 및 자격기준 참고

평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 3.수행 실적 ○ 관련분야 기기 계약 및 납품 실적 ○ 최근 3년간 납품실적 실적 누계 해당사업금액 100% 이상 해당사업금액 90% 이상 해당사업금액 80% 이상 해당사업금액 70% 이하 점수 4 (배점의100%) 3.6 (배점의90%) 3.2 (배점의80%) 2.8 (배점의70%) [4] <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항> ○ 제출서류 - 해당품목 관련한 공급 실적 【서식4】

발주처 발행 준공실적 증명서 【서식4-1】 및 계약서 사본 첨부

○ 실적은 입찰 공고일 기준으로 최근 3년간 사업수행실적(금액기준)을 합산적용.

단, 입찰공고일을 기준으로 최근7년 이내에 사업을 개시한 창업기업의에 대해서는 최근

7년간 사업 사업수행실적을 합산적용. ○ 해외실적 및 하도급 실적 인정 <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항> 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 4. 보유시설 [5점] ○ 사업수행에 요구되는 시설보유의 적절성평가 ○ 공장등록증 보유 여부 보유 미보유 2 0 (2) ○ 가공기계 및 시험/검사 장비의 보유 20대이상 15대 10대 7대 5대 미보유 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.0 (3) ○ 제출서류 - 공장등록증

가공기계 (용접 및 제관설비 포함) 및 시험/측정 장비 목록(사진 대지포함)

1.3.2 정성지표 세부 평가기준 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 1.제작 이해도 ○ 제작 이해도

○ 제작업무 수행 범위 및 목표에 대한 이해도

○ 제안요청서와의 일치성 구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 (20) 배점의100% (18) 90% (16) 80% (14) 70% (12) 60% [20] <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항>

○ 제작업무 수행 범위 및 목표에 대한 이해도 평가

각 품목별 적용코드 및 수행역무 범위에 대한 이해도

- 각 품목별 연계요건에 대한 이해도 ○ 제안요청서와의 일치성

제안요청서와 일치 사항 및 불일치 사항을 구분하여 목록 작성 (불일치 사항 경우 방안 제시)

○ 제출서류

각 품목별 재료목록 (Billl of Materials)

각 품목별 제안도면 (Proposal Drawing)

<참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항> 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 2.제작 수행계획 및 능력 [20] ○ 추진방법 및 체계의 타당성

○ 계약 수행에 적절한 체계적 계획이 제시되고, 일정이 우리연구원 사업일정에 부합하는지 평가

구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 15 (배점의100%) 13.5 (90%) 12 (80%) 10.5 (70%) 9 (60%) (15) ○ 추진 일정의 적정성

○ 계약 수행에 체계적 일정이 제시되는지 평가

구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 5 (배점의100%) 4.5 (90%) 4 (80%) 3.5 (70%) 3 (60%) (5) ○ 추진방법 및 체계의 타당성 만족 - 과업 업무 수행 방법론 제시 - 제작 수행 체계의 명확성 제시 - 추진전략 및 결과물의 타당성 제시 ○ 추진 일정의 적정성 - 과업 수행 계획 및 일정 제시 - 각 일정 별 인력 투입 계획 제시 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 3.제작수행 기술성 [25] ○ 기기검사 /검증시험 수행능력 ○ 검사/시험 장비의 보유 및 운영능력, 구조건전성 평가 수행 능력 구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 15 (베점의100%) 13.5 (90%) 12 (80%) 10.5 (70%) 9 (60%) (15) ○ 제작 후 관리방안 ○ 제작품 운송 계획의 적정성

납품 완료 시 설치 후 사용전검사 수행방안 제시

구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 10 (배점의100%) 9 (90%) 8 (80%) 7 (70%) 6 (60%) (10) <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항> ○ 기기 검사/시험 수행능력 평가

각 품목별 제작 치수 검사 및 제작 단계별 기능시험 수행 계획 제시

구조건전성평가(지진해석 포함) 수행계획 제시

○ 제작 후 관리방안 - 각 품목별 운송 및 현장설치 방안 제시 - 연계구조물 설치 시 정렬방안 제시 - 설치 단계별 기능시험 방안 제시 - 사용 전 검사 수행 방안 제시 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 4.제작기관 수행능력 ○ 조직구성 및 업무능력

○ 계약 수행에 적절한 조직이 제시되고, 업무 수행능력이 적절한지 평가

구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 5 (배점의100%) 4.5 (90%) 4 (80%) 3.5 (70%) 3 (60%) [5] <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항> ○ 조직구성 및 업무능력 - 조직도 제시 - 사업책임자의 동등 이상 제작 참여 경험 - 분야별 인력구성 및 배분의 적정성 - 조직 및 인원의 기술 수준 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 5.품질보증 [10] ○ 품질 보증체계 적합성

○ 본 사업에 적용될 품질보증절차서 및 작업절차서 수립 현황 절대평가

○ 본 사업에 적용될 품질보증절차서 및 작업절차서 수립 현황, 각 절차서 표지 및 목차(서명 포함) 제시 【서식 5】

품질보증/작업 절차서 만족 미흡 미수립 점 수 2.0 1.0 0.0 (2)

○ 내/외부 품질보증감사 이행 및 외부 품질보증감사 수검 현황 절대평가

○ 내/외부 품질보증감사 이행 현황, 외부 품질보증 감사 수검 현황, 최근 3년간의 감사계획 및 이행 실적 제시 【서식 5】

품질보증감사 만족 미흡 미이행 점 수 2.0 1.0 0.0 (2) ○ 품질부서장 품질교육 이수 현황 절대평가

○ 최근 3년간의 품질부서장 품질보증교육 실적 및 해당 교육훈련기록 제시 【서식 5】

품질부서장 품질교육 만족 미흡 미이수 점 수 2.0 1.0 0.0 (2) ○ 품질보증교육 이행 현황 절대평가

○ 최근 1년간의 품질보증교육 실적 및 해당 교육훈련 기록 제시 【서식 5】

전직원 품질교육 만족 미흡 미실시 점 수 2.0 1.0 0.0 (2)

○ 품질보증인력 및 품질검사인력에 대한 절대평가

○ 품질보증인력 및 품질검사인력 현황 제시 【서식 5】

품질보증/검사 인력 만족 미흡 인력 부재 점 수 2.0 1.0 0.0 (2) 1.3.3 제출서류 목록 및 서식 서식 1-1.

수출용신형연구로 화학제주입시스템(Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조

기술제안서 2026. 00. 00. 제안사명: 주식회사 OOO 대표: OOO 서식 1-2. 기술제안서(요약) 1. 입찰명

수출용신형연구로 화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System) 상세설계 및 제조

2. 제안사 일반사항 회사명 사업자등록번호 대표자 주소

(대표)전화번호 :
이메일 :

3. 주요연혁 (요약) 4. 사업책임자 ① 성명 및 직위: ② 해당분야 경력 기간: 00년 00개월 ③ 연락처: 전화번호/ E-mail 5. 투입 인력현황

본 사업관련 업무수행 인력을 일(Man Day) 단위로 기재

서식 1-3. 서 약 서 제안사명: 사업자등록번호: 주 소: 연락처(대표):

당사는 한국원자력연구원에서 추진하는『화학제주입시스템 (Chemical Injection System)』 입찰에 참가하며 아래와 같이 제반 사항을 준수할 것을 서약합니다.

가. 제출된 모든 관련 증빙서류는 성실하게 작성·제출하며, 만일 허위 기재사항 등이 확인될 경우에는 참가자격에서 제외되어도 아무런 이의를 제기하지 않겠습니다.

나. 제안서 평가를 위해 구성된 평가위원회의 평가방법 및 기준, 평가결과에 어떠한 이의 제기도 하지 않겠습니다.

2026. 00. 00.

서 약 자 : 제안사명
(인)

한국원자력연구원장 귀하 서식 2. 투입예정 기술자의 자격, 경력 총괄표 성 명 (생년월일)

본 과업
참여분야

(직위)

최종학교
(학위)

전공 자격증 자격증

해당 전문분야 경력
( 년 월)

기술자
등급

종류 취득일

전체경력
( 년 월)

갑(예시) 사업책임 기술자 0년 0월 0년 0월 을(예시) 참여기술자 0년 0월 0년 0월

주) 1. 본 과업 참여분야는 사업책임기술자, 참여기술자로 구분 작성.

2. 해당 전문분야 경력은 기계, 전기, 전자, 및 원자력관련 분야 설계, 제작, 및 설치/시운전 경력을 기재할 것.

3. 【서식3】의 사업책임기술자, 참여기술자에 대한 설계경력을 집계하여 총괄표로 작성함.

4. 설계경력의 총참여기간 합계 작성시 년,월기준이며 일수는 한달기준으로 반올림하여 년,월까지만 작성함.

5. 참여기술자의 자격, 경력은 경력관리수탁기관(엔지니어링진흥협회, 건설기술인협회)의 확인을 받은것에 한함(단, 경력관리수탁기관의 확인 대상이 아닌 경우는 제출된 증빙서류로 평가함)

6. 기술자 등급, 자격, 학력, 경력 등은 근거 및 증빙서류를 첨부할 것.

서식 3. 투입예정 기술자의 해당분야 자격, 경력 ○ 자격 및 경력

주) 1. 투입 예정기술자의 자격 및 경력은 경력관리수탁기관(한국건설기술인협회, 한국엔지니어링진흥 협회)의 확인을 받은 것에 한함. (한국건설기술인협회, 한국엔지니어링진흥협회 발행 경력증명서 첨부, 해당 회사에서 발급한 경력증명서는 불인정 함)

성명 소속 본 과업 참여 분야(직위) 연령 만 세 최종학교 (학위)

(
)

전공 기술자 등 급 취득년․월․일

.
.
.

자격증 (분야 및 종류) 취득일 전체 경력

년
월

해당전문분야 기술경력

년
월

2. 설계경력의 총참여기간 합계 작성시 년, 월 기준이며 일수는 한달 기준으로 반올림하여 년월까지만 작성함.

3. 기술등급은 엔지니어링 사업대가 기준([별첨 1])에 따름.

4. 사업책임기술자, 참여기술자의 개인별로 각각 연도순으로 작성.

5. 입찰공고일 현재 파견근로자(당원 및 타 기관 포함)는 평가대상 인력에서 제외함.

서식 4. 사업 수행실적 ○ 최근 3년 이내 사업 수행 실적 년 도 사 업 명 사업기간 계약금액 (천원, 부가세 별도) 발주처 비고 수행실적 총 건 총 금액

주)
1. 실적은 일반 기계설비 제작 및 전기 전자적인 자동제어 관련 실적 및 원자력 분야 관련 실적을 대상으로 하여야 하며 입찰 공고일 기준으로 최근 3년 이내 사업 실적으로서, 공급계약 및 납품실적 건에 한함.

2. 실적 기준은 사업수행실적(금액기준)을 합산 적용

3. 실적 증빙서류는 발주처, 원도급자, 한국엔지니어링협회 등에서 발급한 해당분야 실적 증빙서류 사본 또는 계약서 사본을 첨부.

○ 검증된 기술 및 디지털 기술 적용 년 도 사 업 명 사업기간 계약금액 (천원, 부가세 별도) 발주처 비고 수행실적 총 건 총 금액 ○ 검증실적 년 도 사 업 명 사업기간 계약금액 (천원, 부가세 별도) 발주처 비고 수행실적 총 건 총 금액 서식 4-1. 실적증명서

주)
1. 이행실적 증명은 본 양식에 발급기관(/기업)의 확인을 필 한 원본이 제시되어야 함.

신청인 업 체 명 대 표 자 소 재 지 전화번호 사업자번호 증명서용도 입찰 참여 신청용 제 출 처 한국원자력연구원 사업범위 및 기준 (면적, 금액 등) 사업 이행 실적 내용 사 업 명 실적 구분 사업개요 계약번호 계약일자 계약기간 계약금액 (부가세 별도) 이행실적 비 고 비율 실적 % 증명서 발급 기관 (/기업) 위 사실을 증명함

년
월
일

기관(/기업)명 :
(인) (전화번호 :
)

주 소 : (FAX번호:
)

발급부서 :

담당자 :
(인)

2. 이행실적은 입찰공고시에 제시한 사업범위 및 기준 등의 조건에 부합되는 실적에 한하며, 공동계약으로 이행하였을 경우에는 비율과 이행실적을 기재하여야 함.

3. 이행실적증명서의 증빙서류로서 계약서(사본) 및 세금계산서(사본)을 제시하여야 함.

4. 계약금액에 부가세 별도 여부 명시

※ 본 양식의 동일한 내용이 포함된 발급기관의 고유 서식도 인정함

서식 5. 품질시스템 현황 1. 품질보증시스템 수립 1) 품질보증절차서 현황

※ 첨부 : 상기 항목이 모두 포함된 목록 1부.

품질보증절차서 작성일자 관리부서 제목 절차서번호 개정번호 최초 최신 개정 년 월 일 년 월 일 년 월 일 년 월 일 2) 작업절차서 현황

※ 첨부 : 상기 항목이 모두 포함된 목록 1부.

작업절차서 작성일자 관리부서 제목 절차서번호 개정번호 최초 최신 개정 년 월 일 년 월 일 년 월 일 년 월 일 2. 내/외부 품질보증감사

1) 내/외부 품질보증감사 이행 현황(최근 3년간)

※ 첨부 : 각 감사보고서 1부. 구분 (내부/외부) 감사대상분야 감사수행기관 감사기간 감사결과 (지적/권고) 비고

2) 외부 품질보증감사 수검 현황(최근 3년간)

※ 첨부 : 각 감사보고서 각 1부. 감사대상분야 감사수행기관 감사기간 감사결과 (지적/권고) 비고 3. 품질보증 교육훈련

1) 품질부서장 품질보증교육 실적(최근 3년간)

※ 첨부 : 해당 교육훈련기록(수료증 등) 1부.

교육주관기관 교육과정 교육일정 교육시간 2) 품질보증교육 실적(최근 1년간)

※ 첨부 : 해당 교육훈련기록(서명록 등) 1부.

교육과정 교육일정 교육대상 수강인원 교육시간 명 명 4. 품질보증 및 품질검사 인력 품질보증요원 성명 직급 경력

※ 첨부 : 회사 조직도(부서의 인원수 포함) 1부.

품질검사요원 성명 직급 경력 별첨 1. 기술자 등급 및 자격기준 가. 기술계 엔지니어링기술자 구 분 국가기술자격자 및 학력자 기준 기술사

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기술사 자격을 가진 사람

특 급 기술자

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련 업무를10년 이상 수행한 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 산업기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련

업무를 13년 이상 수행한 사람 고 급 기술자

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련 업무를

7년 이상 수행한 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 산업기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련

업무를 10년 이상 수행한 사람 중 급 기술자

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련 업무를

4년 이상 수행한 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 산업기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련

업무를 7년 이상 수행한 사람 초 급 기술자

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기사자격을 가진 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 산업기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 2년 이상 해당 전문분야의

[R26BK01782304] 화학제주입시스템 제작

상세 정보

📄 공고문 전문 첨부 「1. 공고문 (화학제주입시스템 제작 2026-7836)_제한경쟁.hwp」에서 추출 · 원문 파일이 우선합니다

📎 첨부파일